{"title":"Garden Arches \u0026 Arbors","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"metal-garden-arch-with-double-doors-black-climbing-plants-rose-wedding-arbor-trellis","title":"Metal Garden Arch with Double Doors Black Climbing Plants Rose Wedding Arbor Trellis Outdoor","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🌸 Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake a statement in your garden with this black metal garden arch featuring elegant double doors. The double-door design decorates the entrance while providing a sturdy structure for climbing plants to grow naturally upward. Suitable for a wide variety of climbing plants including roses, ivy, morning glory, clematis, jasmine, campsis, cucumber, bitter gourd, and cowpea. The arch also serves as a striking backdrop for weddings, anniversary celebrations, birthday parties, and other outdoor events. The metal construction provides reliable support and long-term outdoor durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Works Best For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Climbing roses, ivy, clematis, jasmine \u0026amp; campsis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Vegetables: cucumber, bitter gourd \u0026amp; cowpea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Weddings, parties \u0026amp; outdoor events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Garden entrances \u0026amp; pathway arches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e⭐ Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🚪\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDouble-Door Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Elegant double doors decorate the garden entrance and create a grand, welcoming focal point in your outdoor space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌸\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWide Climbing Plant Support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Supports roses, ivy, morning glory, clematis, jasmine, campsis, cucumber, bitter gourd, cowpea, and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎉\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWedding \u0026amp; Event Archway\u003c\/strong\u003e — Elegant black finish makes it a popular backdrop for weddings, anniversaries, birthday parties, and outdoor celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDurable Metal Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sturdy metal frame provides reliable support for climbing plants and long-term outdoor use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNatural Upward Growth\u003c\/strong\u003e — Arch structure allows climbing plants to grow naturally upward toward the top for a lush, full display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Outdoor Use\u003c\/strong\u003e — Suitable for garden pathways, entrances, borders, and as a decorative feature for outdoor events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Metal Garden Arch with Double Doors (Black)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly Hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e👤 Who Is This For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🌹 Gardeners who want a decorative arch with double doors to support climbing roses, clematis, or flowering vines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e💍 Event planners and homeowners who need an elegant black archway backdrop for weddings, parties, or outdoor celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🧑🌾 Vegetable growers who need a tall, sturdy trellis for cucumbers, bitter gourd, cowpea, and other climbing crops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🏡 Homeowners who want a striking black metal arch as a garden entrance or pathway feature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeatures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble Doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClimbing plants, garden entrance, weddings, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable Plants\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoses, ivy, morning glory, clematis, jasmine, campsis, cucumber, bitter gourd, cowpea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.0 lbs (14.06 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat makes this arch different from a standard garden arch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis arch features double doors at the entrance, adding an elegant decorative element while providing a sturdy structure for climbing plants to grow upward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat climbing plants is this arch suitable for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis arch supports roses, ivy, morning glory, clematis, jasmine, campsis, cucumber, bitter gourd, cowpea, and other climbing plants and vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan this arch be used for weddings or events?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The elegant black finish and double-door design make it a popular backdrop for weddings, anniversaries, birthday parties, and outdoor celebrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this arch suitable for vegetable growing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The arch supports climbing vegetables such as cucumbers, bitter gourd, and cowpea, allowing them to grow naturally upward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this arch durable for outdoor use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The metal construction provides reliable support and long-term outdoor durability for both plant support and decorative use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do climbing plants grow on this arch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arch structure allows climbing plants to grow naturally upward toward the top, creating a lush, full display over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🛒 Ready to create a stunning garden entrance? Add to cart and see current offers at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51345753571602,"sku":"W656127047","price":152.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Main-04_5eadd4ce-0be3-48b9-aa7a-71555ede9e99.png?v=1764913656"},{"product_id":"metal-garden-arch-8-style-gothic-arbor-trellis-climbing-plants","title":"Metal Garden Arch with 8 Configurable Styles — Gothic Arbor Trellis for Climbing Plants, Roses \u0026 Outdoor Events","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMetal Garden Arch with 8 Configurable Styles — Gothic Arbor Trellis That Grows With Your Vision\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're training climbing roses along a garden path or building a dramatic wedding backdrop, a flimsy arch that wobbles or rusts after one season is a frustrating waste of time and money. Gardeners and event planners alike need a structure that holds its shape, weathers the elements, and looks intentional — not improvised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis metal garden arch is built from galvanized square steel tubing (0.51\" × 0.51\" \/ ~13 × 13 mm) with a powder-coat finish for dual-layer rust protection. Standing approximately 98.4\" H × 59\" L × 15.35\" W (250 cm × 150 cm × 39 cm) and weighing around 21.6 lbs (9.8 kg), it ships in a compact box (30.7\" × 22\" × 10.6\") and assembles without power tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 8 configurable assembly styles, this arch adapts to narrow garden entries, wide pergola-style walkways, and everything in between — making it equally at home supporting jasmine vines in a backyard garden, framing a ceremony aisle, or anchoring a photo-booth backdrop at an outdoor party.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/strong\u003e Roses · Clematis · Morning Glory · Jasmine · Ivy · Wisteria · Grape Vines · Cucumber · Tulle · Fairy Lights · Event Décor\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This Metal Garden Arch Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDual-layer rust protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — galvanized steel tube + powder-coat finish resists corrosion through rain, humidity, and seasonal temperature swings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e8 configurable assembly styles\u003c\/strong\u003e — pre-cut, pre-drilled tubes snap together in multiple layouts so you can match your garden path width or event footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eGenerous 98.4\" height\u003c\/strong\u003e — tall enough for most adults to walk through comfortably while supporting full-canopy climbing plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💪\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e0.51\" × 0.51\" square tube frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — thicker than round-tube alternatives, providing superior load-bearing stability for heavy vines and event decorations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎪\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eGothic spire design\u003c\/strong\u003e — the pointed arch top adds architectural character to garden landscapes, wedding ceremonies, and outdoor photo shoots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSmooth powder-coat surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — easy to wipe clean; no rough edges or exposed welds to snag fabric or gloves during decorating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Metal Garden Arch Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98.40\" (approx. 250 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59.00\" (approx. 150 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.35\" (approx. 39 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.60 lbs (approx. 9.8 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube Cross-Section\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.51\" × 0.51\" (approx. 13 × 13 mm) square\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized iron with powder-coat finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Styles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 configurable options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-cut \u0026amp; pre-drilled; no power tools required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.70\" × 22.00\" × 10.60\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.00 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable Environments\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden, backyard, patio, outdoor events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee variant options \/ Contact us to confirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size is this garden arch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen fully assembled, the arch measures approximately 98.4\" H × 59\" L × 15.35\" W (about 250 cm × 150 cm × 39 cm). It is designed to accommodate most standard garden pathways and event aisles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many configuration styles does it support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arch supports 8 different assembly configurations, allowing you to customize the shape and layout to suit your garden design or event setup without purchasing additional parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this arch rust-resistant for year-round outdoor use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The frame uses galvanized steel tubing with an additional powder-coat finish, providing dual-layer corrosion protection. It is generally suitable for year-round outdoor exposure in most climates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan one person assemble this arch alone?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All tubes are pre-cut and pre-drilled, and a detailed instruction manual is included. Most customers complete assembly solo in under an hour without power tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat climbing plants work best with this arch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis arch works well with roses, clematis, morning glory, jasmine, ivy, wisteria, grape vines, and cucumber. The 0.51\" × 0.51\" square tube frame provides sturdy support for heavier vines compared to thinner round-tube designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan this arch be used for weddings or outdoor events?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The Gothic spire design makes it a popular backdrop for weddings, garden parties, and photo shoots. It can be decorated with flowers, tulle, fairy lights, balloons, greenery, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow heavy is this arch and what is the load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembled arch weighs approximately 21.6 lbs (9.8 kg). The 0.51\" square tube construction is designed for stable load-bearing; exact weight capacity varies by configuration — contact us to confirm for your specific use case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat tools are needed for assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically no power tools are required. The pre-drilled holes and included hardware allow assembly with basic hand tools. All necessary fasteners are generally included in the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your configuration style above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51345878352146,"sku":"W158681100","price":138.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Main-14_2c3baa1c-fd52-4c68-b461-a9d20b3f1c84.jpg?v=1784612709"},{"product_id":"metal-garden-arch-8-assembly-styles-cream-white-galvanized-climbing-plants-rose-wedding-arbor","title":"Metal Garden Arch 8 Assembly Styles Cream White Galvanized Climbing Plants Rose Wedding Arbor Trellis","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🌸 Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomize your garden entrance with this versatile metal garden arch that assembles in 8 different configurations. Width ranges from 3.8 to 5.3 feet and height from 7.7 to 8.3 feet, giving you the flexibility to match your garden layout or event setup. Made from 0.51 × 0.51-inch square galvanized steel tubes with a powder-coated cream white finish, the arch offers double protection against rust and weathering for long-term outdoor use. Pre-cut and pre-drilled holes with an included instruction manual make single-person assembly straightforward. Suitable for climbing plants including roses, ivy, morning glory, clematis, jasmine, grape, and cucumber, as well as weddings, parties, and outdoor events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Works Best For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Climbing roses, ivy, clematis \u0026amp; jasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Morning glory, grape \u0026amp; cucumber vines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Weddings, parties \u0026amp; outdoor events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Garden pathways, entrances \u0026amp; borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e⭐ Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔄\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e8 Assembly Configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e — Width 3.8–5.3 ft, height 7.7–8.3 ft; choose the layout that best fits your garden or event space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eGalvanized + Powder-Coated Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — Double anti-rust protection; galvanized tube with cream white powder-coated finish for long-term outdoor durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e0.51 × 0.51 in Square Tube\u003c\/strong\u003e — Thicker square tube provides greater stability and load-bearing capacity compared to round tube designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePre-Cut \u0026amp; Pre-Drilled for Easy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e — Holes are pre-cut and pre-drilled; instruction manual included; assembles easily by one person\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌸\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eClimbing Plant Support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ideal for roses, ivy, morning glory, clematis, jasmine, grape, cucumber, and other climbing plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎉\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWedding \u0026amp; Event Archway\u003c\/strong\u003e — Elegant cream white finish makes it a popular backdrop for weddings, anniversaries, birthday parties, and outdoor celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Metal Garden Arch Set (Cream White, Modular)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly Hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e👤 Who Is This For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🌹 Gardeners who want a flexible, multi-configuration arch to support climbing roses, clematis, or flowering vines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e💍 Event planners and homeowners who need an elegant archway for weddings, parties, or outdoor celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🌿 Garden designers who want to create a defined pathway entrance or garden border with adjustable width and height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🧑🌾 Vegetable growers who need a tall, stable trellis for grape vines, cucumbers, or other climbing crops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly Styles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 configurations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.8–5.3 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.7–8.3 ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.51 × 0.51 in Square Tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-Coated (Cream White)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCream White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-cut, pre-drilled; instruction manual included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClimbing plants, garden decoration, weddings, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.0 lbs (11.79 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many ways can this arch be assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis arch supports 8 different assembly configurations, with width ranging from 3.8 to 5.3 feet and height from 7.7 to 8.3 feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is this arch made from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arch is made from 0.51 × 0.51-inch square galvanized steel tubes with a powder-coated cream white finish, providing double protection against rust and weathering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan one person assemble this arch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The pre-cut and pre-drilled holes, combined with the included instruction manual, make it easy for one person to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat climbing plants is this arch suitable for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis arch supports roses, ivy, morning glory, clematis, jasmine, grape, cucumber, and other climbing plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan this arch be used for weddings or events?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cream white finish and elegant arch shape make it a popular backdrop for weddings, anniversaries, birthday parties, and outdoor celebrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this arch rust-resistant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanized steel tube with powder-coated surface finish provides double anti-rust protection for long-term outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🛒 Ready to transform your garden? Add to cart and see current offers at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51345882218770,"sku":"W158681140","price":138.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Main-06_9eae6a31-a4e8-4d3e-a8f1-9184bcd1ae9a.jpg?v=1784611382"},{"product_id":"metal-garden-arch-74-4x98-4in-cream-white-galvanized-climbing-plants-rose-arbor-trellis","title":"Metal Garden Arch 74.4x98.4in Cream White Galvanized Powder-Coated Climbing Plants Rose Arbor Trellis","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🌸 Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreate a stunning garden focal point with this cream white metal garden arch. Standing 98.4 inches tall and spanning 74.4 inches wide, it provides generous space for climbing plants and makes an elegant backdrop for outdoor events. The arch is constructed from 0.5-inch square galvanized steel tubes with a powder-coated surface finish — double protection against rust and weathering for long-term outdoor use. The modular design assembles and disassembles easily without tools, making it convenient to set up for seasonal planting or special occasions. Suitable for roses, ivy, morning glory, clematis, jasmine, grape, cucumber, and other climbing plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Works Best For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Climbing roses, ivy, clematis \u0026amp; jasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Morning glory, grape \u0026amp; cucumber vines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Wedding, anniversary \u0026amp; event decoration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✓\u003c\/span\u003e Garden pathways, entrances \u0026amp; borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e⭐ Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eGalvanized + Powder-Coated Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — Double anti-rust protection; galvanized tube with powder-coated surface for long-term outdoor durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e0.5-Inch Square Tube Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Thicker square tube provides greater stability and load-bearing capacity compared to round tube designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e74.4 × 98.4 in (W × H)\u003c\/strong\u003e — Generous width and height accommodate a wide variety of climbing plants and provide a grand garden entrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly \u0026amp; Disassembly\u003c\/strong\u003e — Modular design assembles and disassembles quickly; convenient for seasonal use or event setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌸\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eClimbing Plant Support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Ideal for roses, ivy, morning glory, clematis, jasmine, grape, cucumber, and other climbing plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎉\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEvent \u0026amp; Celebration Decoration\u003c\/strong\u003e — Perfect archway backdrop for weddings, anniversaries, birthday parties, and Christmas garden displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Metal Garden Arch Set (Cream White, Modular)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware for Assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e👤 Who Is This For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🌹 Gardeners who want a sturdy, attractive arch to support climbing roses, clematis, or other flowering vines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e💍 Event planners and homeowners who need an elegant archway backdrop for weddings, parties, or celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🌿 Garden designers who want to create a defined pathway entrance or garden border feature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e🧑🌾 Vegetable growers who need a tall, stable trellis for grape vines, cucumbers, or other climbing crops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembled Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74.4 × 15.35 × 98.43 in (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 in Square Tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-Coated (Cream White)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCream White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free modular assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClimbing plants, garden decoration, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.74 lbs (11.68 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ FAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the assembled dimensions of this garden arch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembled size is 74.4 inches wide × 15.35 inches deep × 98.43 inches tall (approximately 6.2 ft wide × 8.2 ft tall).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is this arch made from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arch is made from 0.5-inch square galvanized steel tubes with a powder-coated cream white finish, providing double protection against rust and weathering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this arch easy to assemble?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The modular design assembles and disassembles easily, making it convenient for seasonal planting or event setup and takedown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat climbing plants is this arch suitable for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis arch supports roses, ivy, morning glory, clematis, jasmine, grape, cucumber, and other climbing plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan this arch be used for events like weddings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The cream white finish and elegant arch shape make it a popular backdrop for weddings, anniversaries, birthday parties, and Christmas garden displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this arch rust-resistant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanized steel tube with powder-coated surface finish provides double anti-rust protection for long-term outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🛒 Ready to transform your garden? Add to cart and see current offers at checkout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51345887822098,"sku":"W1586P268771","price":151.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Main-02_2e7cb15c-41aa-4d40-bc0e-ffe58b4f0bd8.jpg?v=1784605419"},{"product_id":"plastic-pipe-plug-layered-plug-pipe-cap-black-blanking-end-cap-arched-oval-round-pp-pe-plastic","title":"Plastic Pipe Plug Layered Plug Pipe Cap Black Blanking End Cap Arched\/Oval\/Round PP + PE Plastic","description":"\u003cp\u003eProduct Name: Plastic Pipe Plugs Arch \/ Oval \/ Round\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial: PP + PE Plastic (Strong Wear Resistance, Good Toughness, Not Fragile)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProduct Color: Black\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProduct Shape: Arched \/ Oval \/ Round\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConnection Method:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e(1) Select the Right Size to Fit Right Inside the Nozzle and Orient It\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e(2) Push It in, Easy to Assemble, Firm and Not Easy to Fall\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePackaging Quantity: 4\/8\/12\/15\/20\/30\/40\/50\/80\/100\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSpecifications: （Please Refer to the Specification Drawing）\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e[Product Features]\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e1. the Bottom Is Thickened, Strong and Firm, Wear-resistant and Non-slip, Easy to Assemble and Not Easy to Fall off\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e2. It Is Soft and Elastic, Not Easy to Break and Deteriorate, Wear-resistant and Sun-proof\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e3. High Quality Soft Rubber, Good Elasticity, Thick and Wear-resistant, Non-slip Protective Bottom\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"15*30mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 4 Pcs","offer_id":51663242395922,"sku":"XWLXS0245x4","price":1.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25*50mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51663242428690,"sku":"XWLXS0248x2","price":1.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*60mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51663242461458,"sku":"XWLXS0249x2","price":1.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*70mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51663242494226,"sku":"XWLXS0250x2","price":1.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25*50mm \/ Arched \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51663242526994,"sku":"XWLXS0251x2","price":1.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*60mm \/ Arched \/ 2 Pcs","offer_id":51663242559762,"sku":"XWLXS0252x2","price":1.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16*34mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 4 Pcs","offer_id":51663242592530,"sku":"XWLXS0246x4","price":1.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20*40mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 4 Pcs","offer_id":51663242625298,"sku":"XWLXS0247x4","price":2.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25*50mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 4 Pcs","offer_id":51663242658066,"sku":"XWLXS0248x4","price":2.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*60mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 4 Pcs","offer_id":51663242690834,"sku":"XWLXS0249x4","price":2.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*70mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 4 Pcs","offer_id":51663242723602,"sku":"XWLXS0250x4","price":2.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25*50mm \/ Arched \/ 4 Pcs","offer_id":51663242756370,"sku":"XWLXS0251x4","price":2.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*60mm \/ Arched \/ 4 Pcs","offer_id":51663242789138,"sku":"XWLXS0252x4","price":3.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15*30mm \/ Eye plug \/ 4 Pcs","offer_id":51663242821906,"sku":"XWLXS0253x4","price":1.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20*40mm \/ Eye plug \/ 4 Pcs","offer_id":51663242854674,"sku":"XWLXS0254x4","price":1.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16*34mm \/ Outer Foot Cover \/ 4 Pcs","offer_id":51663242887442,"sku":"XWLXS0255x4","price":1.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18*38mm \/ Outer Foot Cover \/ 4 Pcs","offer_id":51663242920210,"sku":"XWLXS0256x4","price":1.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15*30mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 8 Pcs","offer_id":51663242952978,"sku":"XWLXS0245x8","price":2.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16*34mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 8 Pcs","offer_id":51663242985746,"sku":"XWLXS0246x8","price":2.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20*40mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 8 Pcs","offer_id":51663243018514,"sku":"XWLXS0247x8","price":3.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25*50mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 8 Pcs","offer_id":51663243051282,"sku":"XWLXS0248x8","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*60mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 8 Pcs","offer_id":51663243084050,"sku":"XWLXS0249x8","price":4.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*70mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 8 Pcs","offer_id":51663243116818,"sku":"XWLXS0250x8","price":5.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25*50mm \/ Arched \/ 8 Pcs","offer_id":51663243149586,"sku":"XWLXS0251x8","price":5.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*60mm \/ Arched \/ 8 Pcs","offer_id":51663243182354,"sku":"XWLXS0252x8","price":5.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15*30mm \/ Eye plug \/ 8 Pcs","offer_id":51663243215122,"sku":"XWLXS0253x8","price":1.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20*40mm \/ Eye plug \/ 8 Pcs","offer_id":51663243247890,"sku":"XWLXS0254x8","price":2.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16*34mm \/ Outer Foot Cover \/ 8 Pcs","offer_id":51663243280658,"sku":"XWLXS0255x8","price":2.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18*38mm \/ Outer Foot Cover \/ 8 Pcs","offer_id":51663243313426,"sku":"XWLXS0256x8","price":2.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15*30mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51663243346194,"sku":"XWLXS0245x10","price":2.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16*34mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51663243378962,"sku":"XWLXS0246x10","price":3.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20*40mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51663243411730,"sku":"XWLXS0247x10","price":4.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25*50mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51663243444498,"sku":"XWLXS0248x10","price":4.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*60mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51663243477266,"sku":"XWLXS0249x10","price":5.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*70mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51663243510034,"sku":"XWLXS0250x10","price":6.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25*50mm \/ Arched \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51663243542802,"sku":"XWLXS0251x10","price":6.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*60mm \/ Arched \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51663243575570,"sku":"XWLXS0252x10","price":6.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15*30mm \/ Eye plug \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51663243608338,"sku":"XWLXS0253x10","price":2.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20*40mm \/ Eye plug \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51663243641106,"sku":"XWLXS0254x10","price":3.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16*34mm \/ Outer Foot Cover \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51663243673874,"sku":"XWLXS0255x10","price":2.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18*38mm \/ Outer Foot Cover \/ 10 Pcs","offer_id":51663243706642,"sku":"XWLXS0256x10","price":3.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15*30mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 15 Pcs","offer_id":51663243739410,"sku":"XWLXS0245x15","price":3.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16*34mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 15 Pcs","offer_id":51663243772178,"sku":"XWLXS0246x15","price":4.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20*40mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 15 Pcs","offer_id":51663243804946,"sku":"XWLXS0247x15","price":5.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25*50mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 15 Pcs","offer_id":51663243837714,"sku":"XWLXS0248x15","price":6.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*60mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 15 Pcs","offer_id":51663243870482,"sku":"XWLXS0249x15","price":7.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*70mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 15 Pcs","offer_id":51663243903250,"sku":"XWLXS0250x15","price":8.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25*50mm \/ Arched \/ 15 Pcs","offer_id":51663243936018,"sku":"XWLXS0251x15","price":9.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*60mm \/ Arched \/ 15 Pcs","offer_id":51663243968786,"sku":"XWLXS0252x15","price":9.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15*30mm \/ Eye plug \/ 15 Pcs","offer_id":51663244001554,"sku":"XWLXS0253x15","price":2.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20*40mm \/ Eye plug \/ 15 Pcs","offer_id":51663244034322,"sku":"XWLXS0254x15","price":4.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16*34mm \/ Outer Foot Cover \/ 15 Pcs","offer_id":51663244067090,"sku":"XWLXS0255x15","price":3.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18*38mm \/ Outer Foot Cover \/ 15 Pcs","offer_id":51663244099858,"sku":"XWLXS0256x15","price":4.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15*30mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51663244132626,"sku":"XWLXS0245x20","price":4.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16*34mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51663244165394,"sku":"XWLXS0246x20","price":6.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20*40mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51663244198162,"sku":"XWLXS0247x20","price":7.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25*50mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51663244230930,"sku":"XWLXS0248x20","price":8.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*60mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51663244263698,"sku":"XWLXS0249x20","price":9.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*70mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51663244296466,"sku":"XWLXS0250x20","price":11.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25*50mm \/ Arched \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51663244329234,"sku":"XWLXS0251x20","price":11.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*60mm \/ Arched \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51663244362002,"sku":"XWLXS0252x20","price":13.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15*30mm \/ Eye plug \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51663244394770,"sku":"XWLXS0253x20","price":3.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20*40mm \/ Eye plug \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51663244427538,"sku":"XWLXS0254x20","price":6.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16*34mm \/ Outer Foot Cover \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51663244460306,"sku":"XWLXS0255x20","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18*38mm \/ Outer Foot Cover \/ 20 Pcs","offer_id":51663244493074,"sku":"XWLXS0256x20","price":5.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15*30mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51663244525842,"sku":"XWLXS0245x50","price":11.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16*34mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51663244558610,"sku":"XWLXS0246x50","price":14.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20*40mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51663244591378,"sku":"XWLXS0247x50","price":17.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25*50mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51663244624146,"sku":"XWLXS0248x50","price":21.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*60mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51663244656914,"sku":"XWLXS0249x50","price":23.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*70mm \/ Oval Plug \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51663244689682,"sku":"XWLXS0250x50","price":28.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25*50mm \/ Arched \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51663244722450,"sku":"XWLXS0251x50","price":28.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30*60mm \/ Arched \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51663244755218,"sku":"XWLXS0252x50","price":31.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15*30mm \/ Eye plug \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51663244787986,"sku":"XWLXS0253x50","price":7.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20*40mm \/ Eye plug \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51663244820754,"sku":"XWLXS0254x50","price":14.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16*34mm \/ Outer Foot Cover \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51663244853522,"sku":"XWLXS0255x50","price":10.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18*38mm \/ Outer Foot Cover \/ 50 Pcs","offer_id":51663244886290,"sku":"XWLXS0256x50","price":13.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/6f74d250-5bcf-4116-a1f0-097657c637f7.jpg?v=1764754496"},{"product_id":"sandpaper-carborundum-sheet-girnding-plate-polish-section-120-1500grit-230-280mm","title":"Sandpaper Carborundum Sheet Girnding Plate Polish Section 120~1500Grit 230*280mm","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: Arial, sans-serif; color: #333; line-height: 1.7; padding: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.8em; text-align: center;\"\u003eSandpaper Carborundum Sheet Grinding Plate Polish Section 120~1500 Grit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur \u003cstrong\u003eCarborundum Sandpaper Sheet\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for precision grinding and polishing. With a soft, tear-resistant paper base and anti-clogging surface, it ensures excellent performance across different grit levels — from coarse metal sanding to ultra-fine polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- ✅ 产品规格表 --\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin-top: 25px;\"\u003e📏 Product Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"background-color: #f3f3f3;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid #ccc; text-align: left;\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid #ccc; text-align: left;\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid #ccc;\"\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid #ccc;\"\u003eSandpaper Carborundum Sheet Grinding Plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid #ccc;\"\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid #ccc;\"\u003e230mm × 280mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid #ccc;\"\u003eAvailable Grits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid #ccc;\"\u003e120, 150, 180, 240, 320, 400, 600, 800, 1500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid #ccc;\"\u003eMaterial Features\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid #ccc;\"\u003eAnti-clogging, anti-static, flexible paper base, tear-resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid #ccc;\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 10px; border: 1px solid #ccc;\"\u003eAuto repair, wood, furniture, ceramics, metal, stainless steel, fine polishing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!-- ✅ 粒度等级说明 --\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin-top: 30px;\"\u003e🔹 Sandpaper Grit Levels Explained\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"margin-top: 15px; color: #e67e22;\"\u003e🟠 80–180 Grit — Coarse Sandpaper\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for heavy-duty sanding of \u003cstrong\u003emetal, wood, or walls\u003c\/strong\u003e. Ideal for removing old paint or shaping rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"margin-top: 15px; color: #27ae60;\"\u003e🟢 240–400 Grit — Medium Sandpaper Sheet\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsed for \u003cstrong\u003esecondary grinding\u003c\/strong\u003e or smoothing surfaces before final finishing. Suitable for most furniture or woodworking projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"margin-top: 15px; color: #3498db;\"\u003e🔵 600–1500 Grit — Fine Carborundum Sandpaper\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003edelicate polishing\u003c\/strong\u003e tasks such as \u003cem\u003erosewood furniture, amber, Bodhi beads, or gold workpieces\u003c\/em\u003e. Produces a smooth, glossy finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4 style=\"margin-top: 15px; color: #9b59b6;\"\u003e🟣 2000+ Grit — Ultra-Fine Finishing\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis level is ideal for \u003cstrong\u003eultra-fine polishing\u003c\/strong\u003e like nail finishing, surface refinement, or mirror gloss finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- ✅ 特性总结 --\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin-top: 30px;\"\u003e💡 Why Choose Our Carborundum Sandpaper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"list-style: none; padding-left: 0;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e✅ Superior anti-clogging and anti-static performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e✅ Tear-resistant and soft base paper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e✅ Excellent grinding efficiency and smooth surface effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e✅ Suitable for both wet and dry sanding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- ✅ FAQ 模块 --\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin-top: 35px;\"\u003e❓ Sandpaper FAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ1: Can this Sandpaper Sheet be used for both wet and dry sanding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes! It’s designed for \u003cstrong\u003ewhether wet or dry applications\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring flexibility for auto repair, metalwork, and wood finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ2: What is the best grit for furniture polishing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe recommend using \u003cstrong\u003e600–1500 grit\u003c\/strong\u003e for fine furniture or wood polishing, and \u003cstrong\u003e240–400 grit\u003c\/strong\u003e for secondary grinding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ3: How long does the Sandpaper last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOur sandpaper is made with \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-grade carborundum materials\u003c\/strong\u003e that last longer, resist tearing, and provide consistent performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ4: Can I use it for manicure or small polishing work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbsolutely! \u003cstrong\u003e2000 grit or above\u003c\/strong\u003e is perfect for nail polishing, resin models, or jewelry work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- ✅ 结尾 CTA --\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"margin-top: 35px; text-align: center;\"\u003e✨ Upgrade your workshop today with professional-grade Sandpaper Sheets!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"120 Grit \/ 1pcs","offer_id":51681370308882,"sku":"JSDYMJ0880x1","price":1.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 Grit \/ 1pcs","offer_id":51681370341650,"sku":"JSDYMJ0881x1","price":1.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"180 Grit \/ 1pcs","offer_id":51681370374418,"sku":"JSDYMJ0882x1","price":1.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"240 Grit \/ 1pcs","offer_id":51681370407186,"sku":"JSDYMJ0883x1","price":1.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"320 Grit \/ 1pcs","offer_id":51681370439954,"sku":"JSDYMJ0884x1","price":1.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"400 Grit \/ 1pcs","offer_id":51681370472722,"sku":"JSDYMJ0885x1","price":1.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600 Grit \/ 1pcs","offer_id":51681370505490,"sku":"JSDYMJ0886x1","price":1.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"800 Grit \/ 1pcs","offer_id":51681370538258,"sku":"JSDYMJ0887x1","price":1.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1500 Grit \/ 1pcs","offer_id":51681370571026,"sku":"JSDYMJ0888x1","price":1.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"120 Grit \/ 5pcs","offer_id":51681370603794,"sku":"JSDYMJ0880x5","price":6.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 Grit \/ 5pcs","offer_id":51681370636562,"sku":"JSDYMJ0881x5","price":5.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"180 Grit \/ 5pcs","offer_id":51681370669330,"sku":"JSDYMJ0882x5","price":5.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"240 Grit \/ 5pcs","offer_id":51681370702098,"sku":"JSDYMJ0883x5","price":4.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"320 Grit \/ 5pcs","offer_id":51681370734866,"sku":"JSDYMJ0884x5","price":4.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"400 Grit \/ 5pcs","offer_id":51681370767634,"sku":"JSDYMJ0885x5","price":4.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600 Grit \/ 5pcs","offer_id":51681370800402,"sku":"JSDYMJ0886x5","price":3.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"800 Grit \/ 5pcs","offer_id":51681370833170,"sku":"JSDYMJ0887x5","price":3.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1500 Grit \/ 5pcs","offer_id":51681370865938,"sku":"JSDYMJ0888x5","price":3.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"120 Grit \/ 10 pcs","offer_id":51681370898706,"sku":"JSDYMJ0880x10","price":12.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 Grit \/ 10 pcs","offer_id":51681370931474,"sku":"JSDYMJ0881x10","price":10.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"180 Grit \/ 10 pcs","offer_id":51681370964242,"sku":"JSDYMJ0882x10","price":10.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"240 Grit \/ 10 pcs","offer_id":51681370997010,"sku":"JSDYMJ0883x10","price":9.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"320 Grit \/ 10 pcs","offer_id":51681371029778,"sku":"JSDYMJ0884x10","price":8.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"400 Grit \/ 10 pcs","offer_id":51681371062546,"sku":"JSDYMJ0885x10","price":7.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600 Grit \/ 10 pcs","offer_id":51681371095314,"sku":"JSDYMJ0886x10","price":7.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"800 Grit \/ 10 pcs","offer_id":51681371128082,"sku":"JSDYMJ0887x10","price":7.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1500 Grit \/ 10 pcs","offer_id":51681371160850,"sku":"JSDYMJ0888x10","price":6.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"120 Grit \/ 20 pcs","offer_id":51681371193618,"sku":"JSDYMJ0880x20","price":23.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 Grit \/ 20 pcs","offer_id":51681371226386,"sku":"JSDYMJ0881x20","price":20.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"180 Grit \/ 20 pcs","offer_id":51681371259154,"sku":"JSDYMJ0882x20","price":20.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"240 Grit \/ 20 pcs","offer_id":51681371291922,"sku":"JSDYMJ0883x20","price":17.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"320 Grit \/ 20 pcs","offer_id":51681371324690,"sku":"JSDYMJ0884x20","price":16.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"400 Grit \/ 20 pcs","offer_id":51681371357458,"sku":"JSDYMJ0885x20","price":14.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600 Grit \/ 20 pcs","offer_id":51681371390226,"sku":"JSDYMJ0886x20","price":13.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"800 Grit \/ 20 pcs","offer_id":51681371422994,"sku":"JSDYMJ0887x20","price":13.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1500 Grit \/ 20 pcs","offer_id":51681371455762,"sku":"JSDYMJ0888x20","price":11.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"120 Grit \/ 25 pcs","offer_id":51681371488530,"sku":"JSDYMJ0880x25","price":29.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 Grit \/ 25 pcs","offer_id":51681371521298,"sku":"JSDYMJ0881x25","price":25.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"180 Grit \/ 25 pcs","offer_id":51681371554066,"sku":"JSDYMJ0882x25","price":24.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"240 Grit \/ 25 pcs","offer_id":51681371586834,"sku":"JSDYMJ0883x25","price":22.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"320 Grit \/ 25 pcs","offer_id":51681371619602,"sku":"JSDYMJ0884x25","price":20.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"400 Grit \/ 25 pcs","offer_id":51681371652370,"sku":"JSDYMJ0885x25","price":18.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600 Grit \/ 25 pcs","offer_id":51681371685138,"sku":"JSDYMJ0886x25","price":16.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"800 Grit \/ 25 pcs","offer_id":51681371717906,"sku":"JSDYMJ0887x25","price":16.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1500 Grit \/ 25 pcs","offer_id":51681371750674,"sku":"JSDYMJ0888x25","price":14.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"120 Grit \/ 30 pcs","offer_id":51681371783442,"sku":"JSDYMJ0880x30","price":34.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 Grit \/ 30 pcs","offer_id":51681371816210,"sku":"JSDYMJ0881x30","price":30.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"180 Grit \/ 30 pcs","offer_id":51681371848978,"sku":"JSDYMJ0882x30","price":29.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"240 Grit \/ 30 pcs","offer_id":51681371881746,"sku":"JSDYMJ0883x30","price":26.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"320 Grit \/ 30 pcs","offer_id":51681371914514,"sku":"JSDYMJ0884x30","price":24.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"400 Grit \/ 30 pcs","offer_id":51681371947282,"sku":"JSDYMJ0885x30","price":22.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600 Grit \/ 30 pcs","offer_id":51681371980050,"sku":"JSDYMJ0886x30","price":20.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"800 Grit \/ 30 pcs","offer_id":51681372012818,"sku":"JSDYMJ0887x30","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1500 Grit \/ 30 pcs","offer_id":51681372045586,"sku":"JSDYMJ0888x30","price":16.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"120 Grit \/ 40 pcs","offer_id":51681372078354,"sku":"JSDYMJ0880x40","price":46.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 Grit \/ 40 pcs","offer_id":51681372111122,"sku":"JSDYMJ0881x40","price":40.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"180 Grit \/ 40 pcs","offer_id":51681372143890,"sku":"JSDYMJ0882x40","price":39.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"240 Grit \/ 40 pcs","offer_id":51681372176658,"sku":"JSDYMJ0883x40","price":34.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"320 Grit \/ 40 pcs","offer_id":51681372209426,"sku":"JSDYMJ0884x40","price":32.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"400 Grit \/ 40 pcs","offer_id":51681372242194,"sku":"JSDYMJ0885x40","price":29.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600 Grit \/ 40 pcs","offer_id":51681372274962,"sku":"JSDYMJ0886x40","price":26.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"800 Grit \/ 40 pcs","offer_id":51681372307730,"sku":"JSDYMJ0887x40","price":26.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1500 Grit \/ 40 pcs","offer_id":51681372340498,"sku":"JSDYMJ0888x40","price":22.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"120 Grit \/ 50 pcs","offer_id":51681372373266,"sku":"JSDYMJ0880x50","price":57.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 Grit \/ 50 pcs","offer_id":51681372406034,"sku":"JSDYMJ0881x50","price":50.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"180 Grit \/ 50 pcs","offer_id":51681372438802,"sku":"JSDYMJ0882x50","price":48.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"240 Grit \/ 50 pcs","offer_id":51681372471570,"sku":"JSDYMJ0883x50","price":43.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"320 Grit \/ 50 pcs","offer_id":51681372504338,"sku":"JSDYMJ0884x50","price":40.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"400 Grit \/ 50 pcs","offer_id":51681372537106,"sku":"JSDYMJ0885x50","price":36.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600 Grit \/ 50 pcs","offer_id":51681372569874,"sku":"JSDYMJ0886x50","price":33.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"800 Grit \/ 50 pcs","offer_id":51681372602642,"sku":"JSDYMJ0887x50","price":32.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1500 Grit \/ 50 pcs","offer_id":51681372635410,"sku":"JSDYMJ0888x50","price":27.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"120 Grit \/ 60 pcs","offer_id":51681372668178,"sku":"JSDYMJ0880x60","price":69.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 Grit \/ 60 pcs","offer_id":51681372700946,"sku":"JSDYMJ0881x60","price":60.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"180 Grit \/ 60 pcs","offer_id":51681372733714,"sku":"JSDYMJ0882x60","price":58.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"240 Grit \/ 60 pcs","offer_id":51681372766482,"sku":"JSDYMJ0883x60","price":51.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"320 Grit \/ 60 pcs","offer_id":51681372799250,"sku":"JSDYMJ0884x60","price":48.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"400 Grit \/ 60 pcs","offer_id":51681372832018,"sku":"JSDYMJ0885x60","price":43.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600 Grit \/ 60 pcs","offer_id":51681372864786,"sku":"JSDYMJ0886x60","price":39.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"800 Grit \/ 60 pcs","offer_id":51681372897554,"sku":"JSDYMJ0887x60","price":39.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1500 Grit \/ 60 pcs","offer_id":51681372930322,"sku":"JSDYMJ0888x60","price":33.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/5f352374-10fe-446b-8d1d-a9dc70bcd7f8.jpg?v=1764827274"},{"product_id":"steel-arched-vine-garden-fence-4-panel-11ft-43in-rust-resistant","title":"Outsunny Garden Fence, 4 Pack Steel Fence Panels, 11.4' L x 43\" H, Rust-Resistant Animal Barrier Decorative Border Flower Edging for Yard, Landscape, Patio, Outdoor Decor, Arched Vines","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"Outsunny 4-panel arched vine garden fence, 11.4 ft L x 43 in H. Rust-resistant steel animal barrier, decorative border for yard, landscape, patio. No-tool installation.\" name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 outsunny-arched-fence 避免冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .outsunny-arched-fence {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #1f2a1b;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .outsunny-arched-fence * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .oaf-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .oaf-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #fafaf5;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #5f7e4a;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #2a3b25;\n        }\n        .oaf-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2e8da;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .oaf-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .oaf-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .oaf-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #edf2e6;\n        }\n        .oaf-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .oaf-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .oaf-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #3f6244;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .oaf-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ece0;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .oaf-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .oaf-specs th, .oaf-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eef3e9;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .oaf-specs th {\n            background-color: #f8faf4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #2d4a2a;\n        }\n        .oaf-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .oaf-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .oaf-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .oaf-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e8db;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .oaf-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf2;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #2c4e2c;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eaf1e4;\n        }\n        .oaf-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .oaf-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #2c3b28;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .oaf-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .oaf-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .oaf-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .oaf-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .oaf-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .oaf-specs th, .oaf-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .oaf-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #546e4a;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #d4e2cc;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"outsunny-arched-fence\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Arched Vines, Steel Fence Panels, Animal Barrier --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"oaf-product-title\"\u003e🌿 Outsunny Arched Vine Garden Fence – 4-Pack Steel Panels, 11.4' L x 43\" H, Rust-Resistant Animal Barrier for Yard \u0026amp; Patio\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-description\"\u003e🐾 \u003cstrong\u003eCreate a beautiful, protected garden while keeping critters out and pets in\u003c\/strong\u003e — The Outsunny 4-panel arched vine fence combines ornamental charm with practical security. Whether you need to shield your flower beds from rabbits, define a playful boundary for small dogs, or simply add an elegant touch to your landscape, this 43-inch high steel border delivers. With rust-resistant coating, tool-free assembly, and the ability to bend panels into custom shapes (L, square, or wave), it’s the ideal solution for gardeners, homeowners, and pet lovers who want both style and function without a complicated install.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"oaf-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Decorative Steel Garden Fence\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"oaf-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"oaf-feature-icon\"\u003e🌸\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"oaf-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElegant Arched Vines Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – The black arched vine pattern adds a graceful, timeless accent to any outdoor space. Perfect for flower edging, walkways, and patio borders, it elevates your garden’s aesthetic instantly.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"oaf-feature-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"oaf-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Panels – 11.4 ft of Coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e – Each panel measures 34.75\"W x 43.25\"H; total assembled length reaches 11.4 feet. Ideal for defining medium garden beds, creating temporary pet pens, or separating landscape zones.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"oaf-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"oaf-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRust-Resistant \u0026amp; Durable Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built from heavy-gauge steel with a black powder-coated finish. Withstands rain, sprinklers, and seasonal weather without corrosion — stays looking sharp year after year.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"oaf-feature-icon\"\u003e🐇\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"oaf-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective Animal Barrier\u003c\/strong\u003e – Keep wild animals (rabbits, groundhogs) out of your vegetable garden, or use it as a temporary pen to contain small pets. The 43\" height and small grid spacing offer reliable protection.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"oaf-feature-icon\"\u003e🔄\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"oaf-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustomizable Angles – I, L, Square or Wave\u003c\/strong\u003e – Bend the four steel panels to fit any layout. Create straight borders, corner enclosures, or flowing curves around flowerbeds. Your garden, your design.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"oaf-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"oaf-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Free Assembly \u0026amp; Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e – Interlocking connection system with included ground stakes. Just push into soil, connect panels, and you’re done. No drills, no screws. Move it easily when seasons change.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"oaf-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Outsunny Arched Vine Fence\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"oaf-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsunny Garden Fence, 4 Pack Steel Panels, 11.4' L x 43\" H, Arched Vines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-coated Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Length (Total)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e137 inches (11.4 ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Width (Panel Thickness)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.25 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.60 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.5\" x 36.5\" x 2.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.30 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 steel fence panels, ground stakes, interlocking connectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"oaf-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Garden Border Fence\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🐕\u003c\/span\u003e Will this fence keep my small dog from escaping the yard?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for small to medium breeds (under 25 lbs) the 43-inch height works well as a temporary containment or boundary. The grid spacing prevents squeezing through. For best results, push stakes fully into firm soil and connect all panels securely. It's an excellent portable pen for supervised outdoor time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the fence truly rust-resistant for outdoor use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The black powder-coated steel is designed to resist rust and corrosion from rain, morning dew, and sprinklers. While we recommend avoiding constant standing water, normal garden conditions won't cause deterioration. Many customers leave it up through all four seasons with minimal maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e Do I need tools for installation? What about hard or rocky soil?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo tools required. The included stakes push directly into soft soil, grass, or mulch. For compacted or rocky ground, we suggest watering the area first or using a rubber mallet (not included) to gently tap stakes. Avoid concrete or asphalt surfaces — this fence is designed for earth-based installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e Can I connect multiple sets to enclose a larger area?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDefinitely. Each set gives you 11.4 linear feet. To enclose a larger garden or create a pet run, simply purchase extra sets and connect them end-to-end using the same interlocking design. The modular system lets you build circles, rectangles, or long straight barriers — measure your perimeter first to calculate how many sets you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🐇\u003c\/span\u003e Will this stop rabbits and squirrels from eating my vegetables?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 43\" height combined with small grid openings effectively deters rabbits, groundhogs, and squirrels. For best results, press the bottom edge slightly into the soil to prevent digging underneath. It's the perfect balance of decoration and protection for raised beds, flower borders, and kitchen gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e How do I clean and maintain the fence?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintenance is simple: rinse with a garden hose occasionally to remove dirt or debris. For stubborn spots, use a soft cloth and mild soap. Avoid abrasive scrubbers that could scratch the coating. The rust-resistant finish keeps the fence looking great with almost no upkeep — just enjoy your beautiful garden border.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oaf-note\"\u003e✅ Ready to beautify and protect — 4 steel arched vine panels + stakes included. No tools needed. Portable garden fencing for yard, landscape, and patio.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52196497457426,"sku":"W2225P174525","price":182.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/dcaa9be8da2b424b2e218e9dc841898c.jpg?v=1776149438"},{"product_id":"wooden-arbor-wedding-arch-garden-trellis-fir-wood","title":"Wooden Arbor, Wedding Arch for Ceremony, Wood Trellis for Plant Climbing, Christmas Decor Pergola for Garden Backyard","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e📄\u003c\/span\u003e Need help with installation? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/b2bfiles1.gigab2b.cn\/image\/wkseller\/40423\/6675215b1ef497ad3aa783acbcfd4175.pdf\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDownload the Installation Guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWooden Arbor Wedding Arch \u0026amp; Garden Trellis — Solid Fir Wood, Light Brown or Brown Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a backyard wedding, a garden ceremony, or a seasonal display and need a structure that looks beautiful without requiring a professional to set it up? Flimsy metal arches wobble under floral arrangements, and cheap wood splits after one season outdoors. Our Wooden Arbor is built from solid fir wood with a warm natural finish — sturdy enough to anchor climbing roses and elegant enough to frame your vows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStanding 85\" tall × 63\" wide × 26\" deep and weighing approximately 38.36 lbs (17.4 kg), this arbor ships in a single carton (86.61\" × 9.06\" × 6.30\", 44 lbs) and assembles with included hardware and a step-by-step guide. Available in two finishes: \u003cstrong\u003eLight Brown\u003c\/strong\u003e  and \u003cstrong\u003eBrown\u003c\/strong\u003e  — both highlighting the natural fir wood grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it as a wedding ceremony arch, a photo booth backdrop, a climbing plant trellis for roses, clematis, or ivy, or a Christmas and holiday decor pergola draped with lights and garlands. The open lattice structure and classic silhouette complement rustic, bohemian, and contemporary outdoor settings alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e Suitable for weddings, garden ceremonies, photo backdrops, climbing plant support, and seasonal holiday decor — indoors or outdoors.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This Wooden Arbor Wedding Arch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🪵\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSolid Fir Wood Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Built from high-grade fir with a smooth, refined finish that resists outdoor conditions season after season. No wobbling, no flex under floral arrangements or lightweight drapery. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/b2bfiles1.gigab2b.cn\/image\/wkseller\/40423\/6675215b1ef497ad3aa783acbcfd4175.pdf\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e📄 Download Installation Guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💍\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eElegant Classic Silhouette\u003c\/strong\u003e — Clean lines and a timeless arch profile create a stunning focal point for wedding ceremonies, vow renewals, sweetheart tables, and outdoor photo sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTwo Natural Finish Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose Light Brown (W2640P225585) for a lighter, airy look or Brown (W2640P225586) for a richer, deeper wood tone. Both finishes highlight the natural fir grain and pair beautifully with greenery, florals, and seasonal decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOpen Lattice Trellis for Climbing Plants\u003c\/strong\u003e — The open frame structure supports climbing roses, clematis, wisteria, ivy, and other vines. Anchor the legs with ground stakes (not included) in windy areas or with vigorous climbers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎄\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eYear-Round Versatility\u003c\/strong\u003e — Transitions from a summer garden trellis to a Christmas pergola with string lights and garlands, to a spring wedding arch — one structure for every season and occasion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eStraightforward Assembly, Hardware Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Pre-drilled holes, all mounting hardware, and a step-by-step installation guide included. Most setups complete in under an hour with two people and a Phillips screwdriver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Wooden Arbor Wedding Arch \u0026amp; Garden Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid Fir Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Finishes \/ Colors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight Brown \/ Brown \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63.0\" × 26.0\" × 85.0\" (1,600 × 660 × 2,159 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38.36 lbs (17.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86.61\" × 9.06\" × 6.30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44.0 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — hardware and installation guide included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Uses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWedding arch, garden ceremony backdrop, plant trellis, Christmas\/holiday pergola, photo booth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Plants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClimbing roses, clematis, wisteria, ivy, and other vining plants\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this wooden arbor suitable for year-round outdoor use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The solid fir wood construction is designed to withstand sun, rain, and wind. For extended longevity, we recommend applying a clear weatherproof sealant once a year or as needed based on your climate. Many customers keep it outdoors through all four seasons with minimal maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich color finish should I choose — Light Brown or Brown?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight Brown has a lighter, more natural tone that works well with white florals, pastel arrangements, and airy boho aesthetics. Brown offers a richer, deeper wood tone that pairs well with lush greenery, burgundy florals, and rustic or traditional settings. Both finishes highlight the natural fir grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this as a wedding arch or ceremony backdrop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The 85\" height and classic arch profile create a stunning focal point for vows, photos, and sweetheart tables. The frame is sturdy enough to hold lightweight drapery, fabric, and floral arrangements. Florists and DIY brides frequently use this arbor as a ceremony backdrop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill it support heavy climbing plants like wisteria or climbing roses?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The solid fir construction handles the weight of mature vines well. For vigorous climbers or windy locations, we recommend anchoring the legs with ground stakes (not included) for added stability. Train vines regularly to distribute weight evenly across the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow difficult is assembly, and what tools do I need?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward — most DIYers complete it in under an hour with a helper. All hardware and a step-by-step installation guide are included. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver and an adjustable wrench or socket set. Two people are recommended for lifting and aligning the arch sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the package dimensions? Will it fit in my vehicle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package measures 86.61\" L × 9.06\" W × 6.30\" H and weighs 44 lbs — a single long carton. Many customers transport it in a pickup truck, SUV with folded rear seats, or a minivan. Please measure your cargo space before pickup or arrange for standard delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it come with Christmas decorations or lights?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — decorations and lights are not included, giving you complete creative freedom. The natural wood tone is an ideal canvas for string lights, garlands, ornaments, and seasonal wreaths. Transform it from a summer garden trellis to a winter holiday centerpiece with your own decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your finish (Light Brown or Brown) above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Light Brown","offer_id":52370502222098,"sku":"W2640P225585","price":156.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":52370502254866,"sku":"W2640P356950","price":156.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/OtherImage5_7462d7f0-c4c0-4140-a8e4-32d972bea8f1.jpg?v=1776230236"},{"product_id":"tomato-cages-square-pvc-coated-steel-10pack","title":"Tomato Cages, 11.8\" x 11.8\" x 46.1\", 10 Packs Square Plant Support Cages, Green PVC-Coated Steel Tomato Towers for Climbing Vegetables, Plants, Flowers, Fruits","description":"\u003c!-- ============================================= --\u003e\u003c!--  TDK (Title, Description, Keywords) 区块       --\u003e\u003c!--  方便卖家直接复制到 Shopify 后台 SEO 设置        --\u003e\u003c!-- ============================================= --\u003e\u003c!-- \n  —— 展示用产品标题（Product Title） ——\n  10 Pack Tomato Cages 46\" Heavy Duty Square Plant Support Cages - Green PVC-Coated Steel Garden Trellis for Climbing Vegetables, Fruits \u0026 Flowers\n\n  —— SEO 标题（Title Tag）[不超过60字符] ——\n  10 Pack 46\" Tomato Cages Heavy Duty Support | HomeDIYer\n\n  —— 元描述（Meta Description）[不超过160字符] ——\n  10 pack 46\" heavy-duty tomato cages. PVC-coated steel, foldable, rust-resistant. Supports tomatoes, peppers, cucumbers \u0026 flowers. 22 lbs load capacity.\n--\u003e\u003c!-- ============================================= --\u003e\u003c!--  产品描述 HTML 区块（封装样式，避免主题冲突）   --\u003e\u003c!-- ============================================= --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-tomato-cage-desc\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售口吻，突出使用场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\u003c!-- 产品特点：竖向排列，SEO友好，嵌入长尾词 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-features\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 标题自然包含关键词 --\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"hdy-section-title\"\u003e🍅 46-Inch Square Tomato Cages — Key Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-feature-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e10-Pack 3-Tier Trellis System — Maximum Coverage for Serious Growers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive ten complete 46.1\" tall square cages, each with three tiers of support. The extra-large 11.8\"L x 11.8\"W openings give sprawling tomato varieties and vining plants the space they need to branch naturally. No more cramped circular cages that choke growth — this square design promotes better airflow and easier harvesting of vegetables, flowers, and fruits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHeavy-Duty PVC-Coated Steel Core — Built to Withstand Seasons of Use\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from a solid 4 mm (0.2\") steel wire core with reinforced welds, each cage supports up to 22 lbs of fruit load without buckling. The thick green PVC coating isn't just for looks — it seals out moisture to prevent rust and corrosion year after year, blending seamlessly into your garden foliage. This is a multi-season investment, not a disposable plastic trellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-feature-icon\"\u003e🔄\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFoldable \u0026amp; Flexible — Custom Configurations for Any Garden Layout\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnique side-locking mechanism allows instant assembly without tools. When the growing season ends, simply unlock and fold each cage flat to just 1\/4 of its expanded width for compact, space-saving storage in your shed or garage. Need a creative layout? These cages can be partially folded into triangles, half-walls, or irregular shapes to fit tight corners or maximize square-foot gardening space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-feature-icon\"\u003e🌸\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eVersatile Plant Support for Climbing Vegetables \u0026amp; Flowers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile perfect for indeterminate tomatoes, these cages excel with a wide variety of climbing plants. Use them to tame sprawling zucchini, provide a framework for peas and beans, support heavy pepper plants, or create a structured backdrop for sweet peas and morning glories. Keep strawberries and raspberries elevated to avoid soil-borne diseases and slug damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数：表格形式呈现，清晰易读 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"hdy-section-title\"\u003e📋 Product Specifications — 10-Pack Square Tomato Support Cages\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hdy-spec-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid Iron Steel Core with Green PVC Coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen (Blends naturally with plants)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIndividual Cage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.8\" x 11.8\" x 46.1\" (30 x 30 x 117 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWire Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2\" \/ 4 mm (Heavy-Gauge Steel Core)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Capacity (per cage)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 22 lbs \/ 10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Quantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 Cages (3-Tier Design)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.06 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.24\" x 12.99\" x 8.07\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo tools required — Unfold \u0026amp; Lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds flat to approx. 3\" width per cage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 (FAQ) — 全部展开，不使用折叠，消除购买疑虑 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"hdy-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions — Tomato Cages \u0026amp; Plant Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdy-faq-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eAre these tomato cages difficult to assemble? Do I need tools?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot at all! Each cage features a smart interlocking side lock. Simply unfold the flat panel, bring the sides together, and snap the lock into place. No screws, no tools, and no frustration. You can set up all 10 cages in just a few minutes and get planting right away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdy-faq-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eWill these steel cages rust if left outside in the rain?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese cages are built for outdoor durability. The steel core is completely encased in a thick, UV-resistant green PVC coating. This protective layer prevents moisture from reaching the metal, so you can leave them in the garden all season long without worrying about rust, corrosion, or unsightly stains on your plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdy-faq-icon\"\u003e🥒\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eCan I use these for plants other than tomatoes? I grow cucumbers and peas.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. These are designed as universal climbing plant supports. The square shape and wide openings are ideal for cucumbers, pole beans, peas, zucchini, eggplants, peppers, and even heavy-flowering vines like clematis or sweet peas. They keep fruit elevated and make harvesting a breeze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdy-faq-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eHow do I store 10 of these large cages during the winter? I have limited shed space.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat's the beauty of the foldable design. When unlocked, each cage collapses flat to about a quarter of its expanded width — roughly 3 inches thick. You can stack all 10 folded cages against a wall or slide them under a workbench. They take up minimal space compared to rigid cone cages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdy-faq-icon\"\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eWhat is the actual weight capacity? My tomato plants get very heavy in August.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdy-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach cage is tested to support up to 22 lbs of distributed load. The 4 mm steel wire core and reinforced weld points ensure that even when branches are laden with large beefsteak tomatoes, the structure remains upright and stable. For extra windy areas, we recommend pushing the bottom legs firmly into the soil or securing with landscape staples (not included).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 底部提示：增加信任感 --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ============================================= --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--  封装样式表 (CSS) — 所有类名以 'hdy-' 前缀开头  --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--  避免与 Shopify 主题样式冲突，移动端适配        --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- ============================================= --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  \/* 重置容器内的基础样式 — 不影响外部主题 *\/\n  .hdy-tomato-cage-desc {\n    all: initial; \/* 谨慎使用 reset，但作为独立容器我们重置关键属性 *\/\n    display: block;\n    box-sizing: border-box;\n    font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n    line-height: 1.5;\n    color: #1e1e1e;\n    max-width: 100%;\n    margin: 0;\n    padding: 0;\n    width: 100%;\n    word-wrap: break-word;\n  }\n  .hdy-tomato-cage-desc *,\n  .hdy-tomato-cage-desc *::before,\n  .hdy-tomato-cage-desc *::after {\n    box-sizing: border-box;\n  }\n  \n  \/* 排版基础 *\/\n  .hdy-tomato-cage-desc p {\n    margin: 0 0 1.2em 0;\n    font-size: 16px;\n    font-weight: 400;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n    color: #2c2c2c;\n  }\n  .hdy-tomato-cage-desc h3,\n  .hdy-tomato-cage-desc h4 {\n    margin: 0 0 0.8em 0;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    line-height: 1.3;\n  }\n  .hdy-tomato-cage-desc h3 {\n    font-size: 22px;\n    border-bottom: 2px solid #e0e7e0;\n    padding-bottom: 12px;\n    margin-top: 30px;\n    margin-bottom: 20px;\n    color: #1e3a2f;\n  }\n  .hdy-tomato-cage-desc h3:first-of-type {\n    margin-top: 10px;\n  }\n  .hdy-tomato-cage-desc h4 {\n    font-size: 18px;\n    margin-bottom: 6px;\n    color: #1e3a2f;\n  }\n\n  \/* 概述区块 *\/\n  .hdy-overview {\n    margin-bottom: 20px;\n  }\n  .hdy-overview p {\n    font-size: 17px;\n    background: #f8faf8;\n    padding: 20px 22px;\n    border-radius: 12px;\n    border-left: 5px solid #4a7c59;\n    box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0,0,0,0.02);\n  }\n\n  \/* 特点列表 *\/\n  .hdy-features {\n    margin-bottom: 20px;\n  }\n  .hdy-feature-item {\n    display: flex;\n    gap: 16px;\n    margin-bottom: 28px;\n    align-items: flex-start;\n  }\n  .hdy-feature-icon {\n    font-size: 30px;\n    min-width: 44px;\n    text-align: center;\n    line-height: 1.2;\n  }\n  .hdy-feature-content {\n    flex: 1;\n  }\n  .hdy-feature-content p {\n    margin-bottom: 0;\n    color: #3a3a3a;\n  }\n\n  \/* 规格表格 *\/\n  .hdy-specs {\n    margin: 30px 0;\n  }\n  .hdy-table-wrapper {\n    overflow-x: auto;\n    -webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;\n    margin-bottom: 10px;\n    border-radius: 10px;\n    border: 1px solid #dde5dd;\n    background: #ffffff;\n  }\n  .hdy-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    font-size: 15px;\n    min-width: 500px; \/* 保证小屏可滑动 *\/\n  }\n  .hdy-spec-table th,\n  .hdy-spec-table td {\n    padding: 14px 18px;\n    text-align: left;\n    vertical-align: top;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e8e2;\n  }\n  .hdy-spec-table tr:last-child th,\n  .hdy-spec-table tr:last-child td {\n    border-bottom: none;\n  }\n  .hdy-spec-table th {\n    background-color: #f4f7f4;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    width: 40%;\n    color: #1e3a2f;\n    border-right: 1px solid #d0dbd0;\n  }\n  .hdy-spec-table td {\n    background-color: #ffffff;\n    color: #2b3a2e;\n  }\n\n  \/* FAQ 区块 — 全部展开，不使用折叠 *\/\n  .hdy-faq {\n    margin: 30px 0 20px;\n  }\n  .hdy-faq-item {\n    margin-bottom: 24px;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #e4ebe4;\n    padding-bottom: 20px;\n  }\n  .hdy-faq-item:last-child {\n    border-bottom: none;\n    padding-bottom: 0;\n  }\n  .hdy-faq-question {\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: baseline;\n    gap: 12px;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    font-size: 17px;\n    margin-bottom: 10px;\n    color: #1e3a2f;\n  }\n  .hdy-faq-icon {\n    font-size: 22px;\n    min-width: 28px;\n  }\n  .hdy-faq-answer {\n    padding-left: 40px; \/* 对齐图标 *\/\n    color: #3e4e42;\n  }\n  .hdy-faq-answer p {\n    margin-bottom: 0;\n    font-size: 15.5px;\n  }\n\n  \/* 底部备注 *\/\n  .hdy-footer-note {\n    margin-top: 25px;\n    padding: 16px 20px;\n    background: #edf3ed;\n    border-radius: 40px 8px 40px 8px;\n    text-align: center;\n  }\n  .hdy-footer-note p {\n    margin: 0;\n    font-size: 16px;\n  }\n\n  \/* 移动端微调 *\/\n  @media screen and (max-width: 600px) {\n    .hdy-tomato-cage-desc h3 {\n      font-size: 20px;\n    }\n    .hdy-feature-item {\n      gap: 12px;\n    }\n    .hdy-feature-icon {\n      font-size: 28px;\n      min-width: 36px;\n    }\n    .hdy-feature-content h4 {\n      font-size: 17px;\n    }\n    .hdy-overview p {\n      padding: 16px 18px;\n      font-size: 16px;\n    }\n    .hdy-spec-table th,\n    .hdy-spec-table td {\n      padding: 12px 12px;\n    }\n    .hdy-faq-question {\n      font-size: 16px;\n    }\n    .hdy-faq-answer {\n      padding-left: 40px;\n    }\n  }\n\n  \/* 确保所有间距合理，无冲突 *\/\n  .hdy-tomato-cage-desc ul, \n  .hdy-tomato-cage-desc ol {\n    padding-left: 20px;\n    margin: 1em 0;\n  }\n  .hdy-tomato-cage-desc strong {\n    font-weight: 600;\n    color: #1e3a2f;\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- ============================================= --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--  代码结束 — 可直接复制至 Shopify 产品描述框   --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- ============================================= --\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52199122534674,"sku":"T3342P473307","price":122.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/02fe07d4c812063c025339353ac00a6f_a2abea67-fe58-409b-94cb-12e21d2193c5.jpg?v=1776230644"},{"product_id":"2-pack-metal-garden-trellis-71-x-19-7-rustproof-trellis-for-climbing-plants-outdoor-flower-support-green","title":"2 Pack Metal Garden Trellis 71\" x 19.7\" Rustproof Trellis for Climbing Plants Outdoor Flower Support Green","description":"\u003c!-- 🌿 TDK INFORMATION FOR SHOPIFY (Copy \u0026 Paste into Backend) 🌿 --\u003e\u003c!-- \n    PRODUCT DISPLAY TITLE (For internal\/product page header):\n    2 Pack Metal Garden Trellis 71\" x 19.7\" – Rustproof Green Trellis for Climbing Plants \u0026 Outdoor Flowers\n\n    SEO TITLE (Recommended, ≤60 chars):\n    71\" Metal Garden Trellis 2 Pack Rustproof Green | HomeDIYer\n\n    META DESCRIPTION (Recommended, ≤160 chars):\n    2 pack of 71 x 19.7 inch green metal garden trellises. Rustproof iron, powder coated, easy assembly. Ideal for climbing plants, roses, veggies.\n--\u003e\u003c!-- 🌱 FULL PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HTML (Copy into Shopify Product Description) 🌱 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-trellis-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT OVERVIEW SECTION --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"ht-heading\"\u003e🌻 71\" Tall Garden Trellis for Climbing Plants – Rustproof \u0026amp; Versatile 2-Pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ht-text-lg\"\u003eGive your climbing roses, morning glories, cucumbers, and sweet peas the vertical support they deserve. This \u003cstrong class=\"ht-strong\"\u003e2-pack of 71\" x 19.7\" metal garden trellises\u003c\/strong\u003e transforms any outdoor space—whether it’s a cozy backyard patio, a raised vegetable bed, or a sprawling cottage garden. Designed for the DIY homeowner and gardening enthusiast, the trellis solves the common problem of flimsy stakes and rusty wire cages. With a double-layer rust protection (galvanized iron + green powder coating), these trellises stand up to rain, sprinklers, and humidity while blending beautifully into your foliage. No special tools, no helpers needed—just straightforward assembly that gets your plants climbing in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- KEY FEATURES SECTION (SEO Friendly Bullets) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"ht-subheading\"\u003e✨ Why Choose This 71\" Metal Garden Trellis for Climbing Plants\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"ht-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ht-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ht-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong class=\"ht-feature-title\"\u003eTool‑Free Assembly in Minutes:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan class=\"ht-feature-desc\"\u003ePre‑cut tubes and pre‑drilled holes make setup effortless. One person can assemble both 71\" x 19.7\" trellises without wrestling with complicated hardware. All necessary screws are included.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ht-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ht-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong class=\"ht-feature-title\"\u003eTrue Anti‑Rust Protection for Outdoor Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan class=\"ht-feature-desc\"\u003eCrafted from iron with an inner galvanized layer and a durable green powder‑coated finish. This double‑shield technology prevents unsightly rust and peeling, keeping your garden looking pristine season after season.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ht-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ht-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong class=\"ht-feature-title\"\u003eMulti‑Purpose Vertical Gardening Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan class=\"ht-feature-desc\"\u003ePerfect for heavy climbers like grapevines, blackberries, and cucumbers, as well as delicate ornamentals like clematis, jasmine, and ivy. The 19.7\" width provides ample room for spreading vines.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ht-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ht-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong class=\"ht-feature-title\"\u003eFlexible Decor \u0026amp; Privacy Screening:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan class=\"ht-feature-desc\"\u003eUse them individually as statement rose arches or connect multiple trellises to create a living privacy screen, a green corner accent, or even a stunning backdrop for outdoor wedding photo ops.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- SPECIFICATIONS TABLE SECTION --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"ht-subheading\"\u003e📏 Specifications: 2 Pack 71\" Tall Rustproof Garden Trellis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-table-responsive\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ht-spec-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"ht-table-row\"\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-label\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-value\"\u003eIron (Galvanized Tube + Green Powder Coating)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"ht-table-row\"\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-label\"\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-value\"\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"ht-table-row\"\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-label\"\u003ePackage Quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-value\"\u003e2 Pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"ht-table-row\"\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-label\"\u003eAssembled Dimensions (Each)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-value\"\u003e71\" H x 19.7\" W (Base Depth: 40.0\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"ht-table-row\"\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-label\"\u003eProduct Weight (Both)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-value\"\u003e8.60 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"ht-table-row\"\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-label\"\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-value\"\u003e37.80\" L x 21.60\" W x 2.60\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"ht-table-row\"\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-label\"\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-value\"\u003e10.80 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr class=\"ht-table-row\"\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-label\"\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd class=\"ht-table-value\"\u003eYes (Easy, single person)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ SECTION (Expanded, No Accordion) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"ht-subheading\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions About Our 71\" Tall Metal Trellis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"ht-faq-question\"\u003e🟢 Is this trellis truly rustproof even in heavy rain or sprinkler zones?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The trellis is constructed with galvanized iron tubing and then finished with a thick powder coating. This combination provides excellent resistance to oxidation and corrosion. While no metal is 100% immune to rust forever, this double-layer protection significantly outperforms standard painted steel or bare iron, making it ideal for humid climates and irrigated garden beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"ht-faq-question\"\u003e🟢 How deep does the base go into the ground? Do I need cement?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trellis is designed to be freestanding. The base legs (approx. 10-12 inches depending on assembly) can be pushed firmly into soft soil or lawn. For very windy areas or loose mulch, we recommend using the included ground stakes or anchoring with a small garden stone at the base. Cement is not required for typical residential flower beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"ht-faq-question\"\u003e🟢 Can this trellis support heavy vegetable plants like indeterminate tomatoes or cucumbers?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The 71\" height is perfect for vining vegetables. The metal structure is sturdy enough to handle the weight of mature cucumber vines, pole beans, and even small melons. For extra-heavy crops like large squash, we suggest using additional soft ties to distribute weight across the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"ht-faq-question\"\u003e🟢 What is the width of the grid? Will small tendrils like sweet peas be able to climb it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crossbar spacing is approximately 6-8 inches, which is ideal for most climbers. For plants with very fine tendrils (like sweet peas or morning glory seedlings), you can easily weave a bit of garden twine or netting across the frame during the first few weeks of growth to give them an extra \"ladder\" until they reach the metal rungs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4 class=\"ht-faq-question\"\u003e🟢 Does the green color fade in the sun?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ht-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder coating is UV-resistant, which minimizes fading compared to liquid paint. Over several years of intense direct sun, it may soften slightly in tone but will not peel or flake off like cheaper spray-painted alternatives. The green hue is designed to naturally camouflage with plant leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- CLOSING CALL-TO-ACTION \/ TRUST NOTE --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ENCAPSULATED STYLES (No external fonts, fully responsive, zero theme conflict) --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  \/* Prefix all styles with 'ht-trellis-wrapper' to avoid Shopify theme conflicts *\/\n  .ht-trellis-wrapper {\n    all: initial; \/* Gentle reset for this container only *\/\n    display: block;\n    width: 100%;\n    max-width: 100%;\n    margin: 0;\n    padding: 0;\n    box-sizing: border-box;\n    font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n    line-height: 1.5;\n    color: #1e2f1e;\n    background-color: transparent;\n    -webkit-font-smoothing: antialiased;\n  }\n  .ht-trellis-wrapper *,\n  .ht-trellis-wrapper *::before,\n  .ht-trellis-wrapper *::after {\n    box-sizing: border-box;\n    margin: 0;\n    padding: 0;\n  }\n  \n  \/* Section spacing *\/\n  .ht-section {\n    margin-bottom: 28px;\n  }\n  \n  \/* Headings *\/\n  .ht-heading {\n    font-size: 24px;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    line-height: 1.3;\n    margin-bottom: 16px;\n    color: #1f3a1f;\n    letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n    border-left: 6px solid #4c9a4c;\n    padding-left: 18px;\n  }\n  .ht-subheading {\n    font-size: 20px;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    line-height: 1.4;\n    margin-bottom: 18px;\n    margin-top: 10px;\n    color: #1f3a1f;\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: center;\n    gap: 8px;\n  }\n  \n  \/* Overview Text *\/\n  .ht-overview .ht-text-lg {\n    font-size: 16px;\n    font-weight: 400;\n    color: #2c3e2c;\n    margin-bottom: 10px;\n  }\n  .ht-strong {\n    font-weight: 600;\n    color: #1f3a1f;\n  }\n  \n  \/* Feature List - Vertical layout for SEO *\/\n  .ht-feature-list {\n    list-style: none;\n    margin: 0;\n    padding: 0;\n    display: flex;\n    flex-direction: column;\n    gap: 18px;\n  }\n  .ht-feature-item {\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: flex-start;\n    gap: 14px;\n    padding-bottom: 0;\n    border-bottom: none;\n  }\n  .ht-emoji-bullet {\n    font-size: 28px;\n    line-height: 1.2;\n    min-width: 36px;\n    text-align: center;\n    color: #2c5e2c;\n  }\n  .ht-feature-content {\n    flex: 1;\n    display: flex;\n    flex-direction: column;\n  }\n  .ht-feature-title {\n    font-size: 18px;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    color: #1e3a1e;\n    margin-bottom: 4px;\n    display: block;\n  }\n  .ht-feature-desc {\n    font-size: 15px;\n    color: #334733;\n    line-height: 1.5;\n  }\n  \n  \/* Responsive Table *\/\n  .ht-table-responsive {\n    width: 100%;\n    overflow-x: auto;\n    -webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;\n    border-radius: 8px;\n    border: 1px solid #d9e6d9;\n    background-color: #f9fcf9;\n  }\n  .ht-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    font-size: 15px;\n    min-width: 300px;\n  }\n  .ht-table-row {\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #d9e6d9;\n  }\n  .ht-table-row:last-child {\n    border-bottom: none;\n  }\n  .ht-table-label {\n    padding: 14px 16px;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    color: #1f3a1f;\n    background-color: #eef4ee;\n    width: 40%;\n    border-right: 1px solid #d9e6d9;\n    vertical-align: top;\n  }\n  .ht-table-value {\n    padding: 14px 16px;\n    color: #2c3e2c;\n    background-color: #ffffff;\n    vertical-align: top;\n  }\n  \n  \/* FAQ Styles (Expanded, no accordion) *\/\n  .ht-faq-item {\n    margin-bottom: 22px;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #e0ebe0;\n    padding-bottom: 18px;\n  }\n  .ht-faq-item:last-child {\n    border-bottom: none;\n    margin-bottom: 0;\n    padding-bottom: 0;\n  }\n  .ht-faq-question {\n    font-size: 18px;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    margin-bottom: 8px;\n    color: #1f3a1f;\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: center;\n    gap: 6px;\n  }\n  .ht-faq-answer {\n    padding-left: 10px;\n    font-size: 15px;\n    color: #3b523b;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n  }\n  .ht-faq-answer p {\n    margin-bottom: 0;\n  }\n  \n  \/* Footer note *\/\n  .ht-footer-note {\n    margin-top: 30px;\n    padding: 16px 0 8px 0;\n    text-align: left;\n    font-size: 14px;\n    color: #5a715a;\n    border-top: 1px dashed #bdd6bd;\n    font-style: italic;\n  }\n  \n  \/* Mobile Adaptations *\/\n  @media screen and (max-width: 600px) {\n    .ht-heading {\n      font-size: 22px;\n      padding-left: 14px;\n      border-left-width: 5px;\n    }\n    .ht-subheading {\n      font-size: 18px;\n      margin-bottom: 14px;\n    }\n    .ht-feature-item {\n      gap: 10px;\n    }\n    .ht-emoji-bullet {\n      font-size: 24px;\n      min-width: 30px;\n    }\n    .ht-feature-title {\n      font-size: 16px;\n    }\n    .ht-feature-desc {\n      font-size: 14px;\n    }\n    .ht-table-label,\n    .ht-table-value {\n      padding: 10px 12px;\n      font-size: 14px;\n    }\n    .ht-faq-question {\n      font-size: 16px;\n    }\n    .ht-faq-answer {\n      font-size: 14px;\n    }\n    .ht-overview .ht-text-lg {\n      font-size: 15px;\n    }\n  }\n  \n  \/* Ensure content takes full width of Shopify description area *\/\n  .ht-trellis-wrapper {\n    width: 100%;\n    padding: 4px 0 0 0; \/* Slight top padding for breathing *\/\n  }\n  \n  \/* Additional inline elements for SEO *\/\n  .ht-trellis-wrapper a {\n    color: #2c5e2c;\n    text-decoration: underline;\n  }\n  .ht-trellis-wrapper a:hover {\n    color: #1a3b1a;\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52199124173074,"sku":"W1586104736","price":71.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/20230714_77fa07d493c5287adf761b3c6b6b7b61.jpg?v=1776232443"},{"product_id":"metal-garden-arch-80x81in-climbing-roses-vines-rustproof-black","title":"Metal Garden Arch L80.3'' x W20.47'' x H81.1'' Climbing Plants Support Rose Arch Outdoor Black","description":"\u003c!-- ================================================\n     Shopify Product Description - Metal Garden Arch\n     封装样式 · 移动端适配 · SEO友好 · 美式英语\n     ================================================ --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"homediyer-pd-container\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然流畅的销售描述，强调使用场景与目标人群 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"homediyer-pd-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🌿 Transform your outdoor space into a blooming sanctuary with this elegant \u003cstrong\u003eMetal Garden Arch\u003c\/strong\u003e. Designed to support climbing roses, ivy, clematis, and morning glories, this sturdy arbor stands over 6.7 feet tall and provides a generous walkway. The classic black powder-coated finish blends seamlessly with any landscape, creating a charming entryway or a private garden nook. Whether you're framing a pathway, accenting a bench, or adding vertical interest, this arch offers an effortless way to bring structure and romance to your garden — no complicated installation required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点：竖向列表，便于SEO收录，嵌入长尾关键词 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"homediyer-pd-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"homediyer-pd-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features of This Outdoor Garden Arch Trellis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"homediyer-pd-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"homediyer-pd-emoji\"\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNice Design for Garden Privacy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measuring L80.3'' x W20.47'' x H81.1'', this flat-top arbor offers a sense of enclosure while keeping sightlines open. It's an ideal backdrop for outdoor weddings, photo ops, or simply enjoying a quiet moment surrounded by greenery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"homediyer-pd-emoji\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDurable Double‑Layer Rust Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crafted from iron with a galvanized tube core and finished with a black powder coating. This double protection ensures excellent anti‑rust performance season after season. The 0.75\" diameter pipe provides superior stability and reliable load‑bearing for vigorous climbers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"homediyer-pd-emoji\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEasy Single‑Person Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e All parts come pre‑cut with pre‑drilled holes, and clear instructions are included. Even if you're working alone, you can have this garden arch assembled and ready for planting in no time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"homediyer-pd-emoji\"\u003e🌹\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Climbing Plant Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for a wide variety of vining plants — from classic roses and fragrant jasmine to fast‑growing ivy and delicate clematis. Use it as a standalone trellis or pair it with planters for a stunning entrance accent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数：表格形式，清晰呈现产品与包装细节 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"homediyer-pd-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"homediyer-pd-section-title\"\u003e📋 Metal Arch Trellis Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"homediyer-pd-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"homediyer-pd-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron (galvanized tube + powder coating)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80.30'' x 20.47'' x 81.10''\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.90 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.50'' x 16.60'' x 4.13''\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.30 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Treatment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder Coated (anti‑rust)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 (FAQ) - 全部展开，消除购买疑虑 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"homediyer-pd-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"homediyer-pd-section-title\"\u003e❓ FAQs About This Metal Garden Arbor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-question\"\u003e🌱 Q: Is this garden arch sturdy enough for heavy climbing roses?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-answer\"\u003eA: Absolutely. The arch is constructed with 0.75-inch diameter iron tubing and a galvanized core, providing excellent stability. It's designed to support mature climbing roses, wisteria, and other heavy vines. For added stability in windy areas, we recommend anchoring the legs into the soil (anchor stakes not included).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-question\"\u003e🛠️ Q: How difficult is assembly? Can one person really put it together?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-answer\"\u003eA: Yes, it's designed for easy single‑person assembly. All tubes are pre‑cut to exact lengths, and the connection points have pre‑drilled holes. Just match the parts, insert the screws (included), and tighten. Most customers complete assembly in about 30–45 minutes. A second pair of hands can be helpful for the final positioning, but it's not required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-question\"\u003e☔ Q: Will the arch rust over time? How does the finish hold up outdoors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-answer\"\u003eA: The arch features a dual‑layer rust protection system: an inner galvanized tube plus a high‑quality black powder coating on the outside. This combination is highly resistant to rust and weathering. To extend its life even further, avoid standing water and touch up any scratches with outdoor spray paint. Under normal garden conditions, it will maintain its appearance for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-question\"\u003e🏡 Q: Can this arch be used on concrete or a patio?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-answer\"\u003eA: The arch is primarily designed to be placed in soil or grass, where the legs can be pushed into the ground for stability. If you wish to use it on a hard surface like concrete, we recommend securing the base with heavy potted plants, using ground anchors, or placing the legs into weighted umbrella base stands (sold separately) to prevent tipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-question\"\u003e📦 Q: What are the exact dimensions? Will it fit my garden space?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"homediyer-pd-faq-answer\"\u003eA: The assembled dimensions are 80.30 inches long, 20.47 inches wide, and 81.10 inches tall. It provides a generous walkway width of about 20 inches and a stately height of over 6.7 feet. Be sure to measure your intended spot to ensure a comfortable fit, especially if you plan to run a mower or wheelbarrow through it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 额外信任点缀 (可选) --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ================================================\n     样式封装：所有样式均以 .homediyer-pd- 为前缀\n     避免污染主题 · 移动端适配 · 无外部字体\n     ================================================ --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  \/* 容器重置，只影响本组件内部 *\/\n  .homediyer-pd-container {\n    all: initial; \/* 尽量重置，但保留继承性 *\/\n    display: block;\n    font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n    max-width: 100%;\n    margin: 0;\n    padding: 0;\n    color: #1e1e1e;\n    line-height: 1.5;\n    font-size: 16px;\n    box-sizing: border-box;\n  }\n\n  .homediyer-pd-container *,\n  .homediyer-pd-container *::before,\n  .homediyer-pd-container *::after {\n    box-sizing: border-box;\n    margin: 0;\n    padding: 0;\n  }\n\n  \/* 段落与标题基础 *\/\n  .homediyer-pd-container p {\n    margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n    font-size: 1rem;\n    color: #2c2c2c;\n  }\n\n  .homediyer-pd-section-title {\n    font-size: 1.5rem;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    margin: 1.8rem 0 1rem 0;\n    letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n    border-bottom: 2px solid #eaeaea;\n    padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n    color: #1a1a1a;\n  }\n\n  \/* 概述区域 *\/\n  .homediyer-pd-overview p {\n    font-size: 1.05rem;\n    background-color: #fafafa;\n    padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n    border-radius: 12px;\n    border-left: 5px solid #2e5c3e;\n    margin-top: 0.5rem;\n  }\n\n  \/* 特点列表 *\/\n  .homediyer-pd-feature-list {\n    list-style: none;\n    margin: 0 0 1rem 0;\n    padding: 0;\n    display: flex;\n    flex-direction: column;\n    gap: 1.2rem;\n  }\n\n  .homediyer-pd-feature-list li {\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: flex-start;\n    gap: 0.75rem;\n    font-size: 1rem;\n    background: #ffffff;\n    padding: 0.5rem 0;\n    border-bottom: 1px dashed #ddd;\n  }\n\n  .homediyer-pd-feature-list li:last-child {\n    border-bottom: none;\n  }\n\n  .homediyer-pd-emoji {\n    font-size: 1.4rem;\n    min-width: 2rem;\n    text-align: center;\n  }\n\n  .homediyer-pd-feature-list li strong {\n    color: #1e3a2f;\n    font-weight: 600;\n  }\n\n  \/* 表格样式 *\/\n  .homediyer-pd-table-wrapper {\n    overflow-x: auto;\n    margin: 1rem 0 1.5rem;\n    border-radius: 10px;\n    border: 1px solid #e2e2e2;\n    background: #fff;\n  }\n\n  .homediyer-pd-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    font-size: 0.95rem;\n    min-width: 300px;\n  }\n\n  .homediyer-pd-table th,\n  .homediyer-pd-table td {\n    padding: 0.9rem 1.2rem;\n    text-align: left;\n    vertical-align: top;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeeee;\n  }\n\n  .homediyer-pd-table th {\n    background-color: #f5f5f5;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    width: 40%;\n    color: #1e1e1e;\n    border-right: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\n  }\n\n  .homediyer-pd-table tr:last-child th,\n  .homediyer-pd-table tr:last-child td {\n    border-bottom: none;\n  }\n\n  \/* FAQ 区域 (完全展开) *\/\n  .homediyer-pd-faq {\n    margin: 2rem 0 1rem;\n  }\n\n  .homediyer-pd-faq-item {\n    background: #f9fbfa;\n    border-radius: 12px;\n    padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n    margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n    border: 1px solid #e0e8e3;\n    transition: box-shadow 0.1s ease;\n  }\n\n  .homediyer-pd-faq-question {\n    font-weight: 700;\n    font-size: 1.1rem;\n    margin-bottom: 0.5rem !important;\n    color: #1e3a2f;\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: center;\n    gap: 0.4rem;\n  }\n\n  .homediyer-pd-faq-answer {\n    margin-bottom: 0 !important;\n    color: #3a3a3a;\n    padding-left: 1.8rem;\n    border-left: 3px solid #b0c4b3;\n  }\n\n  \/* 底部注释 *\/\n  .homediyer-pd-footer-note {\n    margin-top: 2rem;\n    text-align: center;\n    font-style: italic;\n    background: #f1f6f3;\n    padding: 1rem 1.5rem;\n    border-radius: 40px;\n    color: #2e5c3e;\n  }\n\n  .homediyer-pd-footer-note p {\n    margin-bottom: 0;\n    font-size: 1.05rem;\n  }\n\n  \/* 移动端微调 *\/\n  @media (max-width: 640px) {\n    .homediyer-pd-container {\n      font-size: 15px;\n    }\n    .homediyer-pd-section-title {\n      font-size: 1.35rem;\n      margin: 1.5rem 0 0.8rem;\n    }\n    .homediyer-pd-overview p {\n      padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n    }\n    .homediyer-pd-feature-list li {\n      gap: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    .homediyer-pd-emoji {\n      font-size: 1.3rem;\n      min-width: 1.8rem;\n    }\n    .homediyer-pd-table th,\n    .homediyer-pd-table td {\n      padding: 0.7rem 0.8rem;\n    }\n    .homediyer-pd-faq-item {\n      padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n    }\n    .homediyer-pd-faq-question {\n      font-size: 1rem;\n    }\n    .homediyer-pd-faq-answer {\n      padding-left: 1.2rem;\n    }\n  }\n\n  \/* 确保任何情况下背景色不冲突 *\/\n  .homediyer-pd-container a {\n    color: inherit;\n    text-decoration: none;\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52199132758290,"sku":"W1586P148590","price":105.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/20231229_c8941a512474281a7e9673b4c7192fc2.png?v=1776233558"},{"product_id":"metal-garden-arch-79x86in-2-plant-stands-climbing-roses-black","title":"Metal Garden Arch with two plant stands 79.5'' Wide x 86.6'' High Climbing Plants Support Rose Arch Outdoor Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* ---------- 封装样式：前缀 hd-arch- 避免与主题冲突 ---------- *\/\n        .hd-arch-container {\n            all: initial;\n            display: block;\n            font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            color: #1e1e1e;\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container *,\n        .hd-arch-container *::before,\n        .hd-arch-container *::after {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-wrapper {\n            width: 100%;\n            background-color: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-content {\n            width: 100%;\n            padding: 0 0 1.5rem 0;\n        }\n\n        \/* 标题样式 *\/\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            line-height: 1.3;\n            margin: 1.8rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #eaeaea;\n            color: #2c3e50;\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-section-title i {\n            font-style: normal;\n            margin-right: 0.5rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* 概述段落 *\/\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-overview {\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\n            color: #333;\n            background: #f9f9f9;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 12px;\n            border-left: 6px solid #2e7d32;\n        }\n\n        \/* 特点列表 *\/\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-features {\n            list-style: none;\n            margin: 1.2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 1rem;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-features li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 0.9rem;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            padding: 0.2rem 0;\n            border-bottom: 1px dashed #ddd;\n            padding-bottom: 0.8rem;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-features li:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.5rem;\n            min-width: 2rem;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 600;\n            color: #1e3c2c;\n            display: block;\n            margin-bottom: 0.2rem;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* 表格 *\/\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-spec-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            margin: 1.2rem 0 1.8rem;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 10px;\n            overflow: hidden;\n            box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0,0,0,0.03);\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-spec-table tr {\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-spec-table tr:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-spec-table td {\n            padding: 0.9rem 1rem;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-spec-table td:first-child {\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 40%;\n            background-color: #f5f7f6;\n            color: #1f3a2b;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-spec-table td:last-child {\n            background-color: #ffffff;\n        }\n\n        \/* FAQ 区域 *\/\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-faq-list {\n            margin: 1.2rem 0 1.5rem;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec;\n            padding-bottom: 1.2rem;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            color: #1e3c2c;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: baseline;\n            gap: 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-faq-question .faq-icon {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n            color: #2e7d32;\n        }\n        .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-faq-answer {\n            font-size: 0.98rem;\n            color: #3e3e3e;\n            margin-left: 2rem;\n            padding-right: 0.5rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* 移动端微调 *\/\n        @media screen and (max-width: 640px) {\n            .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.5rem;\n                margin-top: 1.2rem;\n            }\n            .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-overview {\n                padding: 1rem 1rem;\n                font-size: 1rem;\n            }\n            .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-features li {\n                gap: 0.6rem;\n            }\n            .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-spec-table td {\n                padding: 0.7rem 0.6rem;\n                font-size: 0.9rem;\n            }\n            .hd-arch-container .hd-arch-faq-answer {\n                margin-left: 1.5rem;\n            }\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-overview\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eTransform Your Garden Pathway or Patio\u003c\/strong\u003e — This 79.5\" wide x 86.6\" high metal garden arch with two integrated plant stands creates a stunning focal point for climbing roses, clematis, or morning glories. Designed for the home gardener who wants a durable, easy‑to‑assemble trellis that blends elegant black iron style with practical side planters. Whether you're framing an entryway, supporting heavy vines, or adding vertical interest to a small yard, this arch offers the strength and versatility to make your outdoor space feel like a private retreat.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点标题 --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"hd-arch-section-title\"\u003e\n\u003ci\u003e✨\u003c\/i\u003e Why Choose This 79.5\" Wide Garden Arch with Plant Stands\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- 特点列表 --\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hd-arch-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hd-arch-feature-icon\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"hd-arch-feature-text\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSpacious \u0026amp; Thoughtful Design – 86.6\" H x 79.5\" W\u003c\/strong\u003e Ample clearance for walking through, plus two side planter stands that hold standard flower pots or allow direct planting. Perfect for rose arch displays, ivy, and jasmine. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hd-arch-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"hd-arch-feature-text\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSuperior Rust Protection – Galvanized Tube + Powder Coating\u003c\/strong\u003e Double‑layer defense against rain, sun, and humidity. The 0.63\" diameter iron tubing adds outstanding stability and load‑bearing capacity for mature climbing plants. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hd-arch-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"hd-arch-feature-text\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSingle‑Person Assembly – Pre‑Cut \u0026amp; Pre‑Drilled.\u003c\/strong\u003e All hardware included with clear instructions. Most customers complete setup in under 30 minutes — no special tools or extra hands needed. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hd-arch-feature-icon\"\u003e🌻\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"hd-arch-feature-text\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Garden Accent \u0026amp; Plant Support\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal as a wedding arch, trellis for climbing vines, or decorative backdrop. The classic black finish complements any outdoor decor style. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数 --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"hd-arch-section-title\"\u003e\n\u003ci\u003e📋\u003c\/i\u003e Specifications: 79.5\" Wide Metal Garden Arch with Two Planters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hd-arch-spec-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron (galvanized tube with black powder coating)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembled Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79.5\" x 19.7\" x 86.6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.0 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTube Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.63 inches (provides extra stability)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.01\" x 20.01\" x 5.01\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.14 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArch frame, 2 side planter stands, hardware kit, assembly manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 区域（全部展开） --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"hd-arch-section-title\"\u003e\n\u003ci\u003e❓\u003c\/i\u003e Frequently Asked Questions – 79.5\" Climbing Plant Arch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-list\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"faq-icon\"\u003e🔹\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eIs this garden arch difficult to put together? Can one person do it?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely. The arch comes with pre‑cut and pre‑drilled holes, along with detailed instructions. Most DIYers complete the assembly solo in 20–35 minutes. We recommend laying out all parts first — no welding or heavy tools required.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"faq-icon\"\u003e🔹\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eHow well does the black powder coating hold up outdoors? Will it rust?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-answer\"\u003eThe metal tubing is first galvanized and then coated with a durable black powder finish. This dual‑layer protection significantly resists rust and corrosion — even in humid or rainy climates. Occasional cleaning and touching up scratches (if any) will keep it looking great for years.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"faq-icon\"\u003e🔹\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eWhat size flower pots fit on the side plant stands? Can I plant directly?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-answer\"\u003eThe two integrated plant stands can accommodate most standard 10–12-inch diameter pots. You may also fill the stands with soil and plant directly — the open design allows for drainage. For heavier pots, the 0.63\" tubing provides excellent support.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"faq-icon\"\u003e🔹\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eDoes the arch need to be anchored into the ground? Is it stable in the wind?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-answer\"\u003eWhile the arch has a sturdy base, we recommend securing it with ground stakes (not included) for added stability in windy areas. Many gardeners also place potted plants on the stands to weigh down the structure. For permanent placement, you can use landscape anchors.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"faq-icon\"\u003e🔹\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eWhat climbing plants work best with this 86.6\" high arch?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hd-arch-faq-answer\"\u003eIt's perfect for roses, clematis, morning glories, jasmine, ivy, and even lightweight vegetable vines like beans or cucumbers. The 79.5\" width gives plants plenty of space to spread, and the height creates a beautiful canopy.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 底部提示 --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52199141736722,"sku":"W158681135","price":124.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/20230213_ff6270d84eecd7c52bd99fd670a4ab5b.jpg?v=1784786292"},{"product_id":"metal-trellis-arbor-arch-bench-2-person-484lbs-80in-black","title":"Metal Trellis Arbor Arch with Bench, 2-Person, 484 lbs, 80in, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content='Outsunny metal trellis arbor arch with garden bench. 484 lbs capacity, 80\"H, for climbing plants, grapes, vines. 2-person outdoor steel decorative seating.' name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 trellis-arbor-bench 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .trellis-arbor-bench {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2a2b2a;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .trellis-arbor-bench * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .tab-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .tab-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #f5f7f0;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #5a6e3e;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #2e3a28;\n        }\n        .tab-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2e8d8;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .tab-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .tab-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .tab-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #edf2e4;\n        }\n        .tab-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .tab-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .tab-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #5a6e3e;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .tab-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e8dc;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .tab-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .tab-specs th, .tab-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eef2e8;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .tab-specs th {\n            background-color: #f8faf4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #4a5e3a;\n        }\n        .tab-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .tab-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .tab-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .tab-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e8dc;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .tab-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf4;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #4a5e3a;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eaf1e2;\n        }\n        .tab-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .tab-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #3a4530;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .tab-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .tab-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .tab-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .tab-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .tab-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .tab-specs th, .tab-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .tab-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #6b7a58;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #d4dec8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"trellis-arbor-bench\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Metal Trellis Arbor Arch, Garden Bench, Climbing Plants --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"tab-product-title\"\u003e🌿 Outsunny Metal Trellis Arbor Arch for Climbing Plants with Garden Bench – 2-Person Outdoor Steel Seating, 484 lbs Capacity, Black\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-description\"\u003e🌸 \u003cstrong\u003eCreate your dream garden getaway — where vines climb overhead and you relax below\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Outsunny Metal Trellis Arbor Arch combines a sturdy garden bench with a spacious arch trellis, perfect for growing grapes, morning glory, sweet potato vines, or hanging plants. Whether you want a romantic loveseat for two, a shaded reading nook, or a stunning centerpiece for your patio, this black epoxy-coated steel structure delivers. With a remarkable 484 lb weight capacity and weather-resistant finish, it stands up to sun, rain, and seasons while providing a charming spot to enjoy your blooms. Ideal for gardeners, homeowners, and anyone craving a peaceful outdoor retreat.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"tab-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Trellis Arbor Bench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"tab-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"tab-feature-icon\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"tab-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 Arbor + Garden Bench\u003c\/strong\u003e – Combines a decorative arch trellis for climbing plants with a comfortable 2-person bench. Perfect for growing grapes, vines, or hanging flowers while providing seating.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"tab-feature-icon\"\u003e💪\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"tab-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e484 lbs Weight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Heavy-duty steel construction supports up to 484 lbs. Sturdy enough for two adults plus gardening supplies or a relaxing afternoon.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"tab-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"tab-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxy-Coated Weather Resistance\u003c\/strong\u003e – Black epoxy coating protects against rust, UV rays, and moisture. Built to endure outdoor conditions year after year without fading or corrosion.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"tab-feature-icon\"\u003e🏗️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"tab-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Trellis Space for Vines\u003c\/strong\u003e – The arch top features two trellis sections, ideal for training climbing plants like clematis, jasmine, or ivy. Cross-beams also allow hanging baskets.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"tab-feature-icon\"\u003e🪑\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"tab-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRomantic 2-Person Loveseat Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Seat dimensions: 43.25\"W x 23.25\"D x 16.5\"H. Backrest height 22\" for comfortable support. Creates an intimate garden nook.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"tab-feature-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"tab-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImpressive 80\" Overall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e – Stands 80 inches tall, making a bold statement in any garden. The archway feels grand yet inviting, perfect for entryways or focal points.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"tab-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Outsunny Arbor Trellis with Bench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"tab-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsunny Metal Trellis Arbor Arch with Garden Bench, 2-Person Outdoor Steel Seating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEpoxy-Coated Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.3\" x 19.8\" x 80\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.25\" x 23.25\" x 16.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackrest Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e484 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32.0 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.3\" x 7.1\" x 21.3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.2 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArbor arch frame, bench seat and backrest panels, hardware, assembly manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"tab-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Garden Arbor Bench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward with the included manual and hardware. You'll need a basic Phillips screwdriver and an adjustable wrench (not included). Most people complete assembly in 60–90 minutes with two people — the arch sections are easier to hold with an extra set of hands. All parts are clearly labeled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Will the black finish rust or fade over time?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe epoxy-coated steel is designed to resist rust, chipping, and UV fading. It holds up well to rain, sprinklers, and sun exposure. To maximize longevity, we recommend rinsing off dirt occasionally and touching up any scratches with outdoor metal paint. Many customers enjoy this arbor for years with minimal maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What types of plants can I grow on the trellis?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlmost any climbing plant! Popular choices include grapes, morning glory, clematis, jasmine, ivy, sweet potato vine, climbing roses, and wisteria. The open grid design allows vines to weave through easily. You can also hang lightweight potted plants from the top crossbeams for added color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🪑\u003c\/span\u003e Is the bench comfortable for two adults?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The seat is 43.25 inches wide — plenty of room for two average-sized adults. The backrest height (22 inches) provides good lumbar support, and the curved design adds a classic park-bench feel. The 484 lb weight capacity ensures durability even with larger individuals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Can this arbor be placed on a patio or does it need to be anchored?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be placed on a level patio, deck, or lawn. For added stability, especially in windy areas, we recommend anchoring the legs to the ground using the pre-drilled holes (stakes or concrete anchors not included). On soft soil, you can simply set it in place — the weight of the steel provides decent stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e How do I clean and maintain the arbor bench?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning is easy: wipe down with a soft cloth and mild soapy water, then rinse with a garden hose. Avoid abrasive cleaners or pressure washers that could damage the epoxy coating. For the bench seat, a quick brush-off keeps it looking fresh. Apply a thin coat of car wax or metal protectant once a year for extra shine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tab-note\"\u003e✅ Trellis arbor + garden bench combo | 484 lbs weight capacity | Epoxy-coated steel | 80\" tall arch | Perfect for grapes, vines, and romantic garden seating\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200596111634,"sku":"W2225P217556","price":195.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/0f6eacb9da92608a17f9d6421aad96fa_51f11023-b852-4572-b5d8-21ce69a3501f.jpg?v=1776308038"},{"product_id":"metal-plant-stand-74in-trellis-hanging-bar-88lbs-white","title":"Metal Plant Stand 74in with Trellis \u0026 Hanging Bar, 88 lbs, White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content='74\" tall white metal plant stand with trellis and hanging bar. Supports climbing vines, multiple flower pots, 88 lbs capacity. Indoor\/outdoor use, powder-coated steel.' name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 plant-stand-trellis 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .plant-stand-trellis {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2c2e2a;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .plant-stand-trellis * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .pst-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .pst-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #fafaf5;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #8ba888;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #2e3b2c;\n        }\n        .pst-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2e8da;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .pst-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .pst-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .pst-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #edf2e6;\n        }\n        .pst-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .pst-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .pst-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #5a7a4a;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .pst-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ece0;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .pst-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .pst-specs th, .pst-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eef3e9;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .pst-specs th {\n            background-color: #f8faf4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #4a6b3a;\n        }\n        .pst-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .pst-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .pst-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .pst-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e8db;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .pst-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf2;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #4a6b3a;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eaf1e4;\n        }\n        .pst-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .pst-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #2c3b28;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .pst-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .pst-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .pst-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .pst-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .pst-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .pst-specs th, .pst-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .pst-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #6b7a5a;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #d4dec8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"plant-stand-trellis\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: White Plant Holder, Metal Tall Plant Stand, Trellis, Hanging Bar --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"pst-product-title\"\u003e🤍 White Metal Tall Plant Stand with Trellis \u0026amp; Hanging Bar – 74\" Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Pot Holder, 88 lbs Capacity\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-description\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eTurn any corner into a vertical garden oasis\u003c\/strong\u003e — This 74-inch tall white metal plant stand combines a spacious trellis for climbing vines, a bottom pot holder for multiple flower pots, and a decorative hanging bar for trailing plants. Perfect for patios, balconies, gardens, or sunrooms, it maximizes your growing space without taking up much floor area. The powder-coated steel construction resists rust and weather, so you can enjoy lush greenery indoors or outdoors year-round. Whether you're a plant parent with limited space or a gardening enthusiast looking to showcase your collection, this versatile plant organizer keeps everything neat, visible, and beautiful.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pst-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Tall Plant Stand with Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pst-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pst-feature-icon\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"pst-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e74\" Tall Vertical Gardening\u003c\/strong\u003e – Impressive height includes a 68\" trellis for climbing vines, flowers, and decorative plants. Adds vertical charm to any small space.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pst-feature-icon\"\u003e⭐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"pst-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Bottom Flower Pot Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e – Spacious base holds multiple pots (33.9\" W x 11.2\" D x 7.5\" H). Keeps your favorite blooms organized and beautifully displayed.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pst-feature-icon\"\u003e🏺\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"pst-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Hanging Bar\u003c\/strong\u003e – Elegant top bar for hanging baskets, macrame planters, or trailing pothos. Adds an extra layer of greenery and visual interest.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pst-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"pst-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant Powder-Coated Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable white finish resists rust, chipping, and UV damage. Perfect for both indoor and outdoor use — rain or shine.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pst-feature-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"pst-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e88 lbs Weight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Sturdy steel construction supports heavy pots, soil, and multiple plants without wobbling. Reliable for years of use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pst-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"pst-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly \u0026amp; Space-Saving Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple step-by-step instructions included. Narrow footprint (12.8\" deep) fits against walls, corners, or beside furniture.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pst-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – White Metal Plant Stand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pst-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite Plant Holder, Metal Tall Plant Stand with Trellis and Hanging Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-Coated Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.4\" x 12.8\" x 74.2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePot Holder Size (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.9\" x 11.2\" x 7.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTrellis Size (W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.4\" x 67.7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.2 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.01\" x 29.35\" x 4.33\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.6 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Flower stand, 1 x manual, hardware kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pst-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Plant Stand with Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How easy is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward and typically takes 30–45 minutes. All necessary hardware is included. You'll just need a Phillips screwdriver (not included). The manual has clear diagrams, and each part is labeled. Having a second person to hold pieces while you bolt them together can be helpful but isn't required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Can I leave this plant stand outside in the rain?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the powder-coated steel is weather-resistant and designed for outdoor use. It holds up well to rain, humidity, and sun exposure without rusting. However, for extreme coastal salt-air environments, occasional rinsing with fresh water is recommended. If you live in an area with harsh winters, storing it indoors during freezing months will extend its life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What kinds of plants work best on the trellis and hanging bar?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trellis is perfect for climbing plants like ivy, jasmine, morning glory, clematis, or sweet pea. For the hanging bar, use lightweight to medium-weight hanging baskets with trailing plants like pothos, string of pearls, ferns, or petunias. The bottom pot holder can accommodate multiple pots — up to 88 lbs total across all sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the 88 lb weight capacity for the entire stand or just the bottom?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 88 lb capacity refers to the total distributed weight across the entire stand — including pots on the bottom, plants on the trellis, and hanging baskets on the top bar. The steel construction is sturdy, but we recommend not exceeding this limit to ensure stability and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏠\u003c\/span\u003e Can this stand be used indoors? Does it need to be anchored?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — it's beautiful indoors near a sunny window, in a sunroom, or as a room divider. The narrow footprint (12.8\" deep) makes it easy to fit in tight spaces. It does not require anchoring for indoor use on a level floor. Outdoors on windy days, you may want to add weight to the bottom or secure it with stakes (not included) for extra stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e How do I clean and maintain the white finish?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning is simple: wipe down with a soft damp cloth and mild soap. For outdoor use, a garden hose rinse works well. Avoid abrasive scrubbers or harsh chemicals that could scratch the powder coating. The white finish resists fading, but periodic cleaning keeps it looking bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pst-note\"\u003e✅ 74\" tall vertical plant stand | 68\" trellis for climbing vines | Hanging bar included | 88 lbs weight capacity | Weather-resistant white steel | Indoor\/outdoor\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200606433554,"sku":"T3971P420886","price":160.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/022a7c2b8daabe7fcf478b1915601e0b.jpg?v=1784783879"},{"product_id":"wood-trellis-planter-box-78x17in-raised-garden-bed-arched-trellis","title":"Wooden Planter Box with Arched Trellis – 78.7\" Raised Garden Bed for Vegetables, Flowers \u0026amp; Climbing Vines","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content='Wooden planter box with arched trellis, 78.7\"W x 17.3\"D x 44.7\"H. Raised garden bed for vegetables, flowers, vines. Natural fir wood, drainage holes.' name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 wood-trellis-planter 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .wood-trellis-planter {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2c2b26;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .wood-trellis-planter * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .wtp-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .wtp-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #faf7ef;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #b68b40;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n        }\n        .wtp-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2dccf;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .wtp-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .wtp-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .wtp-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeadf;\n        }\n        .wtp-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .wtp-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .wtp-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #b68b40;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .wtp-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .wtp-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .wtp-specs th, .wtp-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #efece3;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .wtp-specs th {\n            background-color: #faf9f4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #7a5a2e;\n        }\n        .wtp-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .wtp-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .wtp-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .wtp-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .wtp-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf5;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #7a5a2e;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ece7dc;\n        }\n        .wtp-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .wtp-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .wtp-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .wtp-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .wtp-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .wtp-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .wtp-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .wtp-specs th, .wtp-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .wtp-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #7a6e58;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #ddd6c8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wood-trellis-planter\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Wooden Planter Box, Trellis Planter, Raised Garden Bed --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"wtp-product-title\"\u003e🌻 Wooden Planter Box with Arched Trellis – 78.7\" Raised Garden Bed for Vegetables, Flowers \u0026amp; Climbing Vines\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-description\"\u003e🍅 \u003cstrong\u003eGrow up, not out — the ultimate space-saving garden solution\u003c\/strong\u003e. This large wooden planter box features an integrated arched trellis, giving you a generous 68.9\" x 15.4\" planting area for tomatoes, peas, strawberries, herbs, or flowers while training climbing plants upward. The natural fir wood construction with protective varnish stands up to outdoor conditions, and eight drainage holes prevent root rot. At 78.7 inches wide and 44.7 inches tall (including trellis), it also acts as a beautiful privacy screen for your patio or garden. Perfect for vegetable gardeners, small-space dwellers, or anyone who wants a stylish, functional raised bed that maximizes vertical growing potential.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"wtp-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Trellis Planter Raised Garden Bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"wtp-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wtp-feature-icon\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wtp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious 68.9\" x 15.4\" Planting Area\u003c\/strong\u003e – Generous room for mixing flowers, herbs, and vegetables like tomatoes, peas, or strawberries in one organized space.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wtp-feature-icon\"\u003e🏛️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wtp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Arched Trellis for Vines \u0026amp; Decor\u003c\/strong\u003e – 34.6\" tall arched trellis supports climbing plants (cucumbers, morning glory, jasmine). Also hang flower baskets, bird feeders, or string lights.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wtp-feature-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wtp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEfficient Drainage System\u003c\/strong\u003e – Eight bottom drainage holes prevent waterlogging and root rot, promoting healthier root growth and more fruitful harvests.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wtp-feature-icon\"\u003e⭐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wtp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Fir Wood Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Natural fir wood known for strength and stability. Protective varnish ensures long-lasting durability season after season.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wtp-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wtp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNatural Privacy Screen\u003c\/strong\u003e – At 78.7\" wide and 44.7\" tall, this planter creates a lovely visual barrier for patios, decks, or garden boundaries.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wtp-feature-icon\"\u003e🧺\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wtp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Rack for Hanging Decor\u003c\/strong\u003e – The trellis top bar is perfect for hanging baskets, lanterns, or decorative lights — adds charm day or night.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"wtp-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Wooden Planter Box with Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"wtp-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWooden Planter Box, Trellis Planter, Raised Garden Bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFir Wood (Varnished)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78.7\" x 17.3\" x 44.7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGarden Bed Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69.7\" x 15.7\" x 9.1\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlanting Area Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68.9\" x 15.4\" x 7.3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTrellis Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78.7\" x 17.3\" x 34.6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTrellis Weight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrainage Holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 holes at bottom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.56 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.85\" x 6.89\" x 19.09\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32.19 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Planter box with trellis, 1 x manual, hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"wtp-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Raised Garden Bed with Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward with the included manual and hardware. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver (not included). Most people complete assembly in 30–45 minutes. Having a second person to hold the trellis while attaching it is helpful but not required. All pieces are pre-cut and labeled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the wood treated for outdoor use? Will it rot?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is made from natural fir wood with a protective varnish that resists moisture and UV damage. However, for maximum longevity, we recommend applying an outdoor wood sealant or stain every 1-2 years, especially in wet or humid climates. The eight drainage holes also help prevent standing water that could accelerate rot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🍅\u003c\/span\u003e What vegetables grow best in this planter?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe deep planting area (7.3\" soil depth) is ideal for shallow-rooted crops like lettuce, herbs, strawberries, radishes, and onions. For the trellis, train tomatoes, peas, pole beans, cucumbers, or climbing flowers like morning glory and sweet pea. Avoid large root vegetables like carrots or potatoes that need deeper soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e What's the weight limit for the trellis?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trellis has a weight capacity of 22 lbs. This is plenty for climbing plants, a few small hanging baskets, or decorative lights. Avoid hanging heavy ceramic pots or multiple large baskets from the top bar. Distribute weight evenly across the trellis for best stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Can this planter be used on a balcony or deck?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — the 17.3\" depth makes it suitable for balconies, patios, and decks. Just ensure your surface can support the combined weight of soil, water, and plants (approx. 100–150 lbs when fully loaded). For high-wind balconies, we recommend securing the planter to a wall or railing (hardware not included).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e How do I maintain the wood finish?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply rinse with a garden hose to remove dirt. For deeper cleaning, use a soft brush and mild soap. To preserve the natural wood color, apply an exterior wood stain or sealant annually. The varnish provides a good starting point, but annual maintenance extends the life significantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wtp-note\"\u003e✅ 78.7\" wide planter + 34.6\" arched trellis | 8 drainage holes | Solid fir wood with varnish | 22 lb trellis capacity | Perfect for vegetables, flowers \u0026amp; privacy\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200610562322,"sku":"T3971P455905","price":157.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/1_7a6ba506-2cb5-464d-a089-b0e2e7e9fa11.webp?v=1776310243"},{"product_id":"wood-garden-arbor-bench-81in-2-person-climbing-vines-natural","title":"Outsunny Wooden Garden Arbor for Climbing Plants with Garden Bench, Garden Arch to Grow Grapes \u0026 Vines, Patio Decor \u0026 2-Person Outdoor Wood Decorative Seating, Natural","description":"\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 wooden-arbor-bench 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .wooden-arbor-bench {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2e2b26;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .wooden-arbor-bench * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .wab-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .wab-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #faf7ef;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #b58d4a;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n        }\n        .wab-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2dccf;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .wab-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .wab-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .wab-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeadf;\n        }\n        .wab-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .wab-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .wab-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #b58d4a;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .wab-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .wab-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .wab-specs th, .wab-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #efece3;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .wab-specs th {\n            background-color: #faf9f4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #7a5a2e;\n        }\n        .wab-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .wab-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .wab-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .wab-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .wab-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf5;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #7a5a2e;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ece7dc;\n        }\n        .wab-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .wab-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .wab-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .wab-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .wab-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .wab-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .wab-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .wab-specs th, .wab-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .wab-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #7a6e58;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #ddd6c8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wooden-arbor-bench\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Wooden Garden Arbor, Climbing Plants, Garden Bench, 2-Person Outdoor Seating --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"wab-product-title\"\u003e🌳 Outsunny Wooden Garden Arbor for Climbing Plants with Garden Bench – 81.5\" Arch Trellis, 2-Person Outdoor Wood Seating, Natural\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-description\"\u003e🍇 \u003cstrong\u003eA romantic garden retreat where vines grow overhead and you relax below\u003c\/strong\u003e. This Outsunny wooden arbor combines a spacious 2-person bench with an arched trellis perfect for growing grapes, morning glory, sweet potato vines, or climbing roses. The varnished fir wood construction withstands outdoor elements while showcasing natural woodgrain beauty. Whether you want a shaded reading nook, a charming entryway to your garden, or a cozy spot for morning coffee, this 81.5-inch tall arbor bench delivers. Ideal for homeowners, gardeners, and anyone dreaming of a picture-perfect patio or backyard escape.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"wab-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Wooden Arbor Bench with Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"wab-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wab-feature-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wab-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 Arbor + Garden Bench\u003c\/strong\u003e – Combines a spacious arch trellis for climbing plants with a comfortable bench for two. Perfect for growing grapes, vines, or flowers while providing seating.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wab-feature-icon\"\u003e🏛️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wab-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArched Trellis for Vines \u0026amp; Decor\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two trellis sections and a pergola-style top allow vines to weave overhead. Train grapes, clematis, jasmine, or hanging plants for a magical garden canopy.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wab-feature-icon\"\u003e⭐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wab-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVarnished Fir Wood Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Crafted from natural fir wood with a protective varnish. Resists weather while letting the beautiful woodgrain shine through. You can also paint it to match your decor.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wab-feature-icon\"\u003e🪑\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wab-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable 2-Person Bench\u003c\/strong\u003e – Seat size: 45.25\" L x 17.25\" W x 16.5\" H. Backrest height 17.75\" for relaxed support. Like a classic park bench for your porch or garden.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wab-feature-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wab-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImpressive 81.5\" Overall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e – Tall arch creates a grand entrance to any garden space. Provides ample clearance for walking through and for vines to grow freely.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wab-feature-icon\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wab-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustomizable Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – The natural wood surface accepts paint or stain easily. Match your existing fence, deck, or outdoor furniture for a cohesive look.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"wab-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Outsunny Wooden Garden Arbor with Bench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"wab-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsunny Wooden Garden Arbor for Climbing Plants with Garden Bench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVarnished Fir Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\" x 28.3\" x 81.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat Size (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.25\" x 17.25\" x 16.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackrest Size (L x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.25\" x 17.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.0 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\" x 20.9\" x 10.2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54.4 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArbor frame, bench seat \u0026amp; backrest panels, hardware, assembly manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"wab-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Wooden Garden Arbor Bench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward with the included manual and hardware. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver and an adjustable wrench (not included). Most people complete assembly in 60–90 minutes with two people — the arch sections are easier to hold with an extra set of hands. All parts are pre-cut and clearly labeled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the wood treated for outdoor use? Will it rot or warp?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fir wood comes with a protective varnish that resists moisture and UV damage. However, for maximum longevity, we recommend applying an outdoor wood sealant or stain every 1-2 years, especially in humid or rainy climates. The arbor is designed for outdoor use but annual maintenance will keep it beautiful for many seasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What plants grow best on this arbor trellis?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlmost any climbing plant! Popular choices include grapes, clematis, jasmine, morning glory, sweet potato vine, climbing roses, and wisteria. The open lattice design allows vines to weave easily. You can also hang lightweight potted plants from the top crossbeams. Avoid extremely heavy vines like large grape varieties without regular pruning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🪑\u003c\/span\u003e Is the bench comfortable for two adults?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the seat is 45.25 inches wide, comfortably fitting two average-sized adults. The backrest height (17.75\") provides good lumbar support, and the natural wood has a smooth, splinter-free finish. It's perfect for enjoying your garden or reading a book.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Can this arbor be placed on a patio or does it need to be anchored?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be placed on a level patio, deck, or lawn. For added stability, especially in windy areas, we recommend anchoring the legs to the ground using the pre-drilled holes (stakes or concrete anchors not included). On soft soil, you can simply set it in place — the weight of the wood provides decent stability. For concrete surfaces, use surface-mount brackets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e Can I paint or stain the arbor a different color?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The natural wood surface accepts exterior paint, stain, or sealant very well. Many customers stain it to match their fence or deck, or paint it white for a classic cottage look. If you plan to paint, we recommend applying a primer first for best adhesion. The varnished finish can be lightly sanded before painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wab-note\"\u003e✅ Wooden arbor + garden bench combo | 81.5\" tall arch trellis | Varnished fir wood | 2-person seating | Perfect for grapes, vines \u0026amp; romantic garden decor\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200610726162,"sku":"W2225P217549","price":316.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/9a49a639a3a769bd349a401d64eb0f57.jpg?v=1776310393"},{"product_id":"metal-plant-stand-74in-trellis-hanging-bar-88lbs-indoor-outdoor","title":"Black Metal Tall Plant Stand with Trellis \u0026amp; Hanging Bar – 74\" Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Pot Holder, 88 lbs Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content='74\" tall black metal plant stand with trellis and hanging bar. 68\" trellis for vines, bottom pot holder, 88 lbs capacity. Indoor\/outdoor, powder-coated steel.' name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 metal-plant-stand 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .metal-plant-stand {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2a2b2a;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .metal-plant-stand * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .mps-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .mps-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #f5f7f5;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #3a5a3a;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #2c3e2c;\n        }\n        .mps-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2e8e0;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .mps-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .mps-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .mps-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #edf2e8;\n        }\n        .mps-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .mps-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .mps-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #3a5a3a;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .mps-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e8e0;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .mps-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .mps-specs th, .mps-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eef2ea;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .mps-specs th {\n            background-color: #f8faf6;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #3a5a3a;\n        }\n        .mps-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .mps-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .mps-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .mps-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e8e0;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .mps-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf5;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #3a5a3a;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eaf1e6;\n        }\n        .mps-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .mps-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #2c3e2c;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .mps-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .mps-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .mps-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .mps-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .mps-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .mps-specs th, .mps-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .mps-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #6b7a5e;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #d4dec8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"metal-plant-stand\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Metal Tall Plant Stand, Trellis, Hanging Bar --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"mps-product-title\"\u003e🌿 Black Metal Tall Plant Stand with Trellis \u0026amp; Hanging Bar – 74\" Indoor\/Outdoor Flower Pot Holder, 88 lbs Capacity\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-description\"\u003e🌱 \u003cstrong\u003eMaximize your growing space — vertically\u003c\/strong\u003e. This 74-inch tall black metal plant stand features a 68\" trellis for climbing vines, a spacious bottom pot holder for multiple flower pots, and a decorative hanging bar for trailing plants. Perfect for patios, balconies, gardens, or sunrooms, it transforms any corner into a lush vertical garden. The powder-coated steel construction resists rust and weather, so you can enjoy greenery indoors or outdoors year-round. Whether you're a plant parent with limited floor space or a gardening enthusiast looking to showcase your collection, this sturdy organizer keeps everything neat, visible, and beautifully displayed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"mps-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Tall Metal Plant Stand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"mps-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"mps-feature-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"mps-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e74\" Tall Vertical Gardening\u003c\/strong\u003e – Impressive height includes a 68\" trellis for climbing vines, flowers, and decorative plants. Adds vertical charm to any small space.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"mps-feature-icon\"\u003e⭐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"mps-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Bottom Flower Pot Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e – Spacious base (33.9\" W x 11.2\" D x 7.5\" H) holds multiple pots. Keeps your favorite blooms organized and beautifully displayed.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"mps-feature-icon\"\u003e🏺\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"mps-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative Hanging Bar\u003c\/strong\u003e – Elegant top bar for hanging baskets, macrame planters, or trailing pothos. Adds an extra layer of greenery and visual interest.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"mps-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"mps-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant Powder-Coated Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable black finish resists rust, chipping, and UV damage. Perfect for both indoor and outdoor use — rain or shine.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"mps-feature-icon\"\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"mps-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e88 lbs Weight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Sturdy steel construction supports heavy pots, soil, and multiple plants without wobbling. Reliable for years of use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"mps-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"mps-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly \u0026amp; Space-Saving Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple step-by-step instructions included. Narrow footprint (12.8\" deep) fits against walls, corners, or beside furniture.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"mps-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Black Metal Plant Stand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"mps-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Holder, Metal Tall Plant Stand with Trellis and Hanging Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-Coated Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.4\" x 12.8\" x 74.2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePot Holder Size (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.9\" x 11.2\" x 7.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTrellis Size (W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.4\" x 67.7\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.2 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.01\" x 29.35\" x 4.33\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.6 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Flower stand, 1 x manual, hardware kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"mps-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Plant Stand with Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How easy is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward and typically takes 30–45 minutes. All necessary hardware is included. You'll just need a Phillips screwdriver (not included). The manual has clear diagrams, and each part is labeled. Having a second person to hold pieces while you bolt them together can be helpful but isn't required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Can I leave this plant stand outside in the rain?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the powder-coated steel is weather-resistant and designed for outdoor use. It holds up well to rain, humidity, and sun exposure without rusting. However, for extreme coastal salt-air environments, occasional rinsing with fresh water is recommended. If you live in an area with harsh winters, storing it indoors during freezing months will extend its life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What kinds of plants work best on the trellis and hanging bar?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trellis is perfect for climbing plants like ivy, jasmine, morning glory, clematis, or sweet pea. For the hanging bar, use lightweight to medium-weight hanging baskets with trailing plants like pothos, string of pearls, ferns, or petunias. The bottom pot holder can accommodate multiple pots — up to 88 lbs total across all sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the 88 lb weight capacity for the entire stand or just the bottom?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 88 lb capacity refers to the total distributed weight across the entire stand — including pots on the bottom, plants on the trellis, and hanging baskets on the top bar. The steel construction is sturdy, but we recommend not exceeding this limit to ensure stability and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏠\u003c\/span\u003e Can this stand be used indoors? Does it need to be anchored?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — it's beautiful indoors near a sunny window, in a sunroom, or as a room divider. The narrow footprint (12.8\" deep) makes it easy to fit in tight spaces. It does not require anchoring for indoor use on a level floor. Outdoors on windy days, you may want to add weight to the bottom or secure it with stakes (not included) for extra stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e How do I clean and maintain the black finish?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning is simple: wipe down with a soft damp cloth and mild soap. For outdoor use, a garden hose rinse works well. Avoid abrasive scrubbers or harsh chemicals that could scratch the powder coating. The black finish resists fading, but periodic cleaning keeps it looking like new.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mps-note\"\u003e✅ 74\" tall vertical plant stand | 68\" trellis for climbing vines | Hanging bar included | 88 lbs weight capacity | Weather-resistant black steel | Indoor\/outdoor\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200611774738,"sku":"T3971P420878","price":164.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/3f2875cd16d6e170625355493117d793.jpg?v=1776310707"},{"product_id":"metal-garden-arch-trellis-87in-climbing-net-plant-support","title":"Garden Arch Trellis – 87.8\" Metal Plant Support with Climbing Net for Cucumbers, Peas \u0026amp; Vines","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content='87.8\" large garden arch trellis with climbing net. Adjustable steel frame, polyethylene-coated, supports cucumbers, peas, roses, and vines. Sturdy triangular design.' name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 arch-trellis-metal 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .arch-trellis-metal {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2a2b2a;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .arch-trellis-metal * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .atm-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .atm-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #f5f7f0;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #5a7a3e;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #2e3a28;\n        }\n        .atm-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2e8da;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .atm-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .atm-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .atm-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #edf2e6;\n        }\n        .atm-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .atm-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .atm-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #5a7a3e;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .atm-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ece0;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .atm-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .atm-specs th, .atm-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eef3e9;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .atm-specs th {\n            background-color: #f8faf4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #4a6b3a;\n        }\n        .atm-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .atm-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .atm-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .atm-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e8db;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .atm-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf2;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #4a6b3a;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eaf1e4;\n        }\n        .atm-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .atm-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #2c3b28;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .atm-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .atm-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .atm-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .atm-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .atm-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .atm-specs th, .atm-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .atm-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #6b7a5a;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #d4dec8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"arch-trellis-metal\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Garden Arch Trellis, Metal Plant Support, Climbing Net --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"atm-product-title\"\u003e🏗️ Garden Arch Trellis – 87.8\" Metal Plant Support with Climbing Net for Cucumbers, Peas \u0026amp; Vines\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-description\"\u003e🥒 \u003cstrong\u003eGive your climbing plants the room they deserve\u003c\/strong\u003e. This massive 87.8\" x 87.8\" x 87.8\" garden arch trellis provides a sturdy metal frame with green climbing netting, perfect for cucumbers, peas, beans, tomatoes, roses, and flowering vines. The polyethylene-coated steel construction resists rust and weather, while the adjustable pipe spacing lets you customize layer heights as plants grow. Reinforced with metal sure-clips and a triangular support design, this arch trellis stays stable even under heavy foliage. Ideal for vegetable gardeners, flower enthusiasts, or anyone wanting to create a stunning living archway in their backyard, garden, or greenhouse.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"atm-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Arch Trellis for Climbing Plants\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"atm-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"atm-feature-icon\"\u003e🏟️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"atm-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous 87.8\" x 87.8\" x 87.8\" Space\u003c\/strong\u003e – Massive arch provides ample room for vigorous climbers. Walk-through design creates a beautiful garden entrance or focal point.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"atm-feature-icon\"\u003e🕸️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"atm-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGreen Climbing Netting Included\u003c\/strong\u003e – Soft yet strong netting supports vines as they grow. Helps train plants upward for better air circulation and sun exposure.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"atm-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"atm-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Pipe Spacing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Customize the height between layers (recommended 23.6\" per layer) to accommodate different growth stages. Great for tomatoes, cucumbers, or peas.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"atm-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"atm-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolyethylene-Coated Steel Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable, rust-resistant coating protects against outdoor elements. Metal sure-clips and triangular support design prevent wobbling.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"atm-feature-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"atm-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Plant Support\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ideal for climbing vegetables, flowering vines (clematis, jasmine, morning glory), and even as a decorative frame for hanging lanterns or garden art.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"atm-feature-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"atm-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly \u0026amp; Sturdy Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – All hardware included. Assembles quickly with basic tools. The triangular base ensures stability on level ground.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"atm-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Metal Arch Trellis with Climbing Net\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"atm-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden Arch Trellis Metal Plant Trellis Support with Climbing Net\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack (frame) + Green (netting)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyethylene-Coated Steel + PE Netting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87.8\" x 87.8\" x 87.8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.70 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44.92\" x 18.52\" x 3.15\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.10 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Layer Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.6\" per layer (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel arch frame, green climbing net, metal sure-clips, connecting pipes, hardware, assembly manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"atm-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Garden Arch Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward with the included manual and hardware. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver and an adjustable wrench (not included). Most people complete assembly in 45–60 minutes with two people — the arch sections are easier to connect with an extra set of hands. All pipes are pre-cut and labeled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the trellis weather-resistant? Will it rust?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the steel frame is coated with polyethylene, which provides excellent rust and corrosion resistance. It holds up well to rain, humidity, and sun exposure. The green netting is also UV-stabilized. For maximum longevity, we recommend storing the trellis indoors during harsh winters or extreme weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🥒\u003c\/span\u003e What plants grow best on this arch trellis?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlmost any climbing plant! Popular choices include cucumbers, peas, pole beans, tomatoes (indeterminate varieties), malabar spinach, morning glory, clematis, jasmine, climbing roses, and sweet pea. The large 87.8\" size accommodates even vigorous growers like loofah or passionflower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e Can I adjust the height of the trellis layers as plants grow?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The connecting pipes allow you to adjust the spacing between horizontal layers. The recommended height per layer is 23.6 inches, but you can customize it based on your plant's growth stage. This feature is especially useful for tomatoes or cucumbers that need more vertical room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Does the trellis need to be anchored into the ground?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe triangular base design provides good stability on level ground for most garden conditions. However, in windy areas or soft soil, we recommend anchoring the legs using ground stakes (not included) or placing heavy objects at the base. For concrete or patios, you can use sandbags or weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e How do I clean and maintain the trellis?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning is simple: rinse the frame and netting with a garden hose to remove dirt and plant debris. For deeper cleaning, use a soft brush and mild soap. Avoid pressure washers which could damage the coating. At the end of the growing season, disassemble and store in a dry place for best longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"atm-note\"\u003e✅ Massive 87.8\" arch trellis | Includes green climbing net | Adjustable pipe spacing | Polyethylene-coated steel | Triangular support | Perfect for cucumbers, peas, roses \u0026amp; vines\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200614723858,"sku":"T3971P397317","price":133.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/1_713a6300-f84d-4350-a158-708f6005c030.jpg?v=1776311033"},{"product_id":"wood-trellis-planter-box-77x17in-raised-garden-bed-arched-trellis","title":"Trellis Planter Box,Wooden Planter Box","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content='Wooden trellis planter box, 77.2\"W x 17.3\"D x 71.3\"H. Arched trellis for vines, raised garden bed for vegetables \u0026amp; flowers. Fir wood, drainage holes.' name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 trellis-planter-box 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .trellis-planter-box {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2c2b26;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .trellis-planter-box * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .tpb-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .tpb-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #faf7ef;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #b68b40;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n        }\n        .tpb-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2dccf;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .tpb-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .tpb-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .tpb-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeadf;\n        }\n        .tpb-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .tpb-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .tpb-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #b68b40;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .tpb-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .tpb-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .tpb-specs th, .tpb-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #efece3;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .tpb-specs th {\n            background-color: #faf9f4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #7a5a2e;\n        }\n        .tpb-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .tpb-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .tpb-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .tpb-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .tpb-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf5;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #7a5a2e;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ece7dc;\n        }\n        .tpb-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .tpb-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .tpb-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .tpb-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .tpb-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .tpb-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .tpb-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .tpb-specs th, .tpb-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .tpb-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #7a6e58;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #ddd6c8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"trellis-planter-box\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Trellis Planter Box, Wooden Planter Box, Raised Garden Bed --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"tpb-product-title\"\u003e🌻 Wooden Trellis Planter Box – 77.2\" Raised Garden Bed with Arched Trellis for Vegetables \u0026amp; Vines\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-description\"\u003e🍅 \u003cstrong\u003eGrow up and out — the ultimate vertical garden solution\u003c\/strong\u003e. This large wooden planter box features an arched trellis that rises to 71.3 inches tall, giving you a generous 67.3\" x 15.4\" planting area for tomatoes, peas, strawberries, herbs, or flowers while training climbing plants upward. The natural fir wood construction with protective varnish stands up to outdoor conditions, and four drainage holes prevent root rot. At 77.2 inches wide, it also acts as a beautiful privacy screen for your patio or garden. Perfect for vegetable gardeners, small-space dwellers, or anyone who wants a stylish, functional raised bed that maximizes vertical growing potential.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"tpb-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Wooden Trellis Planter Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"tpb-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"tpb-feature-icon\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"tpb-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious 67.3\" x 15.4\" Planting Area\u003c\/strong\u003e – Generous room for mixing flowers, herbs, and vegetables like tomatoes, peas, or strawberries in one organized space.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"tpb-feature-icon\"\u003e🏛️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"tpb-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArched Trellis for Vines \u0026amp; Decor (59.1\"H)\u003c\/strong\u003e – Supports climbing plants (cucumbers, morning glory, jasmine). Also hang flower baskets, bird feeders, or string lights for added charm.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"tpb-feature-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"tpb-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEfficient Drainage System\u003c\/strong\u003e – Four bottom drainage holes prevent waterlogging and root rot, promoting healthier root growth and more fruitful harvests.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"tpb-feature-icon\"\u003e⭐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"tpb-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Fir Wood Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Natural fir wood known for strength and stability. Protective varnish ensures long-lasting durability season after season.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"tpb-feature-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"tpb-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNatural Privacy Screen\u003c\/strong\u003e – At 77.2\" wide and 71.3\" tall, this planter creates a lovely visual barrier for patios, decks, or garden boundaries.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"tpb-feature-icon\"\u003e🧺\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"tpb-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Rack for Hanging Decor\u003c\/strong\u003e – The arched trellis top bar is perfect for hanging baskets, lanterns, or decorative lights — adds charm day or night.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"tpb-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Wooden Planter Box with Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"tpb-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrellis Planter Box, Wooden Planter Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFir Wood (Varnished)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e77.2\" x 17.3\" x 71.3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGarden Bed Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68.1\" x 15.7\" x 11.8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlanting Area Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67.3\" x 15.4\" x 9.4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTrellis Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e77.2\" x 17.3\" x 59.1\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTrellis Weight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrainage Holes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 holes at bottom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.39 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.26\" x 10.63\" x 17.32\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.90 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Planter box with trellis, 1 x manual, hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"tpb-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Trellis Planter Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward with the included manual and hardware. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver (not included). Most people complete assembly in 45–60 minutes with two people — the trellis sections are easier to hold with an extra set of hands. All pieces are pre-cut and labeled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the wood treated for outdoor use? Will it rot?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is made from natural fir wood with a protective varnish that resists moisture and UV damage. However, for maximum longevity, we recommend applying an outdoor wood sealant or stain every 1-2 years, especially in wet or humid climates. The four drainage holes also help prevent standing water that could accelerate rot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🍅\u003c\/span\u003e What vegetables grow best in this planter?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe deep planting area (9.4\" soil depth) is ideal for shallow-rooted crops like lettuce, herbs, strawberries, radishes, and onions. For the trellis, train tomatoes, peas, pole beans, cucumbers, or climbing flowers like morning glory and sweet pea. Avoid large root vegetables like carrots or potatoes that need deeper soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e What's the weight limit for the trellis?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trellis has a weight capacity of 22 lbs. This is plenty for climbing plants, a few small hanging baskets, or decorative lights. Avoid hanging heavy ceramic pots or multiple large baskets from the top bar. Distribute weight evenly across the trellis for best stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Can this planter be used on a balcony or deck?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — the 17.3\" depth makes it suitable for balconies, patios, and decks. Just ensure your surface can support the combined weight of soil, water, and plants (approx. 120–180 lbs when fully loaded). For high-wind balconies, we recommend securing the planter to a wall or railing (hardware not included).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e How do I maintain the wood finish?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply rinse with a garden hose to remove dirt. For deeper cleaning, use a soft brush and mild soap. To preserve the natural wood color, apply an exterior wood stain or sealant annually. The varnish provides a good starting point, but annual maintenance extends the life significantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tpb-note\"\u003e✅ 77.2\" wide planter + 59.1\" arched trellis | 4 drainage holes | Solid fir wood with varnish | 22 lb trellis capacity | Perfect for vegetables, flowers \u0026amp; privacy\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200629010706,"sku":"T3971P455853","price":212.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/1_2034eb62-1a63-4276-b73c-1c9ea23d2a49.webp?v=1776317095"},{"product_id":"galvanized-raised-garden-bed-24x24in-trellis-tomato-cage-cream","title":"Outsunny Galvanized Raised Garden Bed, 24\" x 24\" x 11.75\" Outdoor Planter Box with Trellis Tomato Cage and Open Bottom for Climbing Vines, Vegetables, Flowers in Backyard, Garden, Patio, Cream","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content='Outsunny galvanized raised garden bed 24\"x24\"x11.75\" with trellis tomato cage. Cream steel planter, open bottom, adjustable trellis for climbing vines.' name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 raised-bed-trellis 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .raised-bed-trellis {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2e2b26;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .raised-bed-trellis * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .rbt-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .rbt-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #fef9e6;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #d4a373;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #5c4b32;\n        }\n        .rbt-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2dccf;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .rbt-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .rbt-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .rbt-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeadf;\n        }\n        .rbt-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .rbt-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .rbt-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #c28a4e;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .rbt-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .rbt-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .rbt-specs th, .rbt-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #efece3;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .rbt-specs th {\n            background-color: #faf9f4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #9b6a3c;\n        }\n        .rbt-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .rbt-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .rbt-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .rbt-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .rbt-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf5;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #9b6a3c;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ece7dc;\n        }\n        .rbt-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .rbt-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .rbt-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .rbt-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .rbt-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .rbt-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .rbt-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .rbt-specs th, .rbt-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .rbt-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #7a6e58;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #ddd6c8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"raised-bed-trellis\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Galvanized Raised Garden Bed, Trellis Tomato Cage, Cream --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"rbt-product-title\"\u003e🍅 Outsunny Galvanized Raised Garden Bed – 24\"x24\"x11.75\" Planter with Trellis Tomato Cage, Cream\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-description\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eGrow robust tomatoes, peas, and flowers in a compact, stylish planter\u003c\/strong\u003e. This Outsunny raised garden bed combines a 24\"x24\" galvanized steel planter with an adjustable 73.5\" tall trellis — perfect for supporting climbing vegetables like tomatoes, cucumbers, and pole beans. The open-bottom design allows roots to reach native soil for better nutrient uptake and drainage, while the cream powder-coated finish resists rust and weather. Ideal for patios, backyards, balconies, or small gardens, this planter keeps plants elevated away from weeds and ground pests. Whether you're starting seedlings or growing full-sized vines, this versatile tomato cage adapts to different heights to meet your plants' needs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"rbt-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Galvanized Raised Bed with Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"rbt-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rbt-feature-icon\"\u003e🍅\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rbt-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaised Planter + Tomato Cage Combo\u003c\/strong\u003e – 24\"x24\"x11.75\" planter paired with a removable trellis. Elevates plants away from weeds, pests, and poor soil conditions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rbt-feature-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rbt-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Height Trellis (up to 73.5\"H)\u003c\/strong\u003e – Custom trellis cage can be adapted to different heights as your plants grow. Prevents heavy vines from snapping and increases yields.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rbt-feature-icon\"\u003e🌍\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rbt-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-Bottom Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Allows roots to grow deep into native soil for better nutrient absorption. Provides excellent drainage, preventing waterlogging and root rot.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rbt-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rbt-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanized + Powder-Coated Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Unlike wood that warps or rots, this metal bed is rust-resistant and weather-durable. Cream finish adds a clean, farmhouse aesthetic.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rbt-feature-icon\"\u003e✨\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rbt-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for tomatoes, cucumbers, peas, beans, climbing roses, or morning glory. Also great for starting seedlings or growing herbs and flowers.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rbt-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rbt-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly \u0026amp; Lightweight\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple bolt-together design. Weighs only 11 lbs (planter) plus trellis. Move it around your yard or patio as needed.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"rbt-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Outsunny Raised Garden Bed with Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"rbt-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsunny Galvanized Raised Garden Bed with Trellis Tomato Cage, Cream\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCream \/ White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel + Powder-Coated Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (with trellis)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" W x 24\" D x 73.5\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlanter Box Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" x 24\" x 11.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTrellis Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.25\" x 19.25\" x 73.5\" (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight (planter + trellis)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.0 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23\" x 13.25\" x 4.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.2 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlanter box panels, trellis poles and connectors, hardware, assembly manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"rbt-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Raised Bed with Tomato Cage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward with the included manual and hardware. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver (not included). The planter box bolts together in about 15 minutes, and the trellis poles slide into place with simple connectors. No special skills required — most people complete the entire setup in under 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the galvanized steel rust-proof for outdoor use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the bed is made from galvanized steel with an additional powder-coated cream finish. This dual-layer protection resists rust, corrosion, and UV fading. It's designed to withstand rain, sprinklers, and seasonal weather. For maximum longevity, avoid scratching the coating and rinse off dirt occasionally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e How does the open-bottom design work? Do I need to put it on soil?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter has no bottom — it sits directly on top of soil or grass. This allows plant roots to grow down into the native ground for better nutrient access and drainage. For patios or decks, you can place it over a shallow tray or use it as a closed-bottom planter (not recommended for deep-rooted plants). We recommend using it on bare soil for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🍅\u003c\/span\u003e What plants work best with this trellis?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trellis is ideal for indeterminate (vining) tomatoes, cucumbers, pole beans, peas, malabar spinach, and climbing flowers like morning glory or sweet pea. The adjustable height lets you start low for seedlings and raise it as plants grow. For heavy-fruiting tomatoes, we recommend tying main stems to the trellis for extra support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e How much soil does the planter hold?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 24\"x24\"x11.75\" planter holds approximately 3.9 cubic feet of soil (about 30-35 quarts). We recommend using a high-quality potting mix or raised bed soil. Because the bottom is open, you can also fill it with less soil if you want roots to reach native ground faster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Can I move the planter once it's filled with soil?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter alone weighs only 11 lbs, but once filled with wet soil and plants, it becomes quite heavy (over 50 lbs). We recommend placing it in its final location before adding soil. The trellis can be removed for seasonal storage or to move the planter empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rbt-note\"\u003e✅ 24\"x24\" galvanized steel planter + 73.5\" adjustable trellis | Open-bottom for root growth | Rust-resistant cream finish | Perfect for tomatoes, cucumbers \u0026amp; climbing vines\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200633827602,"sku":"W2225P174391","price":92.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/f91ba4ea1dc99b7ecd5794bb6efd8d43.jpg?v=1776317772"},{"product_id":"wood-garden-bench-arbor-arch-3-seat-pergola-2-trellises-natural","title":"Outsunny Patio Garden Bench Arbor Arch with Pergola and 2 Trellises, 3 Seat Natural Wooden Outdoor Bench for Grape Vines \u0026 Climbing Plants, Backyard Decor, Natural","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content='Outsunny wooden garden bench arbor arch with pergola and 2 trellises. 3-seat, 528 lbs capacity, 78\"H. Perfect for grape vines, climbing plants, backyard decor.' name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 arbor-bench-pergola 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .arbor-bench-pergola {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2e2b26;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .arbor-bench-pergola * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .abp-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .abp-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #faf7ef;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #b58d4a;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n        }\n        .abp-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2dccf;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .abp-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .abp-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .abp-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeadf;\n        }\n        .abp-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .abp-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .abp-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #b58d4a;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .abp-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .abp-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .abp-specs th, .abp-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #efece3;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .abp-specs th {\n            background-color: #faf9f4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #7a5a2e;\n        }\n        .abp-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .abp-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .abp-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .abp-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .abp-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf5;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #7a5a2e;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ece7dc;\n        }\n        .abp-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .abp-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .abp-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .abp-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .abp-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .abp-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .abp-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .abp-specs th, .abp-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .abp-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #7a6e58;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #ddd6c8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"arbor-bench-pergola\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Patio Garden Bench Arbor Arch, Pergola, 2 Trellises, 3 Seat --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"abp-product-title\"\u003e🌿 Outsunny Patio Garden Bench Arbor Arch with Pergola \u0026amp; 2 Trellises – 3-Seat Natural Wooden Outdoor Bench for Grape Vines \u0026amp; Climbing Plants\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-description\"\u003e🍇 \u003cstrong\u003eRelax in the shade of your own living garden archway\u003c\/strong\u003e. This Outsunny wooden arbor bench combines a spacious 3-seat bench with a pergola top and two side trellises — creating a stunning focal point for any backyard, patio, or garden. Grow grape vines, ivy, morning glory, or sweet potatoes up the trellises while enjoying the comfort of a sturdy bench that supports up to 528 lbs. The natural fir wood construction with waterproof varnish resists weather and maintains its beauty season after season. Perfect for garden weddings, family cookouts, or simply sipping morning coffee beneath cascading greenery.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"abp-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Wooden Arbor Bench with Pergola\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"abp-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"abp-feature-icon\"\u003e🪑\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"abp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-Seat Bench + Arbor Arch\u003c\/strong\u003e – Comfortably seats three adults. Combines a garden bench with a large arbor arch, pergola top, and two side trellises. Supports up to 528 lbs.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"abp-feature-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"abp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Trellises + Pergola Top\u003c\/strong\u003e – Dual side trellises and an overhead pergola provide ample space for climbing plants. Train grape vines, ivy, morning glory, clematis, or sweet potatoes.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"abp-feature-icon\"\u003e🎉\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"abp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for Decorating\u003c\/strong\u003e – String lights, hang balloons, drape fabric, or attach seasonal decorations. Ideal for weddings, Christmas, Easter, Halloween, BBQ cookouts, or graduation parties.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"abp-feature-icon\"\u003e⭐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"abp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Fir Wood with Waterproof Varnish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Natural woodgrain beauty enhanced by a protective varnish. Weather-resistant and easy to clean — simply wipe down.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"abp-feature-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"abp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious 63\" W x 78\" H Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e – Grand arch creates an inviting entrance or garden centerpiece. Plenty of headroom for walking through (78\" total height).\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"abp-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"abp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete DIY Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e – Includes all hardware and a step-by-step manual. Assembly required but straightforward with two people.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"abp-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Outsunny Arbor Bench with Pergola\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"abp-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsunny Patio Garden Bench Arbor Arch with Pergola and 2 Trellises, 3-Seat Natural Wooden Outdoor Bench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFir Wood (Waterproof Varnish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\" x 19.75\" x 78\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e528 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.1 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54.25\" x 19.75\" x 9.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.68 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench seat and backrest, arbor arch frame, side trellis panels, pergola top beams, hardware, assembly manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"abp-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Garden Arbor Bench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward with the included manual and labeled parts. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver and an adjustable wrench (not included). The arbor sections are easier to assemble with two people — one to hold pieces and one to bolt them together. Most people complete assembly in 60–90 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the wood treated for outdoor use? Will it rot or warp?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fir wood comes with a waterproof varnish that protects against rain, humidity, and UV exposure. For maximum longevity, we recommend applying an outdoor wood sealant or stain every 1-2 years, especially in wet or humid climates. The varnish provides a great starting point, but annual maintenance will keep it beautiful for many seasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What plants grow best on this arbor trellises?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two side trellises and pergola top are perfect for climbing plants like grapes, ivy, morning glory, clematis, jasmine, climbing roses, sweet potato vine, and wisteria. The open lattice design allows vines to weave easily. You can also hang lightweight potted plants or string lights from the pergola beams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🪑\u003c\/span\u003e Is the bench comfortable for three adults?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the bench is 63 inches wide, providing ample room for three average-sized adults. The backrest is angled for comfort, and the solid wood construction feels sturdy and supportive. The 528 lb weight capacity ensures durability even with heavier individuals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Does the arbor need to be anchored to the ground?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arbor has a wide, stable base that works well on level ground. However, for extra stability in windy areas or soft soil, we recommend anchoring the legs using ground stakes (not included). On concrete or patios, you can use sandbags or weights. The bench's weight also helps keep it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🎉\u003c\/span\u003e Can I decorate this arbor for special events?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! This arbor is designed with celebrations in mind. Drape string lights, hang balloons or fabric, attach floral garlands, or use it as a wedding arch. The pergola top and side trellises provide plenty of anchor points for decorations. Perfect for birthdays, anniversaries, garden parties, or holiday displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"abp-note\"\u003e✅ 3-seat wooden bench + pergola + 2 trellises | 528 lbs weight capacity | 78\" tall arbor | Waterproof varnish | Perfect for grape vines, climbing plants \u0026amp; garden celebrations\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200634614034,"sku":"W2225P174443","price":286.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/9796fd0a0fc79781de33d80d25fafa08.jpg?v=1776318132"},{"product_id":"metal-garden-arch-arbor-84in-gate-scrollwork-climbing-vines-black","title":"Outsunny 84\" Garden Arch Arbor with Gate, Metal Arch Trellis, Garden Archway for Climbing Vines, Wedding Ceremony Decoration, Flourishes \u0026 Arrow Tips, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content='Outsunny 84\" garden arch arbor with gate. Metal arch trellis for climbing vines, wedding ceremony decoration, flourishes \u0026amp; arrow tips. Black epoxy-coated steel.' name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 garden-arch-gate 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .garden-arch-gate {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2a2b2a;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .garden-arch-gate * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .gag-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .gag-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #f5f5f0;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #3a3a3a;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #2c2c2c;\n        }\n        .gag-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2e2d8;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .gag-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .gag-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .gag-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eaeae0;\n        }\n        .gag-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .gag-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .gag-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #5a5a5a;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .gag-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e2d8;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .gag-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .gag-specs th, .gag-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #efefe5;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .gag-specs th {\n            background-color: #f9f9f4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #4a4a4a;\n        }\n        .gag-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .gag-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .gag-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .gag-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e2d8;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .gag-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefef8;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #4a4a4a;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ecece2;\n        }\n        .gag-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .gag-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #3a3a3a;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .gag-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .gag-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .gag-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .gag-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .gag-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .gag-specs th, .gag-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .gag-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #6e6e5e;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #d6d6ca;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"garden-arch-gate\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Garden Arch Arbor, Gate, Metal Arch Trellis, Wedding Decoration --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"gag-product-title\"\u003e⛪ Outsunny 84\" Garden Arch Arbor with Gate – Metal Arch Trellis for Climbing Vines, Wedding Ceremony Decoration, Black\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-description\"\u003e💍 \u003cstrong\u003eCreate a grand entrance — for your garden or your wedding day\u003c\/strong\u003e. This 84-inch tall black metal arch arbor features a charming double-door gate, elegant scrollwork flourishes, and arrow tip motifs that add a touch of romance and sophistication. Use it as a grapevine trellis in your garden, a lockable gate to separate yard sections, or a stunning backdrop for wedding ceremonies, anniversaries, and photo shoots. The epoxy-coated steel construction resists rust and weather, so it stays beautiful indoors or outdoors. Perfect for gardeners, event planners, couples, and anyone who wants to elevate their outdoor space with a functional yet decorative archway.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"gag-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Garden Arbor with Gate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"gag-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gag-feature-icon\"\u003e🚪\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"gag-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-Door Gate with Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e – Includes a lockable double-door gate that can be latched to secure sections of your yard or to create a dramatic entrance for wedding ceremonies.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gag-feature-icon\"\u003e🏛️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"gag-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElegant Scrollwork \u0026amp; Arrow Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e – Decorative flourishes and swirling arrow tip motifs throughout the arch add a timeless, romantic aesthetic — perfect for weddings or classic garden designs.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gag-feature-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"gag-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-Trellis Design for Vines\u003c\/strong\u003e – The arch features twin trellis panels on each side, ideal for training grape vines, climbing roses, jasmine, or morning glory. Crossbars up top allow hanging plants and decorations.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gag-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"gag-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEpoxy-Coated Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Weather-safe, rust-resistant black finish. Strong metal frame stands up to sun, rain, and wind while maintaining its sleek look.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gag-feature-icon\"\u003e🎉\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"gag-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Purpose Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Garden trellis, wedding arch, party decoration frame, or yard gate. Decorate with balloons, flowers, fabric, or string lights for any celebration.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gag-feature-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"gag-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious 84.75\" H x 42.5\" W\u003c\/strong\u003e – Tall and wide enough to walk through comfortably. The arched top provides ample clearance for tall guests or decorations.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"gag-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Outsunny Arch Arbor with Gate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"gag-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsunny 84\" Garden Arch Arbor with Gate, Metal Arch Trellis, Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEpoxy-Coated Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.5\" x 17.75\" x 84.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSingle Door Panel Size (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41.25\" x 17.75\" x 83.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate Vertical Bar Spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.2 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.75\" x 21.25\" x 5.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.28 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 trellis side panels, double-door gate assembly, latch hardware, top arch crossbars, manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"gag-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Garden Arch Arbor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward with the included manual and hardware. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver and an adjustable wrench (not included). Most people complete assembly in 45–60 minutes with two people — the arch sections and gate are easier to align with an extra set of hands. All parts are pre-cut and labeled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the arbor rust-resistant for outdoor use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the steel frame is coated with epoxy, which provides excellent rust and corrosion resistance. It's designed to withstand rain, humidity, and sun exposure. For maximum longevity, we recommend rinsing off dirt occasionally and touching up any scratches with outdoor black paint. It holds up beautifully for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What plants can I grow on this trellis?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe twin trellis panels are perfect for climbing plants like grape vines, clematis, jasmine, morning glory, climbing roses, sweet pea, and ivy. The open grid design allows vines to weave easily. You can also hang lightweight potted plants or lanterns from the top crossbars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🔒\u003c\/span\u003e Can the gate be locked securely?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the double-door gate includes a latch that can accommodate a padlock (not included). This allows you to secure sections of your yard, keeping pets or children out of certain areas. For wedding ceremonies, the gate can be left unlatched for easy opening or tied open for a grand entrance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e💒\u003c\/span\u003e Is this arbor suitable for a wedding ceremony?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — the elegant scrollwork, arrow tips, and 84\" height make it a stunning wedding arch. It's lightweight enough to move indoors or outdoors, and the gate creates a dramatic aisle entrance. Decorate with flowers, tulle, string lights, or balloons. Many customers use it for weddings, anniversaries, and photo shoots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Does the arbor need to be anchored into the ground?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arbor has a stable base that works well on level ground. For added stability in windy areas or soft soil, we recommend anchoring the legs using ground stakes (not included). On concrete or patios, you can use sandbags or weights. The metal construction is relatively lightweight but sturdy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gag-note\"\u003e✅ 84\" tall arch arbor with lockable double gate | Epoxy-coated black steel | Scrollwork \u0026amp; arrow tip motifs | Twin trellises for vines | Wedding \u0026amp; garden use\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200640315666,"sku":"W2225P174402","price":149.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/0ded7766dd901d477d9a3f8139922776.jpg?v=1776318324"},{"product_id":"wood-raised-garden-bed-arch-trellis-70in-22gal-brown","title":"Outsunny Raised Garden Bed with Arch Trellis for Vine Climbing Plants, Hanging Flowers, 70.75\" Tall Outdoor Wood Planter Box with Drainage Hole \u0026 Fabric Filter for Backyard, Patio, Brown","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content='Outsunny raised garden bed with arch trellis, 70.75\" tall. Wood planter box for climbing vines, hanging flowers. Drainage hole \u0026amp; fabric filter. Brown.' name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 raised-arch-planter 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .raised-arch-planter {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2e2b26;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .raised-arch-planter * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .rap-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .rap-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #faf7ef;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #8b6946;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n        }\n        .rap-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2dccf;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .rap-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .rap-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .rap-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeadf;\n        }\n        .rap-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .rap-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .rap-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #8b6946;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .rap-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .rap-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .rap-specs th, .rap-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #efece3;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .rap-specs th {\n            background-color: #faf9f4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #7a5a3a;\n        }\n        .rap-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .rap-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .rap-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .rap-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .rap-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf5;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #7a5a3a;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ece7dc;\n        }\n        .rap-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .rap-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .rap-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .rap-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .rap-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .rap-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .rap-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .rap-specs th, .rap-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .rap-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #7a6e58;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #ddd6c8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"raised-arch-planter\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Raised Garden Bed, Arch Trellis, Vine Climbing Plants, Hanging Flowers --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"rap-product-title\"\u003e🌿 Outsunny Raised Garden Bed with Arch Trellis – 70.75\" Tall Wood Planter Box for Vine Climbing Plants \u0026amp; Hanging Flowers, Brown\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-description\"\u003e🍇 \u003cstrong\u003eGrow vertically and beautifully — all in one compact planter\u003c\/strong\u003e. This Outsunny raised garden bed combines a spacious wooden planter with an elegant arch trellis, giving you two side lattice trellises and a pergola-style top. Train grape vines, climbing roses, or peas up the sides while hanging flower baskets or string lights from the overhead bar. The self-draining design includes a fabric filter to prevent soil loss, and the fir wood construction with water-safe coating stands up to outdoor conditions. Ideal for patios, backyards, or small gardens, this 70.75\" tall planter maximizes growing space and adds rustic charm to any setting.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"rap-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Raised Bed with Arch Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"rap-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rap-feature-icon\"\u003e🏛️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rap-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArch Trellis with Lattice \u0026amp; Pergola Top\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two side lattice trellises (47\" H) plus a pergola-style roof. Perfect for climbing vines, hanging flowers, or decorative lights.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rap-feature-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rap-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-Draining Planter + Fabric Filter\u003c\/strong\u003e – Drainage holes prevent waterlogging. Non-woven fabric filter keeps soil from washing out while allowing excess water to escape.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rap-feature-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rap-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious 33.75\" x 14.25\" x 10.75\" Interior\u003c\/strong\u003e – Holds approximately 22 gallons of soil. Deep enough for vegetables, herbs, and flowers.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rap-feature-icon\"\u003e⭐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rap-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Fir Wood with Water-Safe Coating\u003c\/strong\u003e – Natural brown wood brings rustic elegance. Thick build and protective coat endure outdoor seasons without warping or rotting.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rap-feature-icon\"\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rap-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e99 lbs Weight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Sturdy construction supports heavy soil, plants, and hanging decorations. Reliable for years of gardening.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rap-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rap-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly \u0026amp; Space-Saving Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – All hardware included. Narrow footprint (16.25\" deep) fits against walls, fences, or patios. Assembly required but straightforward.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"rap-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Outsunny Wooden Planter with Arch Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"rap-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsunny Raised Garden Bed with Arch Trellis for Vine Climbing Plants, 70.75\" Tall, Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFir Wood (Water-Safe Coating) + Non-Woven Fabric Filter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\" x 16.25\" x 70.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlanting Area Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.75\" x 14.25\" x 10.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 22 gallons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSide Trellis Size (W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.25\" x 47\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Capacity (total)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e99 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.3 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45\" x 17\" x 8.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.7 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlanter box panels, arch trellis pieces, fabric filter, hardware, assembly manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"rap-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Arch Trellis Planter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward with the included manual and labeled parts. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver (not included). The arch trellis sections are easier to assemble with two people — one to hold pieces and one to bolt them together. Most people complete assembly in 45–60 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the wood treated for outdoor use? Will it rot?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fir wood comes with a water-safe coating that resists moisture and UV damage. However, for maximum longevity, we recommend applying an outdoor wood sealant or stain every 1-2 years, especially in wet or humid climates. The self-draining design and fabric filter also help prevent standing water that could accelerate rot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What plants can I grow on the trellis and in the planter?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe side trellises are perfect for climbing plants like peas, pole beans, cucumbers, clematis, jasmine, and small grape vines. The pergola top can support hanging baskets with trailing plants like petunias, ferns, or string of pearls. In the planter itself, grow shallow-rooted vegetables (lettuce, herbs, radishes, strawberries) or flowers. Avoid large root vegetables like carrots or potatoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e How does the self-draining system work?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter has drainage holes at the bottom. A non-woven fabric filter sits between the soil and the holes, allowing water to drain freely while preventing soil from washing out. This prevents waterlogging and root rot, promoting healthier plants. For best results, elevate the planter slightly or place it on gravel to ensure proper drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e How much soil does this planter hold? What's the weight limit?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe interior planting area holds approximately 22 gallons of soil (about 2.9 cubic feet). When filled with moist soil and plants, the total weight can reach 50-70 lbs. The planter has a 99 lb total weight capacity, so it can handle the soil plus plants and even some hanging decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Can this planter be used on a balcony or deck?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — the 16.25\" depth makes it suitable for balconies, patios, and decks. Ensure your surface can support the weight (approx. 60-80 lbs when fully loaded). For high-wind balconies, we recommend placing the planter against a wall or adding weights to the base. The narrow footprint fits easily in tight spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rap-note\"\u003e✅ 70.75\" tall arch trellis + planter | Self-draining with fabric filter | 22-gallon soil capacity | Solid fir wood with weather coating | Perfect for vines \u0026amp; hanging flowers\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200641790226,"sku":"W2225P174410","price":188.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/fe763ed3f5fcd943efa129a317b5f416.jpg?v=1776318553"},{"product_id":"metal-garden-trellis-arch-82in-scrollwork-wedding-arbor-gray","title":"Outsunny 82'' Decorative Metal Garden Trellis Arch with Durable Steel Tubing \u0026 Elegant Scrollwork, Perfect for Weddings","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content='Outsunny 82\" decorative metal garden trellis arch. Durable steel tubing, elegant scrollwork, weather-resistant gray epoxy. Perfect for weddings, climbing plants, garden entry.' name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 metal-trellis-arch 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .metal-trellis-arch {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2e2e2e;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .metal-trellis-arch * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .mta-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .mta-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #f7f5f0;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #8a8a8a;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #3a3a3a;\n        }\n        .mta-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2e2d8;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .mta-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .mta-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .mta-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eaeae0;\n        }\n        .mta-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .mta-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .mta-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #6b6b6b;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .mta-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e2d8;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .mta-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .mta-specs th, .mta-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #efefe5;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .mta-specs th {\n            background-color: #f9f9f4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #5a5a5a;\n        }\n        .mta-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .mta-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .mta-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .mta-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e2d8;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .mta-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefef8;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #5a5a5a;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ecece2;\n        }\n        .mta-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .mta-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #3a3a3a;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .mta-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .mta-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .mta-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .mta-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .mta-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .mta-specs th, .mta-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .mta-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #6e6e5e;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #d6d6ca;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"metal-trellis-arch\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Decorative Metal Garden Trellis Arch, Steel Tubing, Elegant Scrollwork, Weddings --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"mta-product-title\"\u003e🌿 Outsunny 82\" Decorative Metal Garden Trellis Arch – Durable Steel Tubing with Elegant Scrollwork, Perfect for Weddings\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-description\"\u003e💒 \u003cstrong\u003eCreate a stunning garden entrance or wedding backdrop with timeless elegance\u003c\/strong\u003e. This 82-inch tall metal trellis arch features delicate scrollwork and a weather-resistant gray epoxy coating that brings southern charm to any outdoor space. Use it as a permanent trellis for climbing roses, clematis, or jasmine — or decorate it with flowers, balloons, and fabric for weddings, birthdays, and garden parties. The durable steel tubing construction ensures stability and longevity, while the lightweight design allows easy placement and relocation. Perfect for homeowners, gardeners, event planners, and couples looking to add a touch of romance to their backyard or venue.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"mta-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Decorative Garden Trellis Arch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"mta-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"mta-feature-icon\"\u003e🏛️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"mta-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElegant Scrollwork Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Delicate lines and graceful scrollwork bring southern charm to your garden. Complements any outdoor decor style — from rustic to modern.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"mta-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"mta-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant Gray Epoxy Coating\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable steel tubing coated with rust-resistant gray epoxy. Built to withstand sun, rain, and humidity while maintaining its beauty for years.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"mta-feature-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"mta-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFunctional Support for Climbing Plants\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ideal for lightweight climbing vines and flowers. Train clematis, jasmine, morning glory, or sweet pea to grow into the arch spaces.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"mta-feature-icon\"\u003e🎉\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"mta-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use – Weddings \u0026amp; Events\u003c\/strong\u003e – Decorate with balloons, flowers, tulle, or string lights. Perfect for wedding ceremonies, birthday parties, anniversaries, or casual backyard get-togethers.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"mta-feature-icon\"\u003e💡\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"mta-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHanging Accent Display\u003c\/strong\u003e – Top bar supports small hanging accent lights, lanterns, or wind chimes to create a magical evening entryway.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"mta-feature-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"mta-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious 82\" H x 74.75\" W Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e – Tall and wide enough to walk through comfortably. Creates a dramatic focal point in any garden or event space.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"mta-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Outsunny Metal Trellis Arch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"mta-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsunny 82\" Decorative Metal Garden Trellis Arch with Steel Tubing \u0026amp; Scrollwork\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Tubing + Epoxy Coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74.75\" x 19.75\" x 82.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.8 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.75\" x 18\" x 4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.2 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArch trellis frame (left and right sections), crossbars, hardware, assembly manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"mta-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Garden Trellis Arch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is simple with the included manual and hardware. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver and an adjustable wrench (not included). The arch comes in two side sections that bolt together at the top. Most people complete assembly in 20–30 minutes with two people — holding the sections upright while connecting is easier with an extra set of hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the arch rust-resistant for outdoor use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the steel tubing is coated with a weather-resistant gray epoxy that protects against rust, chipping, and UV fading. It's designed to withstand rain, sprinklers, and sun exposure. For maximum longevity, rinse off dirt occasionally and touch up any scratches with outdoor metal paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What plants can I grow on this trellis arch?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arch is ideal for lightweight climbing plants like clematis, jasmine, morning glory, sweet pea, small climbing roses, and ivy. Avoid extremely heavy vines like large grape varieties that could stress the structure. The open scrollwork provides plenty of anchor points for tying stems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e💒\u003c\/span\u003e Can this arch be used outdoors for a wedding ceremony?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — the elegant scrollwork and 82\" height make it a stunning wedding arch. It's lightweight enough to move, and the gray finish complements any color scheme. Decorate with flowers, tulle, fairy lights, or fabric draping. Many customers use it for wedding ceremonies, anniversaries, and engagement photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Does the arch need to be anchored into the ground?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arch has a stable base that works well on level ground. For added stability in windy areas or soft soil, we recommend anchoring the legs using ground stakes (not included). On concrete or patios, you can use sandbags or weights. The lightweight design makes it easy to move, but anchoring is recommended for permanent outdoor installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e How do I clean and maintain the arch?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning is simple: wipe down with a soft damp cloth and mild soap. For outdoor use, a garden hose rinse works well. Avoid abrasive scrubbers that could scratch the epoxy coating. The gray finish resists fading, and occasional cleaning keeps it looking beautiful for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mta-note\"\u003e✅ 82\" tall decorative arch | Elegant scrollwork | Weather-resistant gray epoxy | Perfect for climbing plants \u0026amp; weddings | Lightweight yet durable steel tubing\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200642904338,"sku":"W2225P174414","price":155.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/d97c0323c2e04612ca9c7caf2be5fd12.jpg?v=1776318917"},{"product_id":"wood-garden-arbor-arch-90in-trellis-climbing-plants-weddings","title":"Wood Garden Arbor Arch 90in with Trellis, Climbing Plants, Weddings","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content='Outsunny 90\" wood garden arbor arch with trellis wall for climbing \u0026amp; hanging plants. Natural fir wood, pergola top. Perfect for parties, weddings, birthdays, backyards.' name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 wood-arbor-90 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .wood-arbor-90 {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2e2b26;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .wood-arbor-90 * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .wa90-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .wa90-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #faf7ef;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #b58d4a;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n        }\n        .wa90-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2dccf;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .wa90-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .wa90-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .wa90-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeadf;\n        }\n        .wa90-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .wa90-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .wa90-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #b58d4a;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .wa90-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .wa90-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .wa90-specs th, .wa90-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #efece3;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .wa90-specs th {\n            background-color: #faf9f4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #7a5a2e;\n        }\n        .wa90-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .wa90-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .wa90-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .wa90-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .wa90-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf5;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #7a5a2e;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ece7dc;\n        }\n        .wa90-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .wa90-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .wa90-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .wa90-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .wa90-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .wa90-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .wa90-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .wa90-specs th, .wa90-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .wa90-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #7a6e58;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #ddd6c8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wood-arbor-90\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Wood Garden Arbor Arch, Trellis Wall, Climbing Plants, Parties, Weddings --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"wa90-product-title\"\u003e🌿 Outsunny 90\" Wood Garden Arbor Arch with Trellis Wall for Climbing \u0026amp; Hanging Plants – Decor for Party, Weddings, Birthdays \u0026amp; Backyards\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-description\"\u003e🎉 \u003cstrong\u003eTransform any backyard into a stunning celebration venue or peaceful garden retreat\u003c\/strong\u003e. This 90-inch tall wooden arbor features a full trellis wall and pergola-style top, giving you ample space for climbing vines, hanging plants, balloons, flowers, or string lights. Crafted from natural fir wood with fully sanded posts and pre-drilled holes, assembly is simple and safe. Whether you're hosting a wedding ceremony, birthday party, casual get-together, or just want a beautiful garden entrance, this versatile arch adds elegance and charm. The pergola top provides gentle shade while the trellis wall supports clematis, jasmine, or climbing roses. Perfect for homeowners, event planners, and garden lovers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"wa90-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Wood Garden Arbor with Trellis Wall\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"wa90-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wa90-feature-icon\"\u003e🏛️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wa90-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStunning Pergola-Style Arbor Top\u003c\/strong\u003e – Adds architectural elegance while providing gentle shade. Perfect for creating a focal point in your garden or event space.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wa90-feature-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wa90-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull Trellis Wall for Climbing Plants\u003c\/strong\u003e – Supports vines like clematis, jasmine, morning glory, and climbing roses. Also great for hanging plants, baskets, or decorative lights.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wa90-feature-icon\"\u003e🎈\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wa90-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Decor for Any Occasion\u003c\/strong\u003e – Decorate with balloons, flowers, fabric, or string lights. Ideal for weddings, birthday parties, anniversaries, or casual backyard gatherings.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wa90-feature-icon\"\u003e⭐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wa90-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNatural Fir Wood Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Solid wood with a natural finish. Fully sanded posts and panels prevent splinters, ensuring safety for you and your guests.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wa90-feature-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wa90-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImpressive 90\" H x 63\" W Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e – Tall and wide enough to walk through comfortably. Creates a dramatic entryway to any garden or party area.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wa90-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wa90-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly with Pre-Drilled Holes\u003c\/strong\u003e – All hardware included. Pre-cut and pre-drilled parts make assembly quick and hassle-free. No special tools required.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"wa90-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Outsunny Wood Garden Arbor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"wa90-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsunny 90in Wood Garden Arbor Arch with Trellis Wall for Climbing \u0026amp; Hanging Plants\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFir Wood (Sanded, Natural Finish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\" x 28.5\" x 90\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.46 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63\" x 20.75\" x 7.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.3 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArbor frame, trellis wall panels, pergola top beams, hardware, assembly manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"wa90-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Wooden Garden Arbor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward thanks to pre-cut and pre-drilled parts. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver (not included). All hardware is included. The arbor is designed for two-person assembly — one to hold pieces and one to drive screws. Most people complete assembly in 45–60 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the wood treated for outdoor use? Will it rot?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fir wood comes with a natural finish that offers basic weather resistance. For maximum longevity, we strongly recommend applying an outdoor wood sealant or stain after assembly, and reapplying every 1-2 years. This will protect against moisture, UV rays, and prevent warping or rotting. The wood is sanded smooth to prevent splinters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What plants can I grow on the trellis wall?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trellis wall is perfect for climbing plants like clematis, jasmine, morning glory, sweet pea, climbing roses, and ivy. The open lattice design allows vines to weave easily. You can also hang lightweight potted plants or trailing flowers from the pergola top beams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🎉\u003c\/span\u003e Can this arbor be used for outdoor weddings and parties?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — the 90\" height and elegant design make it a stunning wedding arch, photo backdrop, or party entrance. Decorate with flowers, tulle, balloons, string lights, or fabric draping. It's lightweight enough to move, and the natural wood complements any color scheme. Perfect for weddings, birthdays, anniversaries, and backyard BBQs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Does the arbor need to be anchored into the ground?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arbor has a wide, stable base that works well on level ground. For added stability in windy areas or soft soil, we recommend anchoring the legs using ground stakes (not included). On concrete or patios, you can use sandbags or weights. The wood construction provides good stability for most garden conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e How do I maintain the wood finish?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean with a soft cloth and mild soap as needed. To preserve the natural wood color and protect against weather, apply an exterior wood stain or sealant annually. The sanded surface accepts stain easily. Regular maintenance will keep your arbor beautiful for many seasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wa90-note\"\u003e✅ 90\" tall wood arbor with trellis wall | Pergola-style top | Natural fir wood, sanded smooth | Perfect for climbing plants, weddings, parties \u0026amp; backyard decor\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200643690770,"sku":"W2225P174433","price":246.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/7bc77aa19e2841e95296f4b17a2131cd.jpg?v=1776319226"},{"product_id":"galvanized-raised-garden-bed-24x24in-trellis-tomato-cage-green","title":"Galvanized Raised Garden Bed 24x24in with Trellis Tomato Cage, Green","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e \u003cmeta content='Outsunny galvanized raised garden bed 24\"x24\"x11.75\" with trellis tomato cage. Green steel planter, open bottom, adjustable trellis for climbing vines, vegetables, flowers.' name=\"description\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 raised-green-trellis 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .raised-green-trellis {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2e3a2c;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .raised-green-trellis * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .rgt-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .rgt-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #f0f5ec;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #5a7a3e;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #2c4a2c;\n        }\n        .rgt-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2e8da;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .rgt-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .rgt-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .rgt-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #edf2e6;\n        }\n        .rgt-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .rgt-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .rgt-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #5a7a3e;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .rgt-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ece0;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .rgt-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .rgt-specs th, .rgt-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eef3e9;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .rgt-specs th {\n            background-color: #f8faf4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #4a6b3a;\n        }\n        .rgt-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .rgt-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .rgt-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .rgt-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e8db;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .rgt-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf2;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #4a6b3a;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eaf1e4;\n        }\n        .rgt-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .rgt-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #2c3b28;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .rgt-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .rgt-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .rgt-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .rgt-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .rgt-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .rgt-specs th, .rgt-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .rgt-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #6b7a5a;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #d4dec8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"raised-green-trellis\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Galvanized Raised Garden Bed, Trellis Tomato Cage, Green --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"rgt-product-title\"\u003e🍅 Outsunny Galvanized Raised Garden Bed – 24\"x24\"x11.75\" Planter with Trellis Tomato Cage, Green\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-description\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eGrow robust tomatoes, peas, and flowers in a compact, stylish green planter\u003c\/strong\u003e. This Outsunny raised garden bed combines a 24\"x24\" galvanized steel planter with an adjustable 73.5\" tall trellis — perfect for supporting climbing vegetables like tomatoes, cucumbers, and pole beans. The open-bottom design allows roots to reach native soil for better nutrient uptake and drainage, while the green powder-coated finish resists rust and weather. Ideal for patios, backyards, balconies, or small gardens, this planter keeps plants elevated away from weeds and ground pests. Whether you're starting seedlings or growing full-sized vines, this versatile tomato cage adapts to different heights to meet your plants' needs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"rgt-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Galvanized Raised Bed with Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"rgt-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rgt-feature-icon\"\u003e🍅\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rgt-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaised Planter + Tomato Cage Combo\u003c\/strong\u003e – 24\"x24\"x11.75\" planter paired with a removable trellis. Elevates plants away from weeds, pests, and poor soil conditions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rgt-feature-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rgt-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Height Trellis (up to 73.5\"H)\u003c\/strong\u003e – Custom trellis cage can be adapted to different heights as your plants grow. Prevents heavy vines from snapping and increases yields.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rgt-feature-icon\"\u003e🌍\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rgt-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-Bottom Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Allows roots to grow deep into native soil for better nutrient absorption. Provides excellent drainage, preventing waterlogging and root rot.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rgt-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rgt-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanized + Powder-Coated Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Unlike wood that warps or rots, this metal bed is rust-resistant and weather-durable. Green finish adds a fresh, garden-inspired aesthetic.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rgt-feature-icon\"\u003e⭐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rgt-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for tomatoes, cucumbers, peas, beans, climbing roses, or morning glory. Also great for starting seedlings or growing herbs and flowers.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"rgt-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"rgt-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly \u0026amp; Lightweight\u003c\/strong\u003e – Simple bolt-together design. Weighs only 11 lbs (planter) plus trellis. Move it around your yard or patio as needed.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"rgt-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Outsunny Raised Garden Bed with Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"rgt-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsunny Galvanized Raised Garden Bed with Trellis Tomato Cage, Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel + Powder-Coated Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (with trellis)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" W x 24\" D x 73.5\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlanter Box Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" x 24\" x 11.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTrellis Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.25\" x 19.25\" x 73.5\" (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight (planter + trellis)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.0 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23\" x 13.25\" x 4.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.2 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlanter box panels, trellis poles and connectors, hardware, assembly manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"rgt-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Raised Bed with Tomato Cage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward with the included manual and hardware. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver (not included). The planter box bolts together in about 15 minutes, and the trellis poles slide into place with simple connectors. No special skills required — most people complete the entire setup in under 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the galvanized steel rust-proof for outdoor use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the bed is made from galvanized steel with an additional powder-coated green finish. This dual-layer protection resists rust, corrosion, and UV fading. It's designed to withstand rain, sprinklers, and seasonal weather. For maximum longevity, avoid scratching the coating and rinse off dirt occasionally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e How does the open-bottom design work? Do I need to put it on soil?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter has no bottom — it sits directly on top of soil or grass. This allows plant roots to grow down into the native ground for better nutrient access and drainage. For patios or decks, you can place it over a shallow tray or use it as a closed-bottom planter (not recommended for deep-rooted plants). We recommend using it on bare soil for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🍅\u003c\/span\u003e What plants work best with this trellis?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trellis is ideal for indeterminate (vining) tomatoes, cucumbers, pole beans, peas, malabar spinach, and climbing flowers like morning glory or sweet pea. The adjustable height lets you start low for seedlings and raise it as plants grow. For heavy-fruiting tomatoes, we recommend tying main stems to the trellis for extra support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e How much soil does the planter hold?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 24\"x24\"x11.75\" planter holds approximately 3.9 cubic feet of soil (about 30-35 quarts). We recommend using a high-quality potting mix or raised bed soil. Because the bottom is open, you can also fill it with less soil if you want roots to reach native ground faster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Can I move the planter once it's filled with soil?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter alone weighs only 11 lbs, but once filled with wet soil and plants, it becomes quite heavy (over 50 lbs). We recommend placing it in its final location before adding soil. The trellis can be removed for seasonal storage or to move the planter empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgt-note\"\u003e✅ 24\"x24\" galvanized steel planter + 73.5\" adjustable trellis | Open-bottom for root growth | Rust-resistant green finish | Perfect for tomatoes, cucumbers \u0026amp; climbing vines\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200646017298,"sku":"W2225P174424","price":92.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/cee5acc2b949b08148da33a554926e57.jpg?v=1776319398"},{"product_id":"metal-raised-garden-bed-arch-trellis-2pack","title":"Raised Garden Bed with Arch Trellis, 2 Pack Metal Planter Boxes with Garden Arch, Outdoor Garden Planter for Climbing Plants Vegetables Flowers","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=5.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 样式完全封装，避免与主题冲突 · 移动优先 · SEO友好 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n    \/* ===== 唯一前缀 .rgbd- 所有样式均封装在此 ===== *\/\n    .rgbd-container {\n      all: initial; \/* 重置外部干扰，但内部继承可控制 *\/\n      display: block;\n      font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n      line-height: 1.5;\n      color: #1e2f2d;\n      max-width: 100%;\n      margin: 0;\n      padding: 0;\n      box-sizing: border-box;\n    }\n    .rgbd-container *,\n    .rgbd-container *::before,\n    .rgbd-container *::after {\n      box-sizing: border-box;\n      margin: 0;\n      padding: 0;\n    }\n    \/* 基础排版 *\/\n    .rgbd-container {\n      font-size: 16px;\n      background-color: #ffffff;\n      color: #1e2f2d;\n    }\n    @media (max-width: 640px) {\n      .rgbd-container {\n        font-size: 15px;\n      }\n    }\n    \/* 所有内容块 *\/\n    .rgbd-section {\n      margin-bottom: 2rem;\n    }\n    \/* 标题系列 — 自然融入长尾词 *\/\n    .rgbd-title-lg {\n      font-size: 1.8rem;\n      font-weight: 700;\n      line-height: 1.3;\n      margin-bottom: 1rem;\n      color: #1e3a2f;\n      letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n      border-left: 6px solid #4a7c59;\n      padding-left: 1.2rem;\n    }\n    .rgbd-title-md {\n      font-size: 1.5rem;\n      font-weight: 650;\n      margin: 1.8rem 0 1rem 0;\n      color: #1e3a2f;\n      display: flex;\n      align-items: center;\n      gap: 8px;\n      border-bottom: 2px solid #e6ede9;\n      padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    .rgbd-title-sm {\n      font-size: 1.2rem;\n      font-weight: 600;\n      margin: 1.2rem 0 0.75rem 0;\n      color: #2b4b3a;\n    }\n    \/* 概述段落 *\/\n    .rgbd-overview {\n      background: #f8fbf9;\n      padding: 1.5rem 1.8rem;\n      border-radius: 24px;\n      font-size: 1.1rem;\n      margin: 1.2rem 0 1.8rem;\n      border: 1px solid #ddebe3;\n      color: #1e3a2f;\n    }\n    @media (max-width: 640px) {\n      .rgbd-overview {\n        padding: 1.2rem 1.2rem;\n        font-size: 1rem;\n      }\n    }\n    \/* 特点列表 — 竖向卡片风格 *\/\n    .rgbd-feature-list {\n      display: flex;\n      flex-direction: column;\n      gap: 1.2rem;\n      margin: 1.5rem 0;\n    }\n    .rgbd-feature-item {\n      display: flex;\n      align-items: flex-start;\n      gap: 1rem;\n      background: #ffffff;\n      padding: 0.2rem 0;\n    }\n    .rgbd-feature-icon {\n      font-size: 2rem;\n      min-width: 2.4rem;\n      text-align: center;\n      line-height: 1.3;\n    }\n    .rgbd-feature-content {\n      flex: 1;\n    }\n    .rgbd-feature-title {\n      font-weight: 700;\n      font-size: 1.2rem;\n      margin-bottom: 0.3rem;\n      color: #1e3a2f;\n    }\n    .rgbd-feature-desc {\n      color: #3c5348;\n      margin: 0;\n    }\n    \/* 表格 — 干净且移动端可滚动 *\/\n    .rgbd-table-wrapper {\n      overflow-x: auto;\n      margin: 1.8rem 0;\n      border-radius: 18px;\n      border: 1px solid #d0ddd6;\n      background: white;\n    }\n    .rgbd-specs-table {\n      width: 100%;\n      border-collapse: collapse;\n      font-size: 1rem;\n      min-width: 500px;\n    }\n    .rgbd-specs-table th,\n    .rgbd-specs-table td {\n      padding: 14px 18px;\n      text-align: left;\n      vertical-align: top;\n      border-bottom: 1px solid #e2ede7;\n    }\n    .rgbd-specs-table tr:last-child td {\n      border-bottom: none;\n    }\n    .rgbd-specs-table th {\n      background-color: #eef4f1;\n      font-weight: 650;\n      color: #1a3729;\n      width: 38%;\n    }\n    .rgbd-specs-table td {\n      color: #2c453b;\n    }\n    \/* FAQ — 全部展开，无折叠 *\/\n    .rgbd-faq-grid {\n      display: flex;\n      flex-direction: column;\n      gap: 1.5rem;\n      margin-top: 1.2rem;\n    }\n    .rgbd-faq-item {\n      border-bottom: 1px dashed #bdd0c5;\n      padding-bottom: 1.2rem;\n    }\n    .rgbd-faq-q {\n      font-weight: 700;\n      font-size: 1.1rem;\n      margin-bottom: 0.4rem;\n      color: #1a3729;\n      display: flex;\n      align-items: baseline;\n      gap: 6px;\n    }\n    .rgbd-faq-q::before {\n      content: \"❓\";\n      font-size: 1.2rem;\n      margin-right: 6px;\n    }\n    .rgbd-faq-a {\n      color: #385347;\n      padding-left: 1.8rem;\n    }\n    \/* 点缀小元素 *\/\n    .rgbd-highlight {\n      background: #f1f8f4;\n      padding: 0.3rem 0.8rem;\n      border-radius: 40px;\n      font-weight: 500;\n      display: inline-block;\n    }\n    .rgbd-emoji-bullet {\n      margin-right: 6px;\n    }\n    \/* 无左右留白 — 全宽利用 *\/\n    .rgbd-container {\n      width: 100%;\n      padding: 0.5rem 0 1rem 0;\n    }\n    \/* 简单响应式 *\/\n    @media (max-width: 480px) {\n      .rgbd-title-lg {\n        font-size: 1.6rem;\n        padding-left: 0.8rem;\n      }\n      .rgbd-feature-item {\n        gap: 0.8rem;\n      }\n    }\n  \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- 整个产品描述区域 · 完全封装在 .rgbd-container 内 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-container\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述 · 自然口语化，解决垂直空间、锈蚀、杂乱等问题 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"rgbd-title-lg\"\u003e🌿 Raised Garden Bed with Arch Trellis – 2 Pack Metal Planter Boxes for Climbing Plants, Vegetables \u0026amp; Flowers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🏡 \u003cstrong\u003eTurn any patio, balcony, or backyard into a lush vertical garden.\u003c\/strong\u003e This 2‑pack raised bed set includes everything you need: two spacious galvanized steel planters (70.9\" x 35.4\" each) and a sturdy arch trellis. Whether you're growing tomatoes, cucumbers, beans, or flowering vines, the rust‑resistant design keeps your garden organized and productive season after season. Perfect for urban gardeners, beginners, and anyone who wants to maximize space without sacrificing style. \u003cspan class=\"rgbd-highlight\"\u003e🌱 Less bending, more blooming.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 · 竖向排列，每项带emoji，利于SEO与可读性 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"rgbd-title-md\"\u003e✨ Why Gardeners Love This Raised Bed \u0026amp; Arch Trellis Combo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 特点1 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-icon\"\u003e🧑\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-title\"\u003eComplete Garden Growing Kit – All in One Box\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-desc\"\u003eIncludes \u003cstrong\u003e2 metal raised garden beds\u003c\/strong\u003e (each 180×90×30cm \/ 70.9\"×35.4\"×11.8\") and a heavy‑duty \u003cstrong\u003earched trellis\u003c\/strong\u003e (220×120cm \/ 86.6\"×47.2\"). No extra trips to the hardware store—start planting right away.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 特点2 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-title\"\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Rust‑Resistant Galvanized Steel\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-desc\"\u003eThickened galvanized steel with a \u003cstrong\u003eblack powder‑coated finish\u003c\/strong\u003e stands up to rain, sun, and soil. Unlike wood, it won't rot or warp—and the weatherproof construction means these planters stay beautiful for years.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 特点3 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-icon\"\u003e🌻\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-title\"\u003eIdeal Support for Climbing Plants \u0026amp; Vines\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-desc\"\u003eThe arched trellis gives tomatoes, pole beans, cucumbers, grapes, clematis, and roses a strong vertical framework. Better airflow reduces disease, and harvesting is a breeze. \u003cstrong\u003eMaximize your growing space upward.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 特点4 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-title\"\u003eSpacious \u0026amp; Versatile Planter Boxes\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-desc\"\u003eEach extra‑deep bed (30cm\/11.8\" depth) provides generous root room for vegetables, herbs, and annuals. Perfect for backyards, patios, or even as a decorative room divider. Keep your planting area tidy and productive.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 特点5（附加亮点） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-content\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-title\"\u003eEasy Assembly \u0026amp; Low Maintenance\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-feature-desc\"\u003eComes with clear instructions and all necessary hardware. The open bottom design promotes drainage and healthy soil. Spend less time building and more time enjoying your harvest.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数 · 表格形式，融合英制\/公制，信息透明 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"rgbd-title-md\"\u003e📋 Specifications: Metal Planter Boxes \u0026amp; Garden Arch Trellis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"rgbd-specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2‑Pack Raised Garden Bed with Arch Trellis (Kit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel (powder‑coated black) + durable plastic connectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack (matte powder‑coat finish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlanter Box Dimensions (each)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70.9\" L × 35.4\" W × 11.8\" H (180 × 90 × 30 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArch Trellis Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86.6\" H × 47.2\" W (220 × 120 cm) – provides ample climbing height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.0\" × 12.5\" × 4.7\" (91.4 × 31.8 × 11.9 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.0 lb (approx. 15.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – includes step‑by‑step manual + hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeather Resistance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRust‑proof, UV‑resistant, suitable for year‑round outdoor use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 · 全部展开 (无折叠) · 消除购买疑虑 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"rgbd-title-md\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Raised Garden Bed with Arch Trellis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-q\"\u003eIs this raised bed kit difficult to assemble? How long does it take?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-a\"\u003e🛠️ Not at all. Most customers assemble the two beds and the arch in about 35–50 minutes with basic tools (a screwdriver is helpful). All hardware and an illustrated manual are included. The panels slide together smoothly—no special skills needed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-q\"\u003eWill the metal rust or get too hot for plants in summer?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-a\"\u003e🌡️ The galvanized steel core, plus the black powder coating, provides excellent rust protection. It's designed for outdoor use. While the dark color absorbs some warmth, the open bottom and soil mass keep root temperatures stable. Many gardeners grow successfully in similar metal beds across all US climates.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-q\"\u003eCan I use this on a patio or balcony? Do I need a liner?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-a\"\u003e🏢 Absolutely—it's a favorite for patios and balconies. The bottom is open, so we recommend placing a weed barrier fabric or a thin layer of landscape fabric inside to hold soil while allowing drainage. If using on a wooden deck, add a protective tray or mat underneath to catch excess water (not included).\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-q\"\u003eWhat climbing plants work best with this arch trellis?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-a\"\u003e🍅🍇 The arch is ideal for indeterminate tomatoes, cucumbers, pole beans, peas, mini pumpkins, morning glories, and even small melons. Grapes and climbing roses also thrive. The 86.6\" height gives vines plenty of room to stretch.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-q\"\u003eHow much soil do I need for both raised beds?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-a\"\u003e🧑🌾 Each planter holds approximately 17.2 cubic feet of soil (about 0.64 cubic yards total for both). We recommend a mix of raised bed soil and compost. Fill to about 1‑2 inches below the top rim for best results.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the arch trellis attach securely to the beds?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"rgbd-faq-a\"\u003e🔩 Yes. The trellis legs are designed to sit inside or next to the planter boxes, and can be secured with the included brackets and screws. In windy areas, we suggest adding stakes (not included) through the base for extra stability. The structure is quite sturdy once assembled.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 简洁的收尾提示（符合美国消费者习惯） --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200656929042,"sku":"W5251P461492","price":124.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/1234567_8a4f275d-300c-4586-94f1-f5735a10542f.png?v=1784630706"},{"product_id":"galvanized-raised-garden-bed-with-trellis-24x24-green","title":"Outsunny Galvanized Raised Garden Bed, 24\" x 24\" x 11.75\" Outdoor Planter Box with Trellis Tomato Cage and Open Bottom for Climbing Vines, Vegetables, Flowers in Backyard, Garden, Patio, Green","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"description\" content='Outsunny 85\" white wooden garden arbor for weddings and ceremonies. Outdoor garden arch trellis for climbing vines, pergola top. Solid fir wood with water-resistant finish.'\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 white-wood-arbor 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .white-wood-arbor {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2e2b26;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .white-wood-arbor * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .wwa-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .wwa-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #fef7f0;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #d4a373;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #5c4b32;\n        }\n        .wwa-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2dccf;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .wwa-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .wwa-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .wwa-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeadf;\n        }\n        .wwa-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .wwa-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .wwa-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #c28a4e;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .wwa-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .wwa-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .wwa-specs th, .wwa-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #efece3;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .wwa-specs th {\n            background-color: #faf9f4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #9b6a3c;\n        }\n        .wwa-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .wwa-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .wwa-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .wwa-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .wwa-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf5;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #9b6a3c;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ece7dc;\n        }\n        .wwa-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .wwa-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .wwa-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .wwa-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .wwa-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .wwa-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .wwa-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .wwa-specs th, .wwa-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .wwa-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #7a6e58;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #ddd6c8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"white-wood-arbor\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Wooden Garden Arbor, Wedding, Ceremony, Arch Trellis, Climbing Vines --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"wwa-product-title\"\u003e🤍 Outsunny 85\" Wooden Garden Arbor for Wedding \u0026amp; Ceremony – White Outdoor Garden Arch Trellis for Climbing Vines\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-description\"\u003e💒 \u003cstrong\u003eCreate a picture-perfect wedding entrance or a romantic garden focal point\u003c\/strong\u003e. This 85-inch tall white wooden arbor features a charming pergola-style top that provides gentle shade while adding elegance to any outdoor space. Use it as a stunning archway for climbing vines like roses, jasmine, or clematis — or decorate it with flowers, tulle, and balloons for weddings, anniversaries, birthday parties, and other celebrations. Crafted from solid fir wood with a water-resistant white finish, it stands firm in your garden season after season. With pre-cut and pre-drilled parts, assembly is simple and quick. Perfect for couples, event planners, and homeowners who want to add a touch of romance to their backyard or venue.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"wwa-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – White Wooden Garden Arbor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"wwa-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wwa-feature-icon\"\u003e💍\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wwa-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for Weddings \u0026amp; Ceremonies\u003c\/strong\u003e – Elegant white arch creates a romantic backdrop for exchanging vows, photo shoots, or garden parties. Decorate with flowers, fabric, or lights.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wwa-feature-icon\"\u003e🏛️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wwa-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePergola-Style Top for Shade \u0026amp; Style\u003c\/strong\u003e – Overhead beams provide dappled shade and a classic look. Ideal for climbing vines to weave through or hanging decorations.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wwa-feature-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wwa-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttractive Archway for Climbing Plants\u003c\/strong\u003e – Supports roses, clematis, jasmine, morning glory, and other vines. Transforms into a living garden gateway.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wwa-feature-icon\"\u003e✨\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wwa-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Fir Wood with Water-Resistant Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Durable white-painted wood resists moisture and UV damage. Built for long-term outdoor use without warping or rotting.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wwa-feature-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wwa-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious 85\" H x 55\" W Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e – Tall and wide enough to walk through comfortably. Creates a grand entrance to gardens, patios, or event spaces.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"wwa-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"wwa-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly with Pre-Drilled Holes\u003c\/strong\u003e – Includes all hardware, pre-cut and pre-drilled parts. No special tools required — assemble in under an hour with two people.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"wwa-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Outsunny White Wooden Arbor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"wwa-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsunny 85\" Wooden Garden Arbor for Wedding and Ceremony, White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFir Wood (Water-Resistant Paint)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55\" x 23.5\" x 84.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.94 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61\" x 19\" x 7.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32.78 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArbor frame sections, pergola top beams, hardware, assembly manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"wwa-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – White Garden Arbor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is very straightforward. All parts come pre-cut and pre-drilled. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver (not included). The arbor is designed for two-person assembly — one person holds the pieces while the other drives screws. Most people complete assembly in 45–60 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the white finish weather-resistant? Will it peel or fade?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arbor is made of solid fir wood with a water-resistant white paint finish. It resists rain, humidity, and UV fading. For maximum longevity, we recommend touching up any scratches with outdoor white paint and reapplying a clear outdoor sealant every 1-2 years. With minimal maintenance, it will stay beautiful for many seasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What climbing plants work best on this arbor?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe open lattice sides and pergola top are perfect for climbing roses, clematis, jasmine, morning glory, sweet pea, and ivy. You can also hang lightweight potted plants or string lights from the overhead beams. The white color makes green foliage pop beautifully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e💒\u003c\/span\u003e Can this arbor be used outdoors for a wedding ceremony?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — it's designed with weddings in mind. The 85\" height and 55\" width comfortably accommodate the bride, groom, and officiant. Decorate with tulle, fresh flowers, fairy lights, or fabric draping. Many customers use it for wedding ceremonies, engagement photos, anniversaries, and baptisms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Does the arbor need to be anchored into the ground?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arbor has a stable base that works well on level ground. For added stability in windy areas or soft soil, we recommend anchoring the legs using ground stakes (not included). On concrete or patios, you can use sandbags or weights. For wedding use indoors or on hard surfaces, the arbor stands securely on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e How do I clean and maintain the white arbor?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning is simple: wipe down with a soft damp cloth and mild soap. For outdoor use, a garden hose rinse works well. Avoid abrasive scrubbers that could scratch the paint. To keep the white finish bright, touch up any chips with outdoor white paint and apply a clear sealant annually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"wwa-note\"\u003e✅ 85\" tall white wooden arbor | Pergola-style top | Solid fir wood with water-resistant finish | Perfect for weddings, ceremonies, and climbing vines | Easy assembly\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200658108690,"sku":"W2225P174423","price":218.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/5ed8993e67d4ff6a12f8176aabf6a4e2.jpg?v=1776319691"},{"product_id":"outdoor-wooden-potting-bench-66in-2drawer-cabinet","title":"TOPMAX 66'' Large Outdoor Farmhouse Wooden Potting Bench Table, Garden Workstation with 2 Drawers,Cabinet and Open Shelves for Backyard, Mudroom, Gray","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* ---------- 唯一前缀封装，避免污染店铺全局样式 ---------- *\/\n        .topmax-pb-wrapper {\n            all: initial; \/* 重置外部影响，但内部继承自身样式 *\/\n            display: block;\n            font-family: system-ui, -apple-system, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, 'Helvetica Neue', sans-serif;\n            color: #1e2f2d;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            max-width: 100%;\n            width: 100%;\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-wrapper *,\n        .topmax-pb-wrapper *::before,\n        .topmax-pb-wrapper *::after {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-wrapper a,\n        .topmax-pb-wrapper a:hover {\n            text-decoration: none;\n            color: inherit;\n        }\n        \/* 内容容器 —— 铺满宽度，不额外留白（本身在shopify描述区内） *\/\n        .topmax-pb-content {\n            width: 100%;\n            background-color: #ffffff;\n            padding: 0;  \/* 内部通过子元素控制间距，无外部左右留白 *\/\n        }\n        \/* 通用间距 *\/\n        .topmax-pb-section {\n            margin-bottom: 28px;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-section:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        \/* 标题样式 —— 自然嵌入关键词 *\/\n        .topmax-pb-title {\n            font-size: 24px;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            line-height: 1.3;\n            margin-top: 0;\n            margin-bottom: 16px;\n            color: #2b4a3f;\n            border-left: 5px solid #7f9e8b;\n            padding-left: 16px;\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-subtitle {\n            font-size: 20px;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin-bottom: 14px;\n            color: #2b4a3f;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 8px;\n        }\n        \/* 概述段落 *\/\n        .topmax-pb-overview {\n            font-size: 16px;\n            color: #2c3e38;\n            background: #f6faf8;\n            padding: 18px 20px;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            margin-bottom: 24px;\n            border: 1px solid #dde9e2;\n            line-height: 1.6;\n        }\n        \/* 特点列表 —— 竖向，带emoji *\/\n        .topmax-pb-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 14px;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-feature-item {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 12px;\n            font-size: 15.5px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            padding: 8px 0;\n            border-bottom: 1px dashed #cbdcd2;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-feature-item:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-emoji {\n            font-size: 22px;\n            min-width: 32px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-feature-text strong {\n            color: #2b4a3f;\n            font-weight: 600;\n        }\n        \/* 规格表格 —— 移动端滚动，简洁 *\/\n        .topmax-pb-spec-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 15px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            border-radius: 12px;\n            overflow: hidden;\n            box-shadow: 0 2px 8px rgba(0,20,10,0.04);\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-spec-table tr {\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e2eee8;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-spec-table tr:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-spec-table td {\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-spec-table td:first-child {\n            font-weight: 600;\n            color: #1e3d34;\n            background-color: #f9fcfb;\n            width: 40%;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-spec-table td:last-child {\n            color: #2e4a40;\n        }\n        \/* 表格容器移动端滚动 *\/\n        .topmax-pb-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            -webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;\n            margin-bottom: 8px;\n            border-radius: 12px;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，不使用折叠 *\/\n        .topmax-pb-faq-grid {\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 20px;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-faq-item {\n            background: #f9fcfb;\n            padding: 18px 18px;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            border-left: 4px solid #7f9e8b;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 17px;\n            margin-bottom: 10px;\n            color: #1d3a30;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: baseline;\n            gap: 8px;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-faq-answer {\n            font-size: 15.5px;\n            color: #2f463e;\n            margin-left: 28px;\n            line-height: 1.6;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-faq-answer p {\n            margin-bottom: 6px;\n        }\n        \/* 小徽章或强调 *\/\n        .topmax-pb-badge {\n            display: inline-block;\n            background: #e6f0ec;\n            padding: 2px 8px;\n            border-radius: 20px;\n            font-size: 14px;\n            color: #1e4a3a;\n            margin-left: 8px;\n        }\n        \/* 移动端调整 *\/\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .topmax-pb-title {\n                font-size: 22px;\n                padding-left: 12px;\n            }\n            .topmax-pb-overview {\n                padding: 16px;\n                font-size: 15px;\n            }\n            .topmax-pb-spec-table td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n                font-size: 14px;\n            }\n            .topmax-pb-faq-item {\n                padding: 16px;\n            }\n        }\n        \/* 辅助装饰 *\/\n        .topmax-pb-divider {\n            height: 2px;\n            background: linear-gradient(90deg, #bcd0c5, transparent);\n            margin: 24px 0 16px;\n        }\n        .topmax-pb-text-accent {\n            color: #4b6b5e;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- 整个描述封装在唯一前缀类名下，避免与主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述区域 (自然销售型描述) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"topmax-pb-title\"\u003e🏡 66\" Farmhouse Wooden Potting Bench — Your Backyard Gardening Workstation\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 8px;\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eStop bending over and start enjoying garden prep.\u003c\/strong\u003e The TOPMAX 66-inch large outdoor potting bench gives you a spacious, organized workspace right where you need it. Crafted from solid fir wood in a casual gray finish, this farmhouse-style table blends into any backyard, patio, or mudroom. With two smooth-glide drawers, a cabinet with adjustable shelf, and four open tiers, you can finally keep soil, pots, and tools at arm’s reach. And thanks to the included anti‑falling ground anchors, it stays steady even on uneven ground. Whether you’re repotting herbs or staging outdoor decor, this workstation makes gardening feel less like a chore and more like a retreat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-style: italic; color: #3e6758;\"\u003eDesigned for gardeners, DIY plant lovers, and anyone who wants a tidy outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 (竖向列表 + emoji，利于SEO) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"topmax-pb-subtitle\"\u003e Why Gardeners Love This Large Outdoor Potting Bench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"topmax-pb-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"topmax-pb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"topmax-pb-emoji\"\u003e💡\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"topmax-pb-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-Large Workspace (50.2\" x 19.7\")\u003c\/strong\u003e — Made from 100% solid fir wood, the expansive tabletop provides plenty of room for potting, seed starting, and arranging garden décor. Say goodbye to cramped surfaces.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"topmax-pb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"topmax-pb-emoji\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"topmax-pb-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4-Tier Open Shelves for Smart Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two upper shelves (45.3\" L each) keep small pots, herbs, and hand tools organized. The lower side shelves are perfect for larger watering cans, fertilizer, and gloves.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"topmax-pb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"topmax-pb-emoji\"\u003e🗄️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"topmax-pb-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Drawers + Enclosed Cabinet\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stash small essentials in the smooth drawers, and hide away soil bags or empty pots in the center cabinet (removable shelf included). Everything stays neat and protected.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"topmax-pb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"topmax-pb-emoji\"\u003e⚓\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"topmax-pb-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Falling Safety Device\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two ground nails anchor the bench securely, even on grass or slightly uneven terrain. Peace of mind for families and windy days.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"topmax-pb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"topmax-pb-emoji\"\u003e🌾\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"topmax-pb-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic 36\" Counter Height\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed to reduce back strain; the table sits at a comfortable standing height. Pair with a stool for seated tasks.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"topmax-pb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"topmax-pb-emoji\"\u003e🌲\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"topmax-pb-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNaturally Durable \u0026amp; Farmhouse Style\u003c\/strong\u003e — The gray fir wood finish complements rustic, modern farmhouse, and cottage gardens. Sturdy construction built for seasons of use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数 (表格形式，清晰直观) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"topmax-pb-subtitle\"\u003e📋 Detailed Specifications – 66\" Wood Potting Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"topmax-pb-spec-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Solid Fir Wood (natural durability)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor \/ Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray (farmhouse casual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50.2\" x 19.7\" x 66\" (127.5 x 50 x 167.6 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTabletop Workspace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50.2\" L x 19.7\" W (spacious potting surface)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper Shelf Size (each)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.3\" L x 4.6\" D — ideal for small pots \u0026amp; tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 drawers, 1 cabinet (removable shelf inside), 4 open shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-Falling Device\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded (2 ground nails for anchoring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53.74\" x 21.85\" x 9.25\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69.05 lbs (shipping weight)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — tools and illustrated manual included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle \/ Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFarmhouse, outdoor garden workstation, mudroom storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 14px; margin-top: 8px; color: #567366;\"\u003e* Product color may vary slightly due to lighting or monitor settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 FAQ —— 全部展开，无折叠\/手风琴 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"topmax-pb-subtitle\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Potting Bench \u0026amp; Garden Workstation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-grid\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- Q1 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🔨 Q:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eHow difficult is assembly, and how many people are needed?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assembly is straightforward with the included manual and hardware. We recommend two people for easier alignment, especially when attaching the larger panels. Most customers complete it in 45–70 minutes. All necessary tools (except a Phillips screwdriver) are provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Q2 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️ Q:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eCan this potting bench stay outside all year round?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it’s built from solid fir wood which holds up well outdoors. To extend its life and preserve the gray finish, we suggest applying a clear wood sealer or outdoor furniture wax once or twice a year. If possible, use a cover during harsh winters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Q3 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e⚖️ Q:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of the tabletop and shelves?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The solid fir construction easily supports up to 150 lbs on the main workspace when evenly distributed. Each shelf can hold approximately 30–40 lbs, making it perfect for potted plants, soil bags, and gardening gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Q4 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e📏 Q:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eDoes the cabinet shelf adjust or remove? What about the drawer dimensions?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the interior shelf inside the cabinet is removable, giving you flexible storage for taller items like bags of potting mix. The two drawers each measure approximately 12.6\" W x 14.2\" D x 3.5\" H — great for trowels, gloves, and seed packets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Q5 (额外，消除疑虑) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️ Q:\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eIs the anti-falling device really necessary? How does it work?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e It adds important stability, especially if your ground is slightly sloped or soft. The kit includes two metal ground nails that secure the back legs to the earth. It’s quick to install and gives you extra confidence when the bench is loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 微装饰 + 售后服务提示 (自然融入) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"topmax-pb-divider\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 15px; display: flex; align-items: center; gap: 10px; flex-wrap: wrap; color: #386656;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"background: #eef4f1; padding: 6px 14px; border-radius: 30px;\"\u003e📦 Free shipping on orders over $35\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"background: #eef4f1; padding: 6px 14px; border-radius: 30px;\"\u003e🔧 1-Year Warranty\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan style=\"background: #eef4f1; padding: 6px 14px; border-radius: 30px;\"\u003e💬 Questions? We're here 7 days a week\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 20px; font-size: 14px; color: #4b6b5e; border-top: 1px solid #d0e2d9; padding-top: 16px;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🌱 TOPMAX — creating inviting outdoor spaces with farmhouse charm. This 66\" wooden potting bench is the centerpiece your garden routine deserves.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200658665746,"sku":"N717P221500E","price":389.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/a2d8fed08db4e39c10e96e3205140921.jpg?v=1776320630"},{"product_id":"outsunny-6-7-steel-garden-arch-arbor-with-scrollwork-hearts-planter-boxes-for-climbing-vines-ceremony-weddings-party-backyard-lawn-dark-gray","title":"Outsunny 6.7' Steel Garden Arch Arbor with Scrollwork Hearts, Planter Boxes for Climbing Vines, Ceremony, Weddings, Party, Backyard, Lawn, Dark Gray","description":"\u003cbody\u003e\n\n\n    \u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e\n    \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e\n    \u003cmeta name=\"description\" content=\"Outsunny 6.7' steel garden arch arbor with scrollwork hearts, planter boxes for climbing vines. Dark gray, weather-resistant. Perfect for weddings, ceremonies, parties, backyard.\"\u003e\n    \u003ctitle\u003eOutsunny Steel Garden Arch Arbor | Heart Scrollwork with Planters\u003c\/title\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 steel-arbor-hearts 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"steel-arbor-hearts\"\u003e\n    \u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .steel-arbor-hearts {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2c2e2e;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .steel-arbor-hearts * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .sah-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .sah-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #f5f5f0;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #6b6b6b;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #3a3a3a;\n        }\n        .sah-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2e2d8;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .sah-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .sah-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .sah-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eaeae0;\n        }\n        .sah-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .sah-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .sah-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #5a5a5a;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .sah-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e2d8;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .sah-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .sah-specs th, .sah-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #efefe5;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .sah-specs th {\n            background-color: #f9f9f4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #4a4a4a;\n        }\n        .sah-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .sah-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .sah-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .sah-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e2d8;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .sah-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefef8;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #4a4a4a;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ecece2;\n        }\n        .sah-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .sah-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #3a3a3a;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .sah-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .sah-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .sah-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .sah-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .sah-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .sah-specs th, .sah-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .sah-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #6e6e5e;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #d6d6ca;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Steel Garden Arch Arbor, Scrollwork Hearts, Planter Boxes, Climbing Vines, Weddings --\u003e\n    \u003ch1 class=\"sah-product-title\"\u003e💕 Outsunny 6.7' Steel Garden Arch Arbor with Scrollwork Hearts \u0026amp; Planter Boxes – For Climbing Vines, Ceremony, Weddings, Dark Gray\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"sah-description\"\u003e\n        💍 \u003cstrong\u003eWalk through a gateway of love and elegance — whether it's your wedding day or a quiet garden morning\u003c\/strong\u003e. This 6.7-foot tall dark gray steel arbor features delicate scrollwork with heart motifs, two integrated planter boxes, and a sturdy arch that doubles as a garden gate. Use it as a romantic wedding arch, a charming entrance to your backyard, or a trellis for climbing vines like roses, clematis, or jasmine. The weather-resistant matte gray epoxy finish stands up to wind, rain, and snow, while the push-in ground stakes keep it stable. Perfect for couples, event planners, and homeowners who want European-inspired charm with practical planters for flowers or vines.\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"sah-features\"\u003e\n        \u003ch2 class=\"sah-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Steel Arbor with Heart Scrollwork\u003c\/h2\u003e\n        \u003cul class=\"sah-feature-list\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"sah-feature-icon\"\u003e💖\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"sah-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRomantic Scrollwork Heart Motifs\u003c\/strong\u003e – Delicate lines and heart-shaped scrollwork bring European-inspired charm and southern elegance to any garden or ceremony.\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"sah-feature-icon\"\u003e🪴\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"sah-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Planter Boxes on Both Sides\u003c\/strong\u003e – Two built-in planters let you grow climbing vines, flowers, or trailing plants directly in the arch. Line with burlap for standalone use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"sah-feature-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"sah-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Trellis for Climbing Vines\u003c\/strong\u003e – Ideal for grape vines, clematis, jasmine, morning glory, or climbing roses. Creates a living floral archway.\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"sah-feature-icon\"\u003e🎉\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"sah-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for Weddings \u0026amp; Events\u003c\/strong\u003e – Decorate with balloons, flowers, tulle, or string lights. Stunning backdrop for wedding ceremonies, anniversaries, birthday parties, and photo shoots.\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"sah-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"sah-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant Matte Gray Epoxy Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Steel tubing coated to resist rust, chipping, and UV fading. Push-in ground stakes keep it anchored in wind, rain, or snow.\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"sah-feature-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"sah-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous 81.1\" H x 82.7\" W Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e – Tall and wide enough for a comfortable walkthrough. Creates a dramatic focal point in any backyard, lawn, or venue.\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n    \u003ch2 class=\"sah-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Outsunny Steel Garden Arch Arbor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"sah-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n        \u003ctable class=\"sah-specs\"\u003e\n            \u003ctbody\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem Code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW2225P174392\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsunny 6.7' Steel Garden Arch Arbor with Scrollwork Hearts, Planter Boxes, Dark Gray\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDark Gray \/ Matte Gray\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Tubing + Epoxy Coating\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82.7\" x 19.7\" x 81.1\" (approx. 6.9 ft tall)\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDoor Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.25\" x 19.75\" x 81\"\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlanter Boxes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 integrated (one on each side)\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.25 lbs\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59\" x 20.75\" x 5\"\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.3 lbs\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArbor frame sections, planter boxes, ground stakes, hardware, assembly manual\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n        \u003c\/table\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq\"\u003e\n        \u003ch2 class=\"sah-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Heart Scrollwork Arbor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n        \n        \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                \u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward with the included manual and hardware. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver and an adjustable wrench (not included). The arch comes in several sections that bolt together. Two people are recommended — one to hold pieces and one to secure bolts. Most people complete assembly in 45–60 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the arbor rust-resistant for outdoor use?\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                \u003cp\u003eYes — the steel tubing is coated with a weather-resistant matte gray epoxy finish that protects against rust, chipping, and UV fading. The push-in ground stakes are also coated. It's designed to withstand rain, snow, and sun. For maximum longevity, rinse off dirt occasionally and touch up any scratches with outdoor metal paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What can I plant in the planter boxes?\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                \u003cp\u003eThe planter boxes are perfect for climbing vines like clematis, jasmine, morning glory, or small grape vines. You can also plant trailing flowers like petunias, lobelia, or ivy. For best results, line the planters with burlap or landscape fabric to hold soil, then add potting mix. The planters add a self-contained garden element to your arch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e💒\u003c\/span\u003e Can this be used as a wedding arch outdoors?\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                \u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — the heart scrollwork and elegant dark gray finish make it a stunning wedding arch. It's 81 inches tall, providing a beautiful frame for the bride and groom. Decorate with flowers, tulle, fairy lights, or fabric draping. The ground stakes keep it stable on grass or soil. Many customers use it for wedding ceremonies, engagement photos, and anniversary celebrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Does the arbor need to be anchored? How do the ground stakes work?\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                \u003cp\u003eThe arbor includes push-in ground stakes attached to the legs. Simply position the arbor where you want it, then push the stakes into the soil. For hard or compacted ground, water the area first or use a rubber mallet (not included). This design keeps the arbor stable in wind and weather without requiring concrete or permanent installation. For patios or decks, you can use sandbags or weights instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e How do I clean and maintain the arbor?\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"sah-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                \u003cp\u003eCleaning is simple: wipe down with a soft damp cloth and mild soap. For outdoor use, a garden hose rinse works well. Avoid abrasive scrubbers that could scratch the epoxy coating. The dark gray matte finish hides dirt well, but occasional cleaning keeps it looking beautiful. Check the ground stakes periodically and re-secure if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \n    \u003cdiv class=\"sah-note\"\u003e\n        ✅ 6.7' tall steel arbor with heart scrollwork | Two integrated planter boxes | Weather-resistant dark gray epoxy | Push-in ground stakes | Perfect for weddings, gardens \u0026amp; climbing vines\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003c\/body\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200666267922,"sku":"W2225P174392","price":213.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/6f860312e5bece17307bc66d0cb6974f.jpg?v=1776320857"},{"product_id":"wooden-vertical-garden-planter-4tier-self-draining","title":"Outsunny Vertical Garden Planter, Wooden 4 Tier Planter Box, Self-Draining with Non-Woven Fabric for Outdoor Flowers, Vegetables and Herbs, Gray","description":"\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 vertical-wood-planter 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .vertical-wood-planter {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2e2b26;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .vertical-wood-planter * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .vwp-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .vwp-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #f5f5f0;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #8a8a8a;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #3a3a3a;\n        }\n        .vwp-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2e2d8;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .vwp-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .vwp-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .vwp-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eaeae0;\n        }\n        .vwp-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .vwp-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .vwp-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #5a5a5a;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .vwp-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e2d8;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .vwp-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .vwp-specs th, .vwp-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #efefe5;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .vwp-specs th {\n            background-color: #f9f9f4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #4a4a4a;\n        }\n        .vwp-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .vwp-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .vwp-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .vwp-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2e2d8;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .vwp-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefef8;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #4a4a4a;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ecece2;\n        }\n        .vwp-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .vwp-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #3a3a3a;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .vwp-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .vwp-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .vwp-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .vwp-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .vwp-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .vwp-specs th, .vwp-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .vwp-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #6e6e5e;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #d6d6ca;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vertical-wood-planter\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Vertical Garden Planter, Wooden 4 Tier Planter Box, Self-Draining, Gray --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"vwp-product-title\"\u003e🌿 Outsunny Vertical Garden Planter – Wooden 4-Tier Planter Box, Self-Draining with Non-Woven Fabric for Outdoor Flowers, Vegetables \u0026amp; Herbs, Gray\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-description\"\u003e🌱 \u003cstrong\u003eGrow more in less space — beautifully organized and perfectly drained\u003c\/strong\u003e. This 4-tier vertical garden planter lets you cultivate flowers, vegetables, and herbs in a compact footprint. At 56 inches tall, it transforms any patio, balcony, or backyard into a lush, space-saving garden. Each tier features a self-draining design with non-woven fabric to prevent soil loss while allowing excess water to escape. Crafted from solid fir wood with a water-protective gray varnish, it's both durable and attractive. Ideal for urban gardeners, homeowners with small yards, or anyone who wants to maximize planting per square foot while keeping their outdoor space neat and stylish.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"vwp-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – 4-Tier Vertical Planter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"vwp-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"vwp-feature-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"vwp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Spacious Tiers – 56\" Tall\u003c\/strong\u003e – Organize plants by type, color, or growth stage. Maximizes growing space in small areas — plant more per square foot.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"vwp-feature-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"vwp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-Draining with Non-Woven Fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e – Each planter box includes a fabric liner that allows water to drain freely while keeping soil inside. Prevents waterlogging and root rot.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"vwp-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"vwp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Fir Wood with Water-Protective Varnish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Gray finish highlights natural wood grain. Built to withstand outdoor conditions without warping or rotting.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"vwp-feature-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"vwp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Planting – Flowers, Veggies \u0026amp; Herbs\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for strawberries, lettuce, herbs, petunias, succulents, or trailing plants. Great for kitchen gardens or decorative displays.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"vwp-feature-icon\"\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"vwp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGraduated Weight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e – Bottom tier holds 220 lbs, next 88 lbs, top two tiers 66 lbs each. Sturdy enough for heavy pots and wet soil.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"vwp-feature-icon\"\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"vwp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Narrow footprint (17.75\" deep) fits against walls, fences, or in corners. Ideal for patios, balconies, backyards, and gardens.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"vwp-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Outsunny Wooden Vertical Planter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"vwp-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsunny Vertical Garden Planter, Wooden 4 Tier Planter Box, Gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFir Wood + Water-Protective Varnish + Non-Woven Fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5\" x 17.75\" x 56\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Capacity (bottom to top)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 lbs \/ 88 lbs \/ 66 lbs \/ 66 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.2 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.75\" x 21.75\" x 8.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38.5 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 tiered planter boxes, non-woven fabric liners, hardware, assembly manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"vwp-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Vertical Garden Planter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward with the included manual and labeled parts. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver (not included). The tiers stack and bolt together. Two people make assembly easier, but it's manageable alone. Most people complete assembly in 30–45 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the wood treated for outdoor use? Will it rot?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fir wood is finished with a water-protective gray varnish that resists moisture and UV damage. For maximum longevity, we recommend applying an outdoor wood sealant or stain every 1-2 years, especially in wet or humid climates. The self-draining design also helps prevent standing water that could accelerate rot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e How does the self-draining system work? Do I need to add anything?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach planter box comes with a non-woven fabric liner. Simply place the liner inside the box, add your potting soil, and plant. When you water, excess moisture drains through the fabric and out of pre-drilled holes at the bottom of each tier. The fabric prevents soil from washing out. No additional materials needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What plants grow best in this vertical planter?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 tiers are perfect for shallow-rooted plants. Top tiers: herbs (basil, mint, thyme), strawberries, lettuce, or trailing flowers (petunias, lobelia). Middle tiers: compact vegetables (peppers, bush beans) or colorful annuals. Bottom tier: larger plants like tomatoes (determinate), zucchini, or decorative shrubs. Avoid deep-rooted crops like carrots or potatoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e Are the weight limits for each tier strict? What happens if I exceed them?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight limits (bottom: 220 lbs, second: 88 lbs, top two: 66 lbs each) are maximum recommended loads including soil, water, and plants. Exceeding them could stress the structure. We recommend staying within these limits for safety and longevity. For reference, wet potting soil weighs about 1.2 lbs per quart — each tier holds approximately 2-3 cubic feet of soil, well within the capacity when properly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Can this planter be used on a balcony or deck?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — the narrow 17.75\" depth makes it ideal for balconies, decks, and patios. Ensure your surface can support the total weight (up to 440 lbs fully loaded). For high-wind balconies, we recommend securing the planter to a wall or railing (hardware not included) or placing it in a sheltered corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"vwp-note\"\u003e✅ 4-tier vertical planter | 56\" tall | Self-draining with non-woven fabric | Solid fir wood with gray varnish | Holds flowers, vegetables \u0026amp; herbs | Space-saving design\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200699134226,"sku":"W2225P174399","price":164.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/c06b5b0ecc7463bb0af8acd8074bef03.jpg?v=1776322104"},{"product_id":"metal-garden-arch-with-gate-80x87in","title":"Metal Garden Arch with Gate 79.5'' Wide x 86.6'' High Climbing Plants Support Rose Arch Outdoor Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n    \/* ===== 封装样式前缀：gda- (Garden Arch) 避免污染主题 ===== *\/\n    .gda-container {\n      all: initial; \/* 轻度重置，不破坏继承 *\/\n      display: block;\n      font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n      line-height: 1.5;\n      color: #1e1e1e;\n      max-width: 100%;\n      margin: 0;\n      padding: 0;\n      box-sizing: border-box;\n    }\n    .gda-container *,\n    .gda-container *::before,\n    .gda-container *::after {\n      box-sizing: border-box;\n    }\n    .gda-container a,\n    .gda-container a:visited {\n      text-decoration: none;\n      color: inherit;\n    }\n    \/* 标题层级 *\/\n    .gda-title {\n      font-size: 1.8rem;\n      font-weight: 600;\n      margin: 0 0 0.75rem 0;\n      line-height: 1.2;\n      color: #1a2e1c;\n      border-bottom: 2px solid #e0e7d9;\n      padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    .gda-section-title {\n      font-size: 1.5rem;\n      font-weight: 600;\n      margin: 1.8rem 0 1rem 0;\n      color: #2c4a2e;\n      display: flex;\n      align-items: center;\n      gap: 8px;\n      border-left: 6px solid #5a7c5a;\n      padding-left: 16px;\n    }\n    .gda-section-title i {\n      font-style: normal;\n      font-size: 1.8rem;\n    }\n    \/* 概述段落 *\/\n    .gda-overview {\n      font-size: 1.05rem;\n      margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\n      background: #f8faf6;\n      padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n      border-radius: 20px;\n      border: 1px solid #dde5d8;\n      color: #1f2e1f;\n    }\n    \/* 特点列表 — 竖向排列利于SEO *\/\n    .gda-features-list {\n      display: flex;\n      flex-direction: column;\n      gap: 1.2rem;\n      margin: 0.5rem 0 1rem 0;\n      padding: 0;\n      list-style: none;\n    }\n    .gda-feature-item {\n      display: flex;\n      align-items: flex-start;\n      gap: 14px;\n      font-size: 1rem;\n      padding: 0.25rem 0;\n      border-bottom: 1px dashed #cddac5;\n      padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n    }\n    .gda-feature-item:last-child {\n      border-bottom: none;\n    }\n    .gda-feature-icon {\n      font-size: 1.8rem;\n      min-width: 36px;\n      text-align: center;\n      line-height: 1.3;\n    }\n    .gda-feature-text {\n      flex: 1;\n    }\n    .gda-feature-text strong {\n      display: block;\n      font-size: 1.1rem;\n      margin-bottom: 5px;\n      color: #1e3a1e;\n    }\n    \/* 规格表格 *\/\n    .gda-spec-table {\n      width: 100%;\n      border-collapse: collapse;\n      margin: 1.2rem 0 1.5rem;\n      font-size: 0.98rem;\n      background: white;\n      border-radius: 18px;\n      overflow: hidden;\n      box-shadow: 0 2px 8px rgba(0,0,0,0.03);\n      border: 1px solid #cfdfc6;\n    }\n    .gda-spec-table th,\n    .gda-spec-table td {\n      padding: 14px 18px;\n      text-align: left;\n      vertical-align: top;\n      border-bottom: 1px solid #e2ecd9;\n    }\n    .gda-spec-table tr:last-child td,\n    .gda-spec-table tr:last-child th {\n      border-bottom: none;\n    }\n    .gda-spec-table th {\n      background-color: #ebf3e6;\n      font-weight: 600;\n      width: 40%;\n      color: #1d3b1d;\n    }\n    .gda-spec-table td {\n      background-color: #ffffff;\n    }\n    \/* FAQ 全部展开样式 — 不使用折叠\/手风琴 *\/\n    .gda-faq-section {\n      margin: 1.8rem 0 0.5rem;\n    }\n    .gda-faq-item {\n      margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\n      border-left: 3px solid #8aa37d;\n      padding-left: 18px;\n    }\n    .gda-faq-question {\n      font-weight: 700;\n      font-size: 1.15rem;\n      margin-bottom: 0.35rem;\n      color: #1d3a1d;\n      display: flex;\n      align-items: baseline;\n      gap: 8px;\n    }\n    .gda-faq-question .gda-emoji-q {\n      font-size: 1.3rem;\n    }\n    .gda-faq-answer {\n      margin: 0 0 0.8rem 0;\n      color: #2e3d2e;\n      padding-right: 5px;\n    }\n    \/* 移动端微调 *\/\n    @media (max-width: 640px) {\n      .gda-title {\n        font-size: 1.6rem;\n      }\n      .gda-section-title {\n        font-size: 1.35rem;\n        padding-left: 12px;\n      }\n      .gda-overview {\n        padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n      }\n      .gda-spec-table th,\n      .gda-spec-table td {\n        padding: 10px 12px;\n      }\n      .gda-feature-item {\n        gap: 10px;\n      }\n      .gda-feature-icon {\n        font-size: 1.6rem;\n        min-width: 30px;\n      }\n    }\n    \/* 辅助布局 *\/\n    .gda-badge {\n      display: inline-block;\n      background: #2c4a2e18;\n      border-radius: 30px;\n      padding: 0.15rem 0.9rem;\n      font-size: 0.85rem;\n      color: #2a482a;\n      margin-left: 8px;\n    }\n    .gda-text-accent {\n      color: #3b6e3b;\n    }\n    \/* 保证图片占位等不出现 *\/\n    .gda-container img {\n      max-width: 100%;\n    }\n  \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- 完整产品描述区块 - 可直接复制到Shopify商品描述 (HTML模式) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-container\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述 (销售型描述，强调场景与解决方案) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-overview\"\u003e🌱 \u003cstrong\u003eCreate a stunning garden focal point\u003c\/strong\u003e with this 79.5\" wide metal garden arch. Whether you're framing a pathway, designing a romantic rose tunnel, or adding a touch of privacy to your backyard, the double‑gate design with integrated side planters brings both elegance and function. Perfect for homeowners and gardening enthusiasts who want to showcase climbing roses, ivy, jasmine, or clematis without sacrificing durability. The sturdy iron construction and sleek black finish blend seamlessly into any outdoor setting—from cottage gardens to modern patios. Assembly is straightforward, so you’ll spend less time building and more time enjoying your blooming sanctuary.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点区块（竖向排列，SEO友好） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-section-title\"\u003e\n\u003ci\u003e✨\u003c\/i\u003e Key Features of the 79.5\" Wide Metal Garden Arch with Gate \u003cspan class=\"gda-badge\"\u003esturdy \u0026amp; stylish\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"gda-features-list\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 特点 1 --\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"gda-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gda-feature-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble‑Gate Design with Side Planters\u003c\/strong\u003e 86.6\" high and 79.5\" wide, this garden arbor creates a semi‑enclosed entry that offers a sense of privacy. Two integrated planter stands let you grow flowers directly beside the arch or display decorative pots—ideal for roses, morning glories, and trailing vines.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!-- 特点 2 --\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"gda-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gda-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Galvanized Iron + Powder Coating\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to withstand the elements. The metal tube is galvanized then finished with a black powder coating—double protection against rust and corrosion. A 0.63\" tube diameter adds extra stability and reliable load‑bearing capacity for lush climbers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!-- 特点 3 --\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"gda-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gda-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffortless One‑Person Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e All parts come pre‑cut and pre‑drilled. The included step‑by‑step instruction manual makes setup intuitive. Most customers complete assembly in under an hour without needing a second pair of hands.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!-- 特点 4 --\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"gda-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gda-feature-icon\"\u003e🌸\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Garden Decor for Climbing Plants\u003c\/strong\u003e A timeless black trellis arch that supports ivy, roses, clematis, jasmine, and more. Use it as a wedding ceremony backdrop, a garden entrance, or a charming accent along a fence line.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数区块 (表格形式，含所有关键数据) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-section-title\"\u003e\n\u003ci\u003e📋\u003c\/i\u003e Specifications: 79.5″ W x 86.6″ H Metal Arch Trellis\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"gda-spec-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Garden Arch with Gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack (Powder Coated)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Iron (rust‑resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79.50″ L x 19.70″ W x 86.60″ H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.63 inches (provides enhanced stability)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.00 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.22″ x 20.87″ x 6.69″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.30 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (tools not included, but pre‑drilled)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSide Planter Stands\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded (integrated on both sides)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 FAQ — 全部展开，不使用折叠，消除疑虑 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-section-title\"\u003e\n\u003ci\u003e❓\u003c\/i\u003e Frequently Asked Questions – 79.5\" Wide Metal Garden Arch\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-section\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 1 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gda-emoji-q\"\u003e🌹\u003c\/span\u003e Is this garden arch strong enough for heavy climbing roses or wisteria?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely. The arch is constructed with 0.63″ diameter galvanized iron tubing and features a reinforced double‑gate frame. It comfortably supports robust climbers like roses, ivy, and jasmine. For extremely heavy woody vines (e.g., mature wisteria), we recommend periodic inspection—though the structure is designed to handle substantial vertical growth.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 2 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gda-emoji-q\"\u003e☔\u003c\/span\u003e Will the black powder coating prevent rust over time?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-answer\"\u003eYes, this metal arch features dual‑layer protection: a galvanized (zinc) inner layer and a durable black powder‑coated finish. This combination greatly reduces rust formation, even in humid or rainy climates. To maximize longevity, we suggest touching up any deep scratches with outdoor paint. With basic care, your arch will look beautiful season after season.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 3 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gda-emoji-q\"\u003e🧑🌾\u003c\/span\u003e Can one person really assemble this arch? How long does it take?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-answer\"\u003eDefinitely. All components are pre‑cut and pre‑drilled, and the instructions are straightforward. Most customers assemble the arch by themselves in 45–60 minutes. We do recommend having a helper to hold pieces during the final connection steps, but it’s not required. A screwdriver or wrench (not included) is all you’ll need.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 4 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gda-emoji-q\"\u003e⚓\u003c\/span\u003e Do I need to anchor the arch into the ground?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-answer\"\u003eThe garden arch is freestanding and stable on level ground thanks to its wide footprint. For additional security in windy locations or soft soil, you can use ground stakes (not included) through the pre‑drilled holes at the base of each leg. Many customers also weigh down the side planter stands with heavy pots for extra stability.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 5 (额外，提供更多价值) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"gda-emoji-q\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e What are the dimensions of the side planter stands?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gda-faq-answer\"\u003eEach integrated planter stand is approximately 19.7″ wide and can accommodate standard 10‑12 inch flower pots or direct planting. They are designed to flank the arch, giving you a cohesive look while supporting additional greenery.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 细微装饰：简洁的结尾（SEO友好，自然包含关键词） --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品描述区块结束 --\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200700117266,"sku":"W158681132","price":142.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Arch0057_1.png?v=1776320883"},{"product_id":"wooden-corner-raised-garden-bed-trellis-57in-carbonized","title":"Outsunny Wooden Raised Garden Bed with Trellis, 57\" Freestanding Corner Planter Box for Vine Plants Flowers Climbing and Planting Carbonized","description":"\u003cbody\u003e\n\n\n    \u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e\n    \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e\n    \u003cmeta name=\"description\" content='Outsunny wooden raised garden bed with corner trellis, 57\" tall. Freestanding planter box for climbing vines, flowers. Self-draining, holds 8 gallons. Carbonized brown finish.'\u003e\n    \u003ctitle\u003eOutsunny Corner Raised Garden Bed with Trellis | 57\" Wood Planter\u003c\/title\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!-- 封装样式容器：前缀 corner-trellis-planter 避免与商店主题冲突 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"corner-trellis-planter\"\u003e\n    \u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* 完全封装样式，不影响商店全局 *\/\n        .corner-trellis-planter {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            font-family: inherit;\n            color: #2e2b26;\n            line-height: 1.45;\n        }\n        .corner-trellis-planter * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .ctp-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            letter-spacing: -0.3px;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .ctp-description {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            background: #f5f2e8;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-left: 5px solid #9b7e5c;\n            border-radius: 0 16px 16px 0;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n        }\n        .ctp-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2dccf;\n            display: inline-block;\n        }\n        \/* 特点竖向列表 *\/\n        .ctp-features {\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .ctp-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            padding: 0;\n            margin: 0;\n        }\n        .ctp-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eeeadf;\n        }\n        .ctp-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.55rem;\n            min-width: 38px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n        .ctp-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        .ctp-feature-text strong {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            color: #9b7e5c;\n        }\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .ctp-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .ctp-specs {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            min-width: 280px;\n        }\n        .ctp-specs th, .ctp-specs td {\n            text-align: left;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #efece3;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .ctp-specs th {\n            background-color: #faf9f4;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 38%;\n            color: #7a5a3a;\n        }\n        .ctp-specs tr:last-child td,\n        .ctp-specs tr:last-child th {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开，无手风琴 *\/\n        .ctp-faq {\n            margin: 2rem 0 2rem;\n        }\n        .ctp-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e2ddd2;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            background: #ffffff;\n        }\n        .ctp-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            background: #fefcf5;\n            border-radius: 16px 16px 0 0;\n            color: #7a5a3a;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ece7dc;\n        }\n        .ctp-faq-question span:first-child {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .ctp-faq-answer {\n            padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n            color: #4a3e2c;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 0 0 16px 16px;\n        }\n        .ctp-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .ctp-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .ctp-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.55rem;\n            }\n            .ctp-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .ctp-description {\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .ctp-specs th, .ctp-specs td {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n            }\n        }\n        .ctp-note {\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #7a6e58;\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n            padding-top: 0.5rem;\n            border-top: 1px dashed #ddd6c8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 主标题，嵌入关键词: Wooden Raised Garden Bed, Trellis, Corner Planter Box, Vine Plants, Carbonized --\u003e\n    \u003ch1 class=\"ctp-product-title\"\u003e🌿 Outsunny Wooden Raised Garden Bed with Trellis – 57\" Freestanding Corner Planter Box for Vine Plants, Climbing Flowers, Carbonized Brown\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售风格，强调场景与解决痛点 --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-description\"\u003e\n        🌱 \u003cstrong\u003eMaximize every corner of your garden with vertical climbing space and a compact raised bed\u003c\/strong\u003e. This Outsunny corner planter features two attached trellis walls, giving you double the room for grape vines, ivy, clematis, or climbing roses — all in a space-saving 15.75\" x 15.75\" footprint. The raised bed elevates your plants away from weeds and small animals, while the self-draining hollow bottom manages moisture automatically. Crafted from fir wood with a waterproof carbonized brown finish, it's built for outdoor durability. Perfect for patios, balconies, small gardens, or anyone who wants to grow upward in tight spaces.\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（利于SEO收录） --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-features\"\u003e\n        \u003ch2 class=\"ctp-section-title\"\u003e✨ Key Features – Corner Trellis Planter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n        \u003cul class=\"ctp-feature-list\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"ctp-feature-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"ctp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorner Design with Two Trellis Walls\u003c\/strong\u003e – Fits perfectly into any corner, indoors or outdoors. Two lattice trellis panels provide double the climbing space for vines, ivy, or flowering climbers.\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"ctp-feature-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"ctp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-Draining Elevated Bed\u003c\/strong\u003e – Hollow bottom design provides oxygen and manages moisture automatically. Prevents waterlogging and root rot without any extra work.\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"ctp-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"ctp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaised \u0026amp; Protected from Weeds \u0026amp; Pests\u003c\/strong\u003e – Elevates plants to keep them away from ground weeds, small animals, and curious kids. Perfect for herb gardens or delicate flowers.\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"ctp-feature-icon\"\u003e🪵\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"ctp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarbonized Fir Wood with Waterproof Paint\u003c\/strong\u003e – Beautiful dark brown finish highlights natural wood grain. Weather-resistant and built to last outdoors.\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"ctp-feature-icon\"\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"ctp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8-Gallon Soil Capacity \u0026amp; 77 lbs Weight Limit\u003c\/strong\u003e – Holds up to 30 liters (about 8 gallons) of soil. Sturdy enough for a variety of climbing plants and flowers.\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"ctp-feature-icon\"\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"ctp-feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding \u0026amp; Space-Saving\u003c\/strong\u003e – Compact 15.75\" x 15.75\" footprint. No mounting needed — place it in any corner of your patio, deck, or garden.\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (原产地为中国，已删除该字段) --\u003e\n    \u003ch2 class=\"ctp-section-title\"\u003e📐 Specifications – Outsunny Corner Raised Bed with Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n        \u003ctable class=\"ctp-specs\"\u003e\n            \u003ctbody\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem Code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW2225P174409\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsunny Wooden Raised Garden Bed with Trellis, 57\" Freestanding Corner Planter Box, Carbonized\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbonized Brown\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFir Wood + Waterproof Paint\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.75\" x 15.75\" x 57\"\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlanter Box Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.75\" x 15.75\" x 11.75\"\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 gallons (30 liters)\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e77 lbs\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.56 lbs\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61.5\" x 17.25\" x 3.5\"\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.32 lbs\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n                \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlanter box, two trellis wall panels, hardware, assembly manual\n                \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n        \u003c\/table\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- FAQ 真实消除购买疑虑，全部展开无折叠样式 --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq\"\u003e\n        \u003ch2 class=\"ctp-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Corner Trellis Planter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n        \n        \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly? Do I need special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                \u003cp\u003eAssembly is very straightforward. All parts are pre-cut with pre-drilled holes. You'll need a Phillips screwdriver (not included). The planter and trellis panels bolt together easily. Most people complete assembly in 20–30 minutes with two people, but one person can manage by following the manual step by step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the wood treated for outdoor use? Will it rot?\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                \u003cp\u003eThe planter is made from solid fir wood with a waterproof carbonized paint finish. This provides excellent protection against rain, humidity, and UV exposure. For maximum longevity, we recommend applying an outdoor wood sealant or stain every 1-2 years, especially in wet climates. The self-draining bottom also prevents standing water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What climbing plants work best on these trellises?\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                \u003cp\u003eThe two lattice trellises are perfect for lightweight to medium climbers like ivy, clematis, jasmine, morning glory, sweet pea, and small climbing roses. You can also grow vining vegetables like peas or pole beans. The 57\" height provides plenty of vertical space for most climbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e How does the self-draining hollow bottom work? Do I need a tray?\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                \u003cp\u003eThe planter has a hollow bottom with openings that allow excess water to drain out freely. This prevents waterlogging and provides oxygen to roots. For outdoor use on soil or grass, no tray is needed. For patios or decks, we recommend placing a shallow tray or saucer underneath to catch drainage (not included).\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Can this be used indoors as well?\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                \u003cp\u003eYes — the compact corner design works beautifully indoors near a sunny window or in a sunroom. The trellises can even hold keyrings, string lights, or small decor items. However, if using indoors, place a waterproof tray or liner under the planter to catch drainage water, and ensure adequate light for your plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e How much soil does it hold? Is the weight capacity sufficient?\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                \u003cp\u003eThe planter holds up to 8 gallons (30 liters) of soil — roughly 0.8 cubic feet. When filled with moist potting mix, it weighs about 20-30 lbs plus plants. The 77 lb weight capacity is more than adequate for normal use. We recommend using a lightweight potting mix designed for containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \n    \u003cdiv class=\"ctp-note\"\u003e\n        ✅ 57\" tall corner planter with two trellis walls | Self-draining hollow bottom | Carbonized fir wood | 8-gallon soil capacity | Perfect for climbing vines \u0026amp; space-saving gardens\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003c\/body\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200700379410,"sku":"W2225P174409","price":137.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/cf62f5f48c95fd6d0e96912cb55926a6.jpg?v=1776322422"},{"product_id":"metal-garden-arch-gazebo-birdcage-81x114in","title":"Metal Garden Arch Iron Garden Arbors Gazebo Dia 81.3'' x 114.2'' High Birdcage Shape Pergola Pavilion for Wedding Ceremony Cream White","description":"\u003c!-- ============================================= --\u003e\u003c!--  SHOPIFY PRODUCT DESCRIPTION - METAL GARDEN ARCH  --\u003e\u003c!--  Copy everything below into your Shopify product description HTML area  --\u003e\u003c!-- ============================================= --\u003e\u003c!-- 单独输出TDK（请复制以下内容到Shopify后台相应位置） --\u003e\u003c!-- \n  === PRODUCT DISPLAY TITLE (for page) ===\n  Cream White Metal Garden Arch – 6.8ft Birdcage Iron Arbor Pergola for Wedding \u0026 Garden\n\n  === SEO TITLE (max 60 chars) ===\n  Birdcage Metal Garden Arch 6.8ft Iron Arbor | HomeDIYer\n\n  === META DESCRIPTION (max 160 chars) ===\n  Elegant cream white birdcage metal garden arch, 6.8ft dia x 9.5ft H. Rust-resistant iron arbor perfect for weddings, garden decor, and events. Easy assembly.\n--\u003e\u003c!-- 产品描述HTML代码（可直接复制） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-arch-description-wrapper\"\u003e\u003c!-- 内联样式，所有规则均封装在 .hda-arch-description-wrapper 前缀下，避免污染商店主题 --\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n    \/* ----- 样式封装：只作用于本产品描述块，避免与主题冲突 ----- *\/\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper {\n      all: initial; \/* 轻度重置，防止继承主题怪异样式 *\/\n      display: block;\n      max-width: 100%;\n      font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n      line-height: 1.5;\n      color: #1e1e1e;\n      background: transparent;\n      margin: 0;\n      padding: 0;\n      box-sizing: border-box;\n    }\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper *,\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper *::before,\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper *::after {\n      box-sizing: border-box;\n    }\n    \/* 标题样式 *\/\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-title {\n      font-size: 1.9rem;\n      font-weight: 600;\n      line-height: 1.2;\n      margin: 0 0 0.5rem 0;\n      color: #2d2d2d;\n      letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n      border-bottom: 2px solid #f0e8d9;\n      padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-section-title {\n      font-size: 1.5rem;\n      font-weight: 600;\n      margin: 1.75rem 0 1rem 0;\n      color: #3a3a3a;\n      display: flex;\n      align-items: center;\n      gap: 8px;\n      border-left: 5px solid #b89b7b;\n      padding-left: 15px;\n    }\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-section-title span {\n      font-size: 1.6rem;\n    }\n    \/* 概述文字 *\/\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-overview {\n      font-size: 1.05rem;\n      margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n      background: #faf9f7;\n      padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n      border-radius: 12px;\n      color: #2c2c2c;\n      border: 1px solid #eeeae2;\n    }\n    \/* 特点列表 - 竖向排列，SEO友好 *\/\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-feature-list {\n      list-style: none;\n      margin: 0 0 1.5rem 0;\n      padding: 0;\n      display: flex;\n      flex-direction: column;\n      gap: 1rem;\n    }\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-feature-item {\n      display: flex;\n      align-items: flex-start;\n      gap: 12px;\n      font-size: 1rem;\n      background: #ffffff;\n      padding: 0.5rem 0;\n      border-bottom: 1px dashed #e0d6c8;\n    }\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-feature-icon {\n      font-size: 1.5rem;\n      min-width: 32px;\n      text-align: center;\n    }\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-feature-text strong {\n      color: #5e4632;\n      font-weight: 600;\n      display: block;\n      margin-bottom: 4px;\n      font-size: 1.05rem;\n    }\n    \/* 表格样式 *\/\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-spec-table-wrapper {\n      overflow-x: auto;\n      margin: 1rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n      border-radius: 10px;\n      border: 1px solid #e5ddd3;\n      background: white;\n    }\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-spec-table {\n      width: 100%;\n      border-collapse: collapse;\n      font-size: 0.95rem;\n      min-width: 500px;\n    }\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-spec-table th,\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-spec-table td {\n      padding: 12px 16px;\n      text-align: left;\n      border-bottom: 1px solid #f0eae2;\n    }\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-spec-table th {\n      background-color: #f6f3ef;\n      font-weight: 600;\n      color: #3f2f23;\n      width: 40%;\n      border-right: 1px solid #e0d6c8;\n    }\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-spec-table tr:last-child td,\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-spec-table tr:last-child th {\n      border-bottom: none;\n    }\n    \/* FAQ 问答区块（全部展开，无折叠） *\/\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-faq-list {\n      display: flex;\n      flex-direction: column;\n      gap: 1.2rem;\n      margin-top: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-faq-item {\n      border-left: 3px solid #c9b59b;\n      padding-left: 1.2rem;\n    }\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-faq-question {\n      font-weight: 700;\n      font-size: 1.05rem;\n      margin-bottom: 6px;\n      color: #2e241c;\n      display: flex;\n      align-items: center;\n      gap: 8px;\n    }\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-faq-answer {\n      margin-left: 0;\n      color: #4a3f36;\n      line-height: 1.6;\n      padding-bottom: 0.2rem;\n    }\n    \/* 移动端适配 *\/\n    @media (max-width: 640px) {\n      .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-title {\n        font-size: 1.6rem;\n      }\n      .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-section-title {\n        font-size: 1.3rem;\n        padding-left: 12px;\n      }\n      .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-overview {\n        padding: 1rem;\n      }\n      .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-feature-item {\n        gap: 10px;\n      }\n    }\n    \/* 简单辅助 *\/\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-text-muted {\n      color: #6b5e52;\n    }\n    .hda-arch-description-wrapper .hda-mb-1 {\n      margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n    }\n  \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-arch-description-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品标题（展示给用户，契合关键词） --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"hda-title\"\u003eCream White Birdcage Metal Garden Arch – 6.8ft Diameter Iron Arbor Pergola for Wedding Ceremony \u0026amp; Outdoor Events\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：场景驱动，自然语气 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-overview\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eCreate a Storybook Entrance\u003c\/strong\u003e — Whether you're planning a dreamy wedding ceremony, a garden party, or simply elevating your backyard landscaping, this cream white birdcage-shaped metal arch brings instant romance. With a generous 6.8-foot diameter and soaring 9.5-foot height, it frames unforgettable moments while withstanding breezy days thanks to its rugged iron construction. The powder‑coated galvanized finish means you can enjoy its elegance season after season without worrying about rust. Perfect for draping with ivy, fairy lights, or floral garlands — this arch is the centerpiece your outdoor space has been waiting for. 👰🌸\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点：竖向排列（利于SEO）标题自然嵌入关键词 --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"hda-section-title\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e✨\u003c\/span\u003e Key Features of Your Metal Garden Arch Iron Arbor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hda-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hda-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hda-feature-icon\"\u003e🏛️\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElegant Birdcage Silhouette \u0026amp; Spacious Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Overall diameter 6.8ft (81.3'') x 9.5ft (114.2'') high. Gate opening W 3.4ft x H 7.6ft — ample room for guests to walk through. The circular birdcage shape creates a stunning focal point for weddings, garden parties, or as a permanent garden arbor.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hda-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hda-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Galvanized Iron + Double Powder Coating\u003c\/strong\u003e Built with 0.63\" diameter iron tubes for superior stability and load-bearing. The galvanized layer plus cream white powder coating offers \u003cstrong\u003edouble protection against rust and corrosion\u003c\/strong\u003e. Strong wind resistance makes it reliable in exposed garden spots.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hda-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hda-feature-icon\"\u003e💒\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Wedding \u0026amp; Garden Pavilion\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for outdoor ceremonies, receptions, or as a photo backdrop. When climbing roses, clematis, wisteria, or grapevines weave through the frame, it transforms into a living piece of art. Works beautifully with fabric draping and string lights for evening events.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"hda-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hda-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnjoyable Two‑Person Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for a fun project with a friend or partner. Includes detailed, easy-to-follow instructions. All parts are clearly labeled, and the manageable 29.9 lb assembled weight allows repositioning around your yard with minimal effort.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表：信息清晰 --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"hda-section-title\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e📋\u003c\/span\u003e Specifications – Birdcage Pergola Pavilion Arch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-spec-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"hda-spec-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron (Galvanized Tube + Powder Coated)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCream White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (Diameter x Height)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81.3\" Dia (6.8 ft) x 114.2\" H (9.5 ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGate Opening (Width x Height)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40.8\" W (3.4 ft) x 91.2\" H (7.6 ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipe Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.63 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.9 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.7\" x 20.5\" x 6.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.0 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product \/ Garden Arch Arbor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 FAQ：全部展开，无折叠，有助于消除购买疑虑 --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"hda-section-title\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e❓\u003c\/span\u003e Frequently Asked Questions – Metal Garden Arch Gazebo\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-list\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 1 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🔹\u003c\/span\u003e Is this arch suitable for year‑round outdoor use? Will it rust?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely. The iron frame is galvanized and then finished with a high‑quality cream white powder coating. This double‑layer protection makes it highly resistant to rust and corrosion. For best longevity, we recommend occasionally wiping it down and ensuring drainage holes on base plates are clear.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 2 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🧑🤝🧑\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is assembly, and how many people are needed?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-answer\"\u003eAssembly is straightforward and designed to be a fun project! We strongly recommend \u003cstrong\u003etwo adults\u003c\/strong\u003e for the process — it’s a great opportunity to team up with a friend or partner. All hardware and a detailed instruction manual are included. Most customers complete assembly within 45–60 minutes.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 3 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e💍\u003c\/span\u003e Can I use this arch for my wedding ceremony? What decorations work best?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-answer\"\u003eYes — it’s a wedding favorite! The birdcage shape and cream white finish create a beautiful backdrop. You can easily attach floral arrangements, tulle, fairy lights, or greenery using zip ties or floral wire. The structure is sturdy enough to support moderate draping and light decor. (For heavy fabric, ensure it's well distributed.)\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 4 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌬️\u003c\/span\u003e Does it need to be anchored? How does it hold up in wind?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-answer\"\u003eThe arch comes with base plates that have pre‑drilled holes. For permanent installation or windy areas, we advise anchoring it to the ground using stakes (not included, as soil types vary) or securing it with weights. Its 0.63\" thick iron tubing and broad footprint provide good inherent stability in moderate breezes.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ 5 (bonus) 额外增加一个常见问题 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e What are the package dimensions and weight for shipping?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hda-faq-answer\"\u003eThe arch ships in a single box measuring 45.7\" L x 20.5\" W x 6.5\" H and weighing approximately 34 lbs. Please ensure you have assistance to move the package.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 细微装饰提示：自然收尾 --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ==========  END OF PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ========== --\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200700641554,"sku":"W1586104488","price":182.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/f0e5e811911f81546bf25f00ac051fe4.png?v=1776322455"},{"product_id":"metal-garden-arch-w74-4-x-h98-4-garden-arbor-trellis-climbing-plants-support-rose-arch-outdoor-arch-black","title":"Metal Garden Arch 74 x 98 in, Black Iron Arbor Trellis for Climbing Plants \u0026 Weddings","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e📄\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/b2bfiles1.gigab2b.cn\/image\/wkseller\/18675\/ff7b36c5e7bdea5a072637253ca3aded.pdf?x-cc=10\u0026amp;x-cu=76163\u0026amp;x-ct=1784444400\u0026amp;x-cs=28cb0877c7123d7d9273fd7f7af0cde8\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eAssembly Instructions PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMetal Garden Arch 74 x 98 in — Powder-Coated Iron Trellis for Climbing Plants and Outdoor Events\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA garden arch does two jobs at once: it gives climbing plants the vertical structure they need to thrive, and it transforms an ordinary yard into a defined, beautiful space. This 74.4 × 98.4-inch black iron garden arch is wide enough to walk through comfortably, tall enough to frame a full-grown rose canopy, and built from galvanized square tube with powder-coat finishing for double rust protection that holds up season after season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arch measures 74.40 inches wide × 15.35 inches deep × 98.43 inches tall (approximately 6.2 ft wide × 8.2 ft tall) when assembled. The 0.5-inch square tube construction provides more stability and load-bearing capacity than round-tube alternatives. Product weight is 25.74 lbs (29.3 lbs shipping weight). Assembly and disassembly are tool-friendly and straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're training climbing roses along a garden path, creating a dramatic wedding ceremony backdrop, or adding a focal point to a backyard garden, this black metal garden arbor delivers the structure, durability, and visual impact to make it work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e\nSuitable for outdoor garden use year-round. Compatible with climbing plants including roses, clematis, jasmine, morning glory, ivy, grape, and cucumber vines. Also suitable for wedding, anniversary, and event decoration.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This Metal Garden Arch Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanized + Powder-Coat Double Rust Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e The iron tube is galvanized first, then finished with a powder-coat surface treatment — two layers of corrosion resistance that keep the arch looking sharp through rain, humidity, and seasonal temperature swings.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous 74 x 98 in Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e At 6.2 ft wide and 8.2 ft tall, this arch is large enough to walk through as a garden gateway, wide enough for two people side by side, and tall enough to support a full canopy of climbing roses or wisteria at peak growth.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e0.5-Inch Square Tube for Superior Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Square tube construction distributes load more evenly than round tube, reducing flex and wobble under the weight of heavy vines or in windy conditions. More stable than most comparably priced garden arches.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupports a Wide Range of Climbing Plants:\u003c\/strong\u003e The open lattice design gives climbing plants plenty of attachment points for tendrils and stems. Works with roses, clematis, jasmine, morning glory, ivy, grape, cucumber, and other vining plants.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💍\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as an Event Arch:\u003c\/strong\u003e The classic black iron silhouette works as a wedding ceremony backdrop, anniversary photo arch, birthday party entrance, or Christmas decoration frame — dress it with florals, fabric, or lights for any occasion.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly and Disassembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The arch breaks down into manageable sections for assembly without specialized tools. Illustrated PDF instructions are included. Can be disassembled and stored flat during off-season if needed.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Black metal garden arch installed in garden with climbing plants\" src=\"https:\/\/b2bfiles1.gigab2b.cn\/image\/wkseller\/18675\/82bbbdaf9e4b8034d4f46c1f34f56854.jpg?x-cc=10\u0026amp;x-cu=18675\u0026amp;x-ct=1737446400\u0026amp;x-cs=91b4fe36deab9c8ecc70f8d4c806cf9d\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📦 What's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal garden arch panels and posts × 1 set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware and fasteners × 1 set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly instructions × 1 (\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/b2bfiles1.gigab2b.cn\/image\/wkseller\/18675\/ff7b36c5e7bdea5a072637253ca3aded.pdf?x-cc=10\u0026amp;x-cu=76163\u0026amp;x-ct=1784444400\u0026amp;x-cs=28cb0877c7123d7d9273fd7f7af0cde8\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003e📄 PDF\u003c\/a\u003e)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecases\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🎯 Who Is This For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌹\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRose and Climbing Plant Gardeners\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive climbing roses, clematis, and jasmine the vertical structure they need to grow upward and spread. The wide arch creates a dramatic floral canopy over a garden path or gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e💍\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWedding and Event Planners\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreate a stunning ceremony backdrop or entrance arch. The classic black iron finish pairs with florals, greenery, fabric draping, and string lights for any event aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHomeowners and Landscape Designers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd a defined focal point to a backyard garden, define a pathway entrance, or create a garden room divider. The neutral black finish complements any garden style from cottage to modern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-usecase-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🪴\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVegetable and Fruit Gardeners\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrain grape vines, cucumbers, or other fruiting climbers up and over the arch to maximize vertical growing space and make harvesting easier from both sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74.40 in (189.0 cm \/ ~6.2 ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.35 in (39.0 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98.43 in (250.0 cm \/ ~8.2 ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.74 lbs (11.7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.30 × 18.90 × 11.00 in (77.0 × 48.0 × 27.9 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.3 lbs (13.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron (galvanized tube with powder-coat finish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube Profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5-inch square tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor \/ Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack (powder-coated)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRust Protection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized + powder-coat (double layer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable Plants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoses, clematis, jasmine, morning glory, ivy, grape, cucumber, and other climbers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (illustrated PDF instructions included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow wide is the walkthrough opening?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe arch is 74.40 inches (approximately 6.2 ft) wide overall. The walkthrough opening width will be slightly narrower depending on the post thickness, but is generally wide enough for two people to walk through side by side comfortably. Measure your pathway before purchasing if you have a specific clearance requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this arch support heavy climbing roses or wisteria?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 0.5-inch square tube construction provides good load-bearing capacity for most climbing plants, including roses and clematis. For very heavy, mature wisteria (which can weigh hundreds of pounds at full growth), we recommend anchoring the arch posts securely in the ground and checking the structure annually for any signs of stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I anchor the arch in the ground?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe arch legs can be pushed or driven into soft soil for stability. For firmer ground or permanent installation, you can use ground stakes or anchor the legs in concrete. Refer to the included PDF assembly instructions for recommended anchoring methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the powder-coat finish truly rust-resistant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The galvanized base layer plus powder-coat finish provides double rust protection that performs well in typical outdoor conditions including rain and humidity. If the coating is scratched or chipped over time, touch up with a rust-inhibiting spray paint in a matching color to maintain protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan this arch be used for a wedding ceremony?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The classic black iron silhouette is a popular choice for wedding ceremony backdrops and entrance arches. It can be decorated with fresh or artificial flowers, greenery, fabric draping, ribbon, and string lights. The arch assembles and disassembles easily, making it practical for event use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does assembly take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost users complete assembly in 30–60 minutes with basic hand tools. The arch breaks down into manageable sections. Follow the illustrated PDF instructions included in the box for the fastest and most accurate assembly. Two people make the process easier when raising and positioning the arch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the arch be disassembled and stored in winter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The arch is designed to assemble and disassemble, so you can take it down for winter storage if preferred. Store the sections in a dry location to maximize the life of the powder-coat finish. Many users leave the arch installed year-round without issues, especially in mild climates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat climbing plants work best with this arch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis arch works well with any climbing or vining plant that can attach to or be trained along a metal structure, including climbing roses, clematis, jasmine, morning glory, wisteria, ivy, honeysuckle, grape vines, and cucumber. Plants with tendrils or flexible stems that can wrap around the lattice will establish most quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the arch come in other colors or sizes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the black finish at 74.4 × 98.4 inches. Contact us through the store's messaging system if you're looking for other sizes or finishes — we may have additional options available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shipping policy for this item?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe offer free standard shipping on qualifying orders. This item ships in its original packaging (approximately 30.30 × 18.90 × 11.00 inches, 29.3 lbs). Delivery times vary by location — check your cart at checkout for estimated delivery dates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your quantity above and add to cart — a garden arch that grows with your plants and looks great at every event.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200702443794,"sku":"W1586P268772","price":139.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/c427ff615fbf8cbccfd8432c28c5b10f_6efd0876-f6db-4def-bcd2-d1e82ee4d8ad.jpg?v=1784623954"},{"product_id":"iron-garden-fence-panel-antique-white-trellis-barrier","title":"Sungmor 25.6'' by 67.72''Iron Garden Fence, Pretty Vintage Green Rustic Style Decorative Fence Pannels, Outdoor Yard Landscape Pathway Border Panels Anti Animal Flowers Plants Barrier Climbing Trellis","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* ---------- 样式完全封装，避免与商店主题冲突 ---------- *\/\n        .sungmor-product-wrap {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0 auto;\n            padding: 0;\n            font-family: inherit;  \/* 继承商店字体，不强制外部字体 *\/\n            color: #1a1a1a;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            background-color: #ffffff;\n        }\n\n        \/* 容器内所有元素使用 border-box *\/\n        .sungmor-product-wrap *,\n        .sungmor-product-wrap *::before,\n        .sungmor-product-wrap *::after {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n\n        \/* 图片占位区域 (用户可替换为实际产品图) *\/\n        .sungmor-image-placeholder {\n            background-color: #f5f3ef;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            width: 100%;\n            min-height: 280px;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            justify-content: center;\n            text-align: center;\n            margin-bottom: 32px;\n            border: 1px dashed #cfcfc4;\n            color: #7a6e5d;\n            font-size: 0.9rem;\n        }\n\n        .sungmor-image-placeholder span {\n            background: rgba(0,0,0,0.03);\n            padding: 12px 20px;\n            border-radius: 40px;\n        }\n\n        \/* 标题区域 *\/\n        .sungmor-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.8rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin-bottom: 12px;\n            line-height: 1.3;\n            color: #2c3e2f;\n        }\n\n        .sungmor-product-sub {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            color: #5b6e5a;\n            margin-bottom: 20px;\n            border-left: 3px solid #b7c9a8;\n            padding-left: 16px;\n        }\n\n        \/* 概述段落 *\/\n        .sungmor-overview {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin-bottom: 36px;\n            background: #fefaf5;\n            padding: 20px 24px;\n            border-radius: 20px;\n            border: 1px solid #eae3d7;\n        }\n\n        \/* 特点区域 (竖向排列 - SEO友好) *\/\n        .sungmor-features {\n            margin-bottom: 42px;\n        }\n        .sungmor-features h2, \n        .sungmor-specs h2, \n        .sungmor-faq h2 {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin-bottom: 20px;\n            padding-bottom: 6px;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2d9cf;\n            display: inline-block;\n            color: #2c4b2c;\n        }\n        .feature-item {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 24px;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            background: #fefefe;\n            border-radius: 24px;\n            transition: all 0.2s ease;\n            border: 1px solid #f0ebe2;\n        }\n        .feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.8rem;\n            min-width: 48px;\n            text-align: center;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .feature-text h3 {\n            font-size: 1.2rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 0 0 6px 0;\n            color: #3a5e3a;\n        }\n        .feature-text p {\n            margin: 0;\n            color: #3e3e3c;\n        }\n\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .sungmor-specs table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            border-radius: 24px;\n            overflow: hidden;\n            margin-bottom: 24px;\n            box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.03);\n        }\n        .sungmor-specs td, .sungmor-specs th {\n            border: 1px solid #e9e2d8;\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            vertical-align: top;\n            text-align: left;\n        }\n        .sungmor-specs th {\n            background-color: #f8f6f2;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 35%;\n            color: #2b422b;\n        }\n        .sungmor-specs td {\n            background-color: #ffffff;\n            color: #2c2c2a;\n        }\n        .spec-note {\n            font-size: 0.85rem;\n            color: #6f6f66;\n            margin-top: 8px;\n        }\n\n        \/* FAQ 区域 — 全部展开, 无折叠 *\/\n        .faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 24px;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #ece3d9;\n            padding-bottom: 18px;\n        }\n        .faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.08rem;\n            margin-bottom: 10px;\n            color: #2a482a;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 10px;\n        }\n        .faq-question:before {\n            content: \"❓\";\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n        }\n        .faq-answer {\n            color: #4a4a47;\n            padding-left: 28px;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n        }\n\n        \/* 移动端适配 *\/\n        @media (max-width: 768px) {\n            .sungmor-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.6rem;\n            }\n            .feature-item {\n                flex-direction: column;\n                align-items: flex-start;\n                gap: 8px;\n            }\n            .sungmor-specs td, .sungmor-specs th {\n                padding: 10px 12px;\n                font-size: 0.9rem;\n            }\n            .sungmor-specs th {\n                width: 40%;\n            }\n            .faq-question {\n                font-size: 1rem;\n            }\n            .faq-answer {\n                padding-left: 20px;\n            }\n            .sungmor-overview {\n                padding: 16px;\n            }\n        }\n\n        \/* 极简响应表格滚动辅助 *\/\n        .table-responsive {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin-bottom: 16px;\n        }\n        .sungmor-product-wrap hr {\n            margin: 32px 0;\n            border: none;\n            border-top: 1px solid #e6ded4;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- 商品描述主容器：Shopify商品详情直接粘贴即可 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sungmor-product-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"sungmor-product-title\"\u003e🌿 Sungmor 25.6\" x 67.7\" Iron Garden Fence – Antique White Rustic Decorative Border \u0026amp; Animal Barrier\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：使用场景 \u0026 解决问题 自然销售语气 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sungmor-overview\"\u003e🌸 \u003cstrong\u003eGive your garden a timeless, rustic charm while solving real backyard frustrations.\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you're tired of your dog digging up flower beds, rabbits nibbling your vegetables, or you simply want to define a serene pathway, the Sungmor Iron Garden Fence is your answer. Crafted from heavy-duty wrought iron with a lovely Antique White finish, this decorative fence blends vintage farmhouse aesthetics with practical purpose. Use it as a protective barrier around tender plants, a supportive trellis for climbing roses or beans, or an elegant border to line your walkway. No complicated tools — just interlocking panels and ground spikes that hold steady. Perfect for homeowners, renters, and urban gardeners who want a durable, pretty, and functional solution in minutes.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向排列（每个点独立，利于SEO和Google收录）--\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sungmor-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✨ Why Gardeners Love This Fence · Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🔨🛡️\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePremium Wrought Iron + Anti-Rust Coating\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade of strong wrought iron with a weather-resistant, anti-rust finish. Each panel is hand-painted in a beautiful Antique White (vintage green-inspired tone) that stays beautiful for seasons. No flaking, no fading — built for outdoor endurance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🔧🌱\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTool-Free Assembly \u0026amp; Smart Ground Spikes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply interlock fence sections and push the long ground spikes into soil. No extra tools, no frustration. Even on compact ground, the sturdy spikes offer excellent grip, keeping your barrier upright and stable against wind or curious paws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🌿🍅\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSturdy Trellis for Climbing Plants \u0026amp; Veggies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe open lattice design is perfect for supporting sweet peas, morning glories, cucumbers, and tomatoes. Transform this decorative fence into a vertical garden element, saving space while adding a lush green dimension to your yard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🐕🐇\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMultipurpose Barrier: Pets, Pests \u0026amp; Pathways\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEffectively keeps dogs away from your vegetable patch, prevents rabbits from reaching delicate flowers, and defines borders without blocking your view. Also works as a pathway border, entryway accent, or seasonal decor piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-icon\"\u003e🎨✨\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHand-Painted Uniqueness – One of a Kind\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach fence panel is individually hand-painted, giving subtle texture and depth that mass-produced fences lack. Your garden gets a unique, artisan look that complements both cottage gardens and modern rustic landscapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 清晰展示所有技术数据 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sungmor-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications \u0026amp; Dimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"table-responsive\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSungmor 25.6\" x 67.7\" Iron Garden Fence – Antique White \/ Rustic Decorative Panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique White (Vintage rustic finish, hand-painted)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium Wrought Iron with Anti-Rust Coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStyle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAntique \/ Rustic \/ Vintage Farmhouse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Length (Width)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.59 inches (per panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.84 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67.71 inches (≈ 5.6 ft)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight (each panel)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.93 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.97\" x 11.73\" x 36.61\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.22 lbs (includes secure packaging)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary Uses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGarden border, animal barrier, climbing trellis, pathway edging, landscape decor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron fence panel(s) with integrated ground spikes, interlocking joints (no hardware needed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 FAQ 全部展开，消除购买疑虑 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sungmor-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🤔 Frequently Asked Questions · Everything you need to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eIs the installation really tool-free? What if my soil is hard or rocky?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely — just interlock the panels and push the spikes into the ground. For tougher soil, we recommend watering the area first or using a rubber mallet to gently tap the spikes. The long ground spikes provide excellent stability even in compact or slightly rocky ground.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eWill this fence keep my medium\/large dog out of the garden?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eYes, the 67.7-inch height is effective for most medium and large breeds (like Labradors, Goldendoodles, etc.) and deters jumping. For very determined jumpers or giant breeds, combining two panels in height or using it as a deterrent barrier works great. Many customers use it to protect vegetable beds from dogs and deer.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eDoes the antique white finish rust over time? How do I maintain it?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eThe fence features a specialized anti-rust coating over premium wrought iron, so it’s highly rust-resistant. Occasional cleaning with mild soap and water keeps it looking fresh. For long life, avoid abrasive scrubbers. In coastal or extreme wet climates, an annual spray of clear rust protectant adds extra peace of mind.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eCan I use this as a trellis for heavy vegetables like squash or grapes?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eThe wrought iron construction is sturdy enough for moderate-weight climbing plants (peas, beans, clematis, small cucumbers). For extremely heavy vines like full-size grape or large pumpkins, we recommend additional support. However, for 90% of home garden climbing plants and flowering vines, it performs beautifully.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eAre multiple panels easy to connect for longer fences?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eYes! Each panel interlocks seamlessly with the next. You can create a continuous barrier of any length — simply add more panels. The connection is secure yet flexible enough to follow slight curves in your garden bed. Great for lining walkways or encircling a flower island.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003eDoes it come fully assembled? Can I adjust the height?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eThe fence arrives as a single-piece panel ready to use — just open the box and install. Height is fixed at 67.7\", which is ideal for most animal barriers and trellis needs. To adjust overall visual height, you can place the spikes deeper into soft ground, but the structural design is optimized for this height.\u003c!-- 图片占位（用户可替换为实际产品照片） --\u003e\u003c!-- 主标题：展示给用户的产品标题 --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 底部小提示：手工制作与放心购买，强化信任 --\u003e\u003chr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52200709259538,"sku":"W5230P451371","price":171.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/W5230202500902.jpg?v=1776323132"},{"product_id":"wooden-raised-garden-bed-lockable-wheels-shelf-47x22in","title":"Outsunny Raised Garden Bed, 47\" x 22\" x 33\", Elevated Wooden Planter Box with Lockable Wheels, Storage Shelf, and Bed Liner for Backyard, Patio, Dark Gray","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* ===== Outsunny Raised Garden Bed - 封装样式 (避免污染主题) ===== *\/\n        .osgb-wrapper {\n            all: initial; \/* 轻量重置，但保留块级上下文 *\/\n            display: block;\n            font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            color: #1e1e1e;\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper *,\n        .osgb-wrapper *::before,\n        .osgb-wrapper *::after {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        \/* 标题样式 *\/\n        .osgb-wrapper h2 {\n            font-size: 1.75rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #eaeaea;\n            color: #2c3e2f;\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n            line-height: 1.3;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper h2:first-of-type {\n            margin-top: 0.25rem;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper h3 {\n            font-size: 1.25rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 1.25rem 0 0.75rem 0;\n            color: #2c3e2f;\n        }\n        \/* 段落与文字 *\/\n        .osgb-wrapper p {\n            margin: 0 0 1rem 0;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            color: #2d2d2d;\n        }\n        \/* 产品概述强调 *\/\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-overview {\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n            background-color: #f9fbf9;\n            padding: 1.25rem 1.5rem;\n            border-radius: 12px;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.5rem 0;\n            border-left: 6px solid #6b8c6d;\n            color: #1e2f1e;\n        }\n        \/* 特点列表 (竖向) *\/\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            margin: 0 0 1.5rem 0;\n            padding: 0;\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 0.75rem;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-feature-list li {\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0.5rem 0 0.5rem 2.2rem;\n            position: relative;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px dashed #d0d9d0;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-feature-list li:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-feature-list li::before {\n            content: \"✅\";\n            position: absolute;\n            left: 0;\n            top: 0.5rem;\n            font-size: 1.2rem;\n        }\n        \/* 定制不同图标可以单独用类，但保持统一风格 *\/\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-icon-wheel::before { content: \"🛞\"; }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-icon-drain::before { content: \"💧\"; }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-icon-wood::before { content: \"🌳\"; }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-icon-shelf::before { content: \"🧰\"; }\n\n        \/* 表格样式 *\/\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-spec-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 1.8rem;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            background: #fff;\n            border-radius: 10px;\n            overflow: hidden;\n            box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0,0,0,0.03);\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-spec-table th,\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-spec-table td {\n            padding: 0.9rem 1rem;\n            text-align: left;\n            vertical-align: top;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #edf1ed;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-spec-table tr:last-child td {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-spec-table th {\n            width: 40%;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            background-color: #f4f7f4;\n            color: #1e3a2f;\n            border-right: 1px solid #e2e8e2;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-spec-table td {\n            width: 60%;\n            color: #2e3b2e;\n        }\n        \/* 移动端表格适配 *\/\n        @media screen and (max-width: 480px) {\n            .osgb-wrapper .osgb-spec-table th,\n            .osgb-wrapper .osgb-spec-table td {\n                padding: 0.75rem 0.5rem;\n                font-size: 0.9rem;\n            }\n            .osgb-wrapper .osgb-spec-table th {\n                width: 45%;\n            }\n        }\n\n        \/* FAQ 样式 (全部展开) *\/\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.6rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e0e6e0;\n            padding-bottom: 1.2rem;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-faq-item:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n            margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n            margin: 0 0 0.4rem 0;\n            color: #1e3a2f;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: baseline;\n            gap: 8px;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-faq-question .osgb-emoji-q {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n            margin-right: 6px;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-faq-answer {\n            margin: 0 0 0 1.8rem;\n            color: #3e4e3e;\n            font-size: 0.98rem;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-faq-answer p {\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-faq-answer p:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n\n        \/* 辅助分隔 *\/\n        .osgb-wrapper .osgb-note {\n            font-size: 0.9rem;\n            color: #5e6e5e;\n            margin-top: -0.5rem;\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n        }\n        \/* 确保所有元素默认继承 *\/\n        .osgb-wrapper a {\n            color: inherit;\n            text-decoration: underline;\n        }\n        .osgb-wrapper strong {\n            font-weight: 600;\n        }\n        \/* 避免外边距溢出 *\/\n        .osgb-wrapper \u003e :last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- 整个描述块，用唯一前缀包裹，不影响主题 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述 (自然销售型) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-overview\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eElevated gardening, simplified.\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you're tending to fresh herbs on a sunny balcony, growing veggies on the patio, or setting up a mobile flower station in the backyard — the Outsunny raised garden bed brings planting to a comfortable height. The 47-inch wooden planter eliminates bending and kneeling, while lockable wheels let you chase the sun or roll it into the shade. A built-in lower shelf keeps tools and soil within reach, and the included fabric liner prevents messy soil spills. Perfect for apartment dwellers, seniors, and anyone who loves gardening without the backache.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点标题 - 嵌入长尾词 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🌱 Elevated Wooden Planter Box with Lockable Wheels \u0026amp; Storage Shelf – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 竖向列表 --\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"osgb-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"osgb-icon-shelf\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2‑Tier Design with Storage Shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e The upper bed offers 44\" x 19.25\" of planting space for vegetables, flowers, or herbs. The lower shelf (supports up to 44 lbs) is perfect for potting soil, hand tools, gloves, or decorative stones — everything you need right at your fingertips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"osgb-icon-wheel\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 Lockable Wheels for Total Mobility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four heavy-duty casters attach to the legs. Move the planter effortlessly across the deck, patio, or indoors. Lock them in place to keep it steady while you water or harvest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"osgb-icon-drain\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt‑In Drainage \u0026amp; Non‑Woven Liner:\u003c\/strong\u003e Four rain‑draining holes prevent overwatering. The included breathable fabric liner allows water to escape while keeping soil where it belongs — no mess on your floor or deck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"osgb-icon-wood\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Wood Frame (Dark Gray Finish):\u003c\/strong\u003e Made from natural wood with a sleek dark gray coating that resists everyday wear. You can also paint or stain it to match your outdoor decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised Height for Comfort:\u003c\/strong\u003e At 32.75\" tall, the planting bed sits at a convenient level — ideal for gardeners who want to avoid stooping or for wheelchair accessibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use it on the porch, balcony, or backyard, or even as an indoor herb garden (we recommend a drip tray for indoor use).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数表格 (Specifications) --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Specifications: Outsunny 47\" Raised Garden Bed on Wheels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"osgb-spec-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid Wood (Dark Gray Finish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.5\" L x 21.75\" W x 32.75\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlanting Area (Inner)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\" L x 19.25\" W x 7.25\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlanter Weight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88 lbs (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottom Shelf Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 lockable casters (2 with brakes)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrainage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 drainage holes + non-woven fabric liner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, hardware \u0026amp; instructions included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.14 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDark Gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 FAQ (全部展开，无折叠) --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Elevated Wooden Planter Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-emoji-q\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e Is assembly difficult? What tools do I need?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward and typically takes one person about 30–45 minutes. All necessary hardware and a clear instruction manual are included. You'll only need a Phillips head screwdriver. We recommend having a second pair of hands to hold pieces while you tighten bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-emoji-q\"\u003e⭐\u003c\/span\u003e Do the wheels lock securely? Will it stay put on a sloped surface?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, two of the four casters feature easy-to-engage foot locks. Once locked, the planter remains stationary on level ground. For safety, we do not recommend placing it on a steep slope. On a slight incline, the locks provide good resistance, but we suggest using additional chocks if you have concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-emoji-q\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e How does the drainage work? Will water leak onto my deck?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bed features four drainage holes that release excess water. The included non-woven fabric liner prevents soil from washing out. Water will drip from the bottom — if you place the planter on a wooden deck or indoors, we recommend using a shallow drip tray or plant saucer (not included) underneath to protect surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-emoji-q\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e Can I paint or stain the wood to match my patio furniture?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The planter is made of natural wood with a dark gray finish, but it can be lightly sanded and painted or stained with exterior-grade products. This allows you to customize the look to your outdoor aesthetic. We suggest using a sealant if you plan to leave it in harsh weather year-round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-emoji-q\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What kind of plants grow best in this elevated bed?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a depth of 7.25 inches, it's ideal for shallow to medium-root plants: lettuces, spinach, kale, herbs (basil, thyme, mint), strawberries, bush beans, and many annual flowers. For deeper root vegetables like carrots or potatoes, choose compact varieties. The raised design also helps deter some ground pests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-emoji-q\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e How much soil do I need to fill the planter?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planting area holds approximately 2.4 cubic feet (about 18 gallons) of potting mix. We recommend using a high-quality organic potting soil blended with compost for the best results. Don't forget to leave a little space at the top for watering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52201887301906,"sku":"W2225P174427","price":154.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/7b1fb9e34a79875bd1d9c073a3d9abda.jpg?v=1776389546"},{"product_id":"arch-trellis-a-frame-metal-garden-trellis-for-climbing-plants-outdoor-with-climbing-net","title":"Arch Trellis,A-Frame Metal Garden Trellis,for Climbing Plants Outdoor,with Climbing Net","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* ===== 唯一前缀封装：所有样式仅作用于 .apt-description 容器内部 ===== *\/\n        .apt-description {\n            all: initial; \/* 重置继承，但保留块级特性，实际用更安全的重置 *\/\n            display: block;\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n            width: 100%;\n            max-width: 100%;\n            font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            color: #1e2e1c;\n            background-color: transparent;\n            font-size: 16px;\n            -webkit-font-smoothing: antialiased;\n        }\n        .apt-description *,\n        .apt-description *::before,\n        .apt-description *::after {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-container {\n            width: 100%;\n            padding: 0 16px; \/* 保证手机端不贴边，同时铺满宽度 *\/\n        }\n        @media (min-width: 768px) {\n            .apt-description .apt-container {\n                padding: 0 20px;\n            }\n        }\n\n        \/* 区块间距 *\/\n        .apt-description .apt-section {\n            margin-bottom: 32px;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-section:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n\n        \/* 标题风格 (自然嵌入长尾词) *\/\n        .apt-description .apt-title {\n            font-size: 1.5rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            line-height: 1.3;\n            margin-bottom: 16px;\n            color: #1f3a1a;\n            border-left: 6px solid #4c7a3d;\n            padding-left: 16px;\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-subtitle {\n            font-size: 1.25rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin-bottom: 12px;\n            color: #2b4f23;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 8px;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-subtitle i {\n            font-size: 1.5rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* 概述段落 *\/\n        .apt-description .apt-overview {\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            background: #f4faf2;\n            padding: 20px 18px;\n            border-radius: 18px;\n            margin-bottom: 24px;\n            border: 1px solid #d9e8d4;\n            color: #1e3a1a;\n        }\n\n        \/* 特点列表 (竖向) *\/\n        .apt-description .apt-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 14px;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 12px;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            padding-bottom: 8px;\n            border-bottom: 1px dashed #c0d9b7;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-feature-list li:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n            padding-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-feature-icon {\n            font-size: 1.4rem;\n            min-width: 28px;\n            text-align: center;\n            color: #3e7a2f;\n        }\n\n        \/* 表格设计 *\/\n        .apt-description .apt-spec-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            overflow: hidden;\n            box-shadow: 0 2px 8px rgba(0,20,0,0.04);\n            margin: 8px 0 16px;\n            border: 1px solid #d0e2c6;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-spec-table tr {\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e2f0da;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-spec-table tr:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-spec-table td {\n            padding: 14px 16px;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-spec-table td:first-child {\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 42%;\n            background-color: #f9fff7;\n            color: #1f4418;\n            border-right: 1px solid #d0e2c6;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-spec-table td:last-child {\n            background-color: #ffffff;\n            color: #1f2e1c;\n        }\n\n        \/* 内含清单 (简易卡片) *\/\n        .apt-description .apt-includes {\n            display: flex;\n            flex-wrap: wrap;\n            gap: 12px 20px;\n            background: #f9fff7;\n            padding: 16px 18px;\n            border-radius: 24px;\n            margin: 16px 0 8px;\n            border: 1px solid #cde0c3;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-includes-item {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 8px;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            background: white;\n            padding: 6px 14px;\n            border-radius: 40px;\n            box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.03);\n        }\n\n        \/* FAQ 区域 — 全部展开，无折叠 *\/\n        .apt-description .apt-faq-list {\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 18px;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-faq-item {\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #d4e6cb;\n            padding-bottom: 14px;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n            margin-bottom: 8px;\n            color: #1e3f16;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: baseline;\n            gap: 8px;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-faq-question .faq-icon {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .apt-description .apt-faq-answer {\n            padding-left: 30px;\n            color: #2a4023;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* 小徽标\/点缀 *\/\n        .apt-description .apt-badge {\n            display: inline-block;\n            background: #e2f0da;\n            padding: 2px 10px;\n            border-radius: 30px;\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            font-weight: 500;\n            color: #2b5e1e;\n        }\n\n        \/* 确保所有元素继承正确 *\/\n        .apt-description a {\n            color: #2e6b1e;\n            text-decoration: underline;\n        }\n        .apt-description strong {\n            font-weight: 600;\n        }\n        \/* 移动端微调 *\/\n        @media (max-width: 480px) {\n            .apt-description .apt-title {\n                font-size: 1.35rem;\n                padding-left: 12px;\n            }\n            .apt-description .apt-spec-table td {\n                padding: 12px 10px;\n                font-size: 0.9rem;\n            }\n            .apt-description .apt-includes-item {\n                width: 100%;\n            }\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品描述容器 — 可直接复制到 Shopify 商品描述区 (HTML模式) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-description\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-container\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述 \/ 销售型描述 (自然流畅) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"apt-title\"\u003e🌱 Arch Trellis for Climbing Plants · A-Frame Metal Garden Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e✨ \u003cstrong\u003eTurn your garden into a vertical paradise.\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you're growing cucumbers, peas, pole beans, or even flowering vines, this \u003cstrong\u003eA-frame metal garden arch trellis with climbing net\u003c\/strong\u003e gives your plants the structure they crave — and keeps your harvest off the ground. Perfect for backyard gardeners, urban growers, and anyone looking to maximize space without sacrificing style. The adjustable arch and sturdy plastic‑coated steel frame handle sun, rain, and heavy yields with ease. Assembly is refreshingly simple: insert the legs, clip the crossbars, attach the net, and you're ready to plant. 🌿\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"display: flex; gap: 8px; flex-wrap: wrap;\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"apt-badge\"\u003e✅ 33 lbs weight capacity\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"apt-badge\"\u003e✅ Adjustable height \u0026amp; spacing\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"apt-badge\"\u003e✅ Rust‑resistant frame\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 (竖向列表 · SEO友好) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"apt-subtitle\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e🌟 Why Gardeners Love This A‑Frame Trellis\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"apt-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"apt-feature-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupports a wide variety of climbers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for cucumbers, grapes, zucchini, peas, and flowering vines. The arch design saves ground space while boosting air circulation and sunlight exposure.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"apt-feature-icon\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick \u0026amp; easy assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simply push the sharp legs into the soil, secure with metal cross clips and plastic clasps — no special tools required. You'll be planting in minutes.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"apt-feature-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustomizable to your plants' growth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust arch tube spacing and layer height. We recommend starting at 20.5\" per layer, then raising as your plants climb.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"apt-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll‑weather durability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic‑coated steel pipe resists rust and corrosion; the included polyethylene net is highly abrasion‑resistant — built for season after season.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"apt-feature-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything in one box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with the arch frame, climbing net, 28 metal cross clips, 34 plastic clasps, and an illustrated manual.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 包装内含 (视觉清单) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"apt-subtitle\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e📋 What's Included with Your Garden Arch Trellis\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-includes\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-includes-item\"\u003e🪴 1 x Arch Trellis Frame (Green)\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-includes-item\"\u003e🕸️ 1 x Heavy‑Duty Climbing Net\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-includes-item\"\u003e🔗 28 x Metal Cross Clips\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-includes-item\"\u003e🧩 34 x Plastic Clasps\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-includes-item\"\u003e📘 1 x Assembly Manual\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数 (表格形式) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"apt-subtitle\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e📏 Specifications · A‑Frame Metal Garden Trellis\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"apt-spec-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen (powder‑coated finish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel (plastic‑coated) + Polyethylene (PE) net\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembled Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17\" W x 71.8\" D x 72\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGround Insert Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.75 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 lbs (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.9 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.02\" x 16.75\" x 3.74\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.1 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (arch tubes \u0026amp; layer spacing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 (FAQ) — 全部展开，无折叠 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"apt-subtitle\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e❓ Garden Trellis FAQ — Clear Answers for Your Peace of Mind\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-list\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"faq-icon\"\u003e🔰\u003c\/span\u003e Is this arch trellis sturdy enough for heavy vegetables like squash or melons?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely. The plastic‑coated steel frame is rated for up to \u003cstrong\u003e33 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e when the weight is distributed across the structure. It’s perfect for cucumbers, peas, small melons, and even lightweight squash varieties. For extra-heavy crops, we recommend guiding the main vines along the arch and using the net for support.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"faq-icon\"\u003e🧑🌾\u003c\/span\u003e How deep do the legs go into the ground, and will they stay put in windy areas?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-answer\"\u003eThe legs insert \u003cstrong\u003e7.75 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e into the soil. For most garden soils, this provides excellent stability. In sandy or very loose soil, we recommend tamping the soil firmly around each leg. For windy locations, you can also use additional garden stakes (not included) through the bottom frame loops.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"faq-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e Can I adjust the height of the arch as my plants grow?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-answer\"\u003eYes! The arch tubes and layer spacing are fully customizable. The cross clips allow you to reposition the horizontal bars. We suggest starting with the first tier around \u003cstrong\u003e20.5 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e high, then raising them as your vines reach upward. This way, you get support at every stage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"faq-icon\"\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the climbing net weather‑resistant? Will it hold up in sun and rain?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-answer\"\u003eThe net is made from high‑density polyethylene (PE) that is both abrasion‑resistant and UV‑stabilized. It won't rot or fray easily. While it's built to last multiple seasons, we recommend storing the trellis indoors during harsh winters to extend its lifespan. The plastic‑coated steel frame resists rust in wet conditions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"faq-icon\"\u003e🧰\u003c\/span\u003e How long does assembly take, and do I need extra tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"apt-faq-answer\"\u003eMost gardeners have this trellis up in \u003cstrong\u003e10–15 minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e. No power tools required. Just push the legs into the ground, attach the metal cross clips and plastic clasps by hand, then drape the net. The included manual walks you through every step with clear illustrations.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 额外的信任提示 --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52201889923346,"sku":"T3971P425491","price":103.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/Dingtalk_20251127154911.jpg?v=1776389859"},{"product_id":"https-homediyer-com-products-outsunny-raised-garden-bed-with-trellis-for-climbing-plants-planter-box-with-drainage-gap-freestanding-trellis-planter-for-outdoor-patio-deck-28-25-x-15-x-59-brown","title":"Outsunny Raised Garden Bed with Trellis for Climbing Plants, Planter Box with Drainage Gap, Freestanding Trellis Planter for Outdoor, Patio, Deck, 28.25\" x 15\" x 59\", Brown","description":"\u003c!-- 单独输出TDK（方便复制到Shopify后台） --\u003e\u003c!-- ================================================ --\u003e\u003c!-- 产品展示标题（用于页面H1或主标题） --\u003e\u003c!-- Outsunny 28.25\" Raised Garden Bed with Freestanding Trellis – Brown WPC Planter Box --\u003e\u003c!-- SEO Title（不超过60字符，末尾已加 | HomeDIYer） --\u003e\u003c!-- Outsunny Raised Garden Bed with Trellis \u0026 Drainage | HomeDIYer --\u003e\u003c!-- Meta Description（不超过160字符） --\u003e\u003c!-- Outsunny 28.25\" raised garden bed with trellis: weather-resistant WPC \u0026 aluminum frame. 9-gallon planter with drainage gap. Ideal for climbing plants \u0026 herbs. --\u003e\u003c!-- ================================================ --\u003e\u003c!-- 完整产品描述HTML代码（可直接复制到Shopify商品描述区） --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  \/* ===== Outsunny Planter Description - 封装样式，避免污染主题 ===== *\/\n  .osg-planter-wrap {\n    all: initial; \/* 轻度重置，但保留继承 *\/\n    display: block;\n    font-family: inherit; \/* 使用主题默认字体 *\/\n    line-height: 1.5;\n    color: #1e1e1e;\n    max-width: 100%;\n    box-sizing: border-box;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap *,\n  .osg-planter-wrap *::before,\n  .osg-planter-wrap *::after {\n    box-sizing: border-box;\n    margin: 0;\n    padding: 0;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-container {\n    display: block;\n    width: 100%;\n    background-color: #ffffff;\n    border-radius: 0;\n    padding: 0;\n    margin: 0;\n  }\n  \/* 标题系列 *\/\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-title {\n    font-size: 1.8rem;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    line-height: 1.3;\n    margin-top: 0;\n    margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\n    color: #2c3e2f;\n    border-bottom: 2px solid #e7e7e7;\n    padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-section-title {\n    font-size: 1.5rem;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    margin: 1.8rem 0 1rem 0;\n    color: #2c3e2f;\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: center;\n    gap: 8px;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-section-title i {\n    font-size: 1.6rem;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-subtitle {\n    font-weight: 500;\n    font-size: 1.2rem;\n    margin: 1.2rem 0 0.6rem;\n    color: #3a4e3e;\n  }\n  \/* 概述段落 *\/\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-overview {\n    font-size: 1.05rem;\n    margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\n    background: #f9fbf9;\n    padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n    border-radius: 12px;\n    border-left: 5px solid #6b8c6f;\n  }\n  \/* 特点列表 *\/\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-feature-list {\n    list-style: none;\n    margin: 0 0 1.5rem 0;\n    padding: 0;\n    display: grid;\n    grid-template-columns: 1fr;\n    gap: 0.75rem;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-feature-list li {\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: flex-start;\n    gap: 10px;\n    font-size: 1rem;\n    padding: 0.35rem 0;\n    border-bottom: 1px dashed #d0d9d0;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-feature-list li:last-child {\n    border-bottom: none;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-feature-icon {\n    font-size: 1.3rem;\n    min-width: 1.8rem;\n    text-align: center;\n    color: #4a7856;\n  }\n  \/* 规格表格 *\/\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    margin: 1.2rem 0 1.8rem;\n    font-size: 0.98rem;\n    background: white;\n    border-radius: 10px;\n    overflow: hidden;\n    box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0,0,0,0.03);\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-spec-table tr {\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e8e2;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-spec-table tr:last-child {\n    border-bottom: none;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-spec-table td {\n    padding: 0.85rem 1rem;\n    vertical-align: top;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-spec-table td:first-child {\n    font-weight: 600;\n    width: 40%;\n    background-color: #f4f7f4;\n    color: #1f3a24;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-spec-table td:last-child {\n    background-color: #ffffff;\n  }\n  \/* FAQ 区域 *\/\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-faq-item {\n    margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #dee6de;\n    padding-bottom: 1rem;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-faq-item:last-child {\n    border-bottom: none;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-faq-question {\n    font-weight: 700;\n    font-size: 1.1rem;\n    margin-bottom: 0.35rem;\n    color: #1e3a2a;\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: baseline;\n    gap: 8px;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-faq-question .osg-q-icon {\n    font-size: 1.3rem;\n    color: #4a7856;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-faq-answer {\n    margin-left: 2rem;\n    color: #3d4d3d;\n    font-size: 1rem;\n  }\n  \/* 移动端调整 *\/\n  @media (max-width: 640px) {\n    .osg-planter-wrap .osg-title {\n      font-size: 1.6rem;\n    }\n    .osg-planter-wrap .osg-section-title {\n      font-size: 1.35rem;\n    }\n    .osg-planter-wrap .osg-spec-table td {\n      padding: 0.7rem 0.8rem;\n      font-size: 0.9rem;\n    }\n    .osg-planter-wrap .osg-faq-question {\n      font-size: 1rem;\n    }\n    .osg-planter-wrap .osg-overview {\n      padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n    }\n  }\n  \/* 辅助间距 *\/\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-spacer {\n    height: 0.5rem;\n  }\n  .osg-planter-wrap .osg-highlight {\n    font-weight: 500;\n    color: #2b4b2b;\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-planter-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-container\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品主标题（可自定义，此处展示优化版） --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"osg-title\"\u003e🌿 Outsunny 28.25\" Raised Garden Bed with Freestanding Trellis – Brown WPC Planter Box\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售语气，场景化 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall space, big harvests.\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you're working with a compact balcony, sunny patio, or a cozy deck corner, this Outsunny raised planter with integrated trellis gives climbing plants a proper home. The 9‑gallon bed sits at a comfortable height, reducing back strain while keeping herbs, strawberries, or flowering vines within easy reach. Crafted from textured wood‑plastic composite (WPC) and reinforced with a powder‑coated aluminum frame, it’s built to handle sun, rain, and season after season — without the cracking or fading of ordinary wood. A subtle drainage gap manages moisture, so roots stay healthy, and you spend less time worrying.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点（竖向列表，带emoji） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-section-title\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e✨ Why Gardeners Love This Trellis Planter Box\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"osg-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg-feature-icon\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlatted trellis for climbing plants \u0026amp; décor:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 59\" tall trellis panel invites clematis, morning glories, or even string lights. It’s a freestanding focal point that adds vertical charm to your outdoor area.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg-feature-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous 9‑gallon raised bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inner planting space measures 27.25\" L x 13.5\" W x 8.25\" H — plenty of room for herbs, leafy greens, or compact vegetables. Raised design keeps soil warmer and deters some ground pests.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg-feature-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll‑weather WPC + aluminum frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wood‑plastic composite mimics natural cedar grain but won't rot, warp, or fade. The powder‑coated aluminum frame adds structural strength and a clean finish — rated for 165 lbs of soil and plants.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg-feature-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmart drainage gap \u0026amp; breathable design:\u003c\/strong\u003e A discreet water‑draining gap prevents soggy roots while promoting oxygen flow. Perfect for moisture‑sensitive plants like rosemary or lavender.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy assembly, portable footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e With clear instructions and all hardware included, you'll have this planter ready in under 30 minutes. At just 27.5 lbs, it’s manageable to move when you redecorate.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数（表格形式，SEO友好） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-section-title\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e📋 Specifications: WPC Raised Garden Bed with Trellis\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"osg-spec-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.25\" x 15\" x 59\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlanter Inner Size (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.25\" x 13.5\" x 8.25\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTextured WPC (wood-plastic composite) + powder‑coated aluminum frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown (warm wood‑look finish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoil Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 9 gallons (34 liters)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 lbs (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItem Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.5 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — all tools \u0026amp; instructions included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 FAQ (全部展开，不使用折叠) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-section-title\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e❓ Freestanding Planter with Trellis – FAQ\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg-q-icon\"\u003e🌻\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eWhat climbing plants work best with this trellis planter?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-answer\"\u003eIt’s ideal for annual vines like morning glory, sweet peas, or black-eyed Susan vine. You can also grow compact climbers such as clematis, jasmine, or small pole beans. The 8.25\" soil depth supports most herbs and shallow‑rooted vegetables as well.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg-q-icon\"\u003e✨\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eIs the wood going to rot or splinter over time?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-answer\"\u003eNot like traditional wood. The planter is made of WPC (wood‑plastic composite), which resists moisture, UV fading, and cracking. The aluminum frame adds extra durability. It's designed to stay looking great through multiple seasons with minimal upkeep.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg-q-icon\"\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eCan I use this on a balcony or deck without worrying about water damage?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely. The planter has a built‑in drainage gap at the bottom, but we recommend placing a saucer or tray underneath if you're on a wooden deck to catch excess water. The raised feet also promote airflow underneath.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg-q-icon\"\u003e🌾\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eHow much soil do I need, and does it require a liner?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-answer\"\u003eYou’ll need about 1.2 cubic feet (or roughly 9 gallons) of potting mix. A liner isn’t necessary because the WPC material and drainage gap are already designed to hold soil while letting water escape. Some gardeners add a thin layer of landscape fabric to keep soil from trickling out, but it’s optional.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg-q-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eHow difficult is assembly for one person?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg-faq-answer\"\u003eMost customers assemble it solo in 25–35 minutes. The pre‑drilled holes and included hardware make it straightforward. Just follow the illustrated manual — an extra pair of hands can be helpful when aligning the trellis \u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- end osg-container --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- end osg-planter-wrap --\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52201890611474,"sku":"W2225P174394","price":174.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/acc271b0b5532a1f20b34d7c984f7359.jpg?v=1776390249"},{"product_id":"wooden-raised-garden-bed-with-legs-48x22in","title":"Outsunny Raised Garden Bed with Legs, 48\" x 22\" x 30\", Elevated Wooden Planter Box, Self-Draining with Bed Liner for Vegetables, Herbs, and Flowers Backyard, Patio, Balcony Use, Natural","description":"\u003c!-- \n  TDK (Title, Description, Keywords) for Shopify Product Page \n  Copy and paste the following into your Shopify product SEO fields.\n--\u003e\u003c!-- ===== PRODUCT DISPLAY TITLE (Visible on storefront) ===== --\u003e\u003c!-- ============================================= --\u003e\u003c!-- COMPLETE HTML PRODUCT DESCRIPTION FOR SHOPIFY --\u003e\u003c!-- ============================================= --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n    \/* ------------------------------\n       Outsunny Garden Bed - Scoped Styles\n       Prefix: .ogb-product-description\n       Mobile-first, no external fonts, fast loading\n    ------------------------------ *\/\n    .ogb-product-description {\n      all: initial; \/* reset inheritance from theme *\/\n      display: block;\n      width: 100%;\n      box-sizing: border-box;\n      font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n      line-height: 1.5;\n      color: #1e1e1e;\n      background: transparent;\n      margin: 0;\n      padding: 0;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description *,\n    .ogb-product-description *::before,\n    .ogb-product-description *::after {\n      box-sizing: border-box;\n      margin: 0;\n      padding: 0;\n    }\n    \/* Headings *\/\n    .ogb-product-description h2 {\n      font-size: 1.8rem;\n      font-weight: 600;\n      line-height: 1.2;\n      margin: 2rem 0 1rem;\n      padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n      border-bottom: 2px solid #d4e0d0;\n      color: #2c3e2c;\n      letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description h3 {\n      font-size: 1.4rem;\n      font-weight: 600;\n      margin: 1.5rem 0 0.75rem;\n      color: #2c3e2c;\n    }\n    \/* Overview paragraph *\/\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-overview {\n      font-size: 1.1rem;\n      margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\n      color: #2b2b2b;\n      background: #f9fbf8;\n      padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n      border-radius: 16px;\n      border-left: 6px solid #7a9e6b;\n    }\n    \/* Features Grid *\/\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-features-grid {\n      display: grid;\n      grid-template-columns: 1fr;\n      gap: 1.25rem;\n      margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n    }\n    @media (min-width: 640px) {\n      .ogb-product-description .ogb-features-grid {\n        grid-template-columns: repeat(2, 1fr);\n      }\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-feature-item {\n      display: flex;\n      align-items: flex-start;\n      gap: 1rem;\n      background: #ffffff;\n      padding: 1rem 1.25rem;\n      border-radius: 20px;\n      box-shadow: 0 4px 10px rgba(0,0,0,0.02);\n      border: 1px solid #e7ede3;\n      transition: all 0.1s ease;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-feature-icon {\n      font-size: 2rem;\n      line-height: 1;\n      min-width: 2.2rem;\n      text-align: center;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-feature-text {\n      flex: 1;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-feature-text strong {\n      display: block;\n      font-size: 1.2rem;\n      font-weight: 600;\n      margin-bottom: 0.25rem;\n      color: #1e3a1e;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-feature-text span {\n      font-size: 0.95rem;\n      color: #444;\n    }\n    \/* Specifications Table *\/\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-specs-table-wrapper {\n      margin: 2rem 0;\n      border-radius: 20px;\n      background: #fdfdfd;\n      border: 1px solid #dce5d8;\n      overflow-x: auto;\n      -webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-specs-table {\n      width: 100%;\n      border-collapse: collapse;\n      font-size: 1rem;\n      min-width: 500px;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-specs-table th,\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-specs-table td {\n      padding: 0.9rem 1.2rem;\n      text-align: left;\n      vertical-align: top;\n      border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e8de;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-specs-table tr:last-child td {\n      border-bottom: none;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-specs-table th {\n      background-color: #ecf3e9;\n      font-weight: 600;\n      color: #1e3a1e;\n      width: 40%;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-specs-table td {\n      color: #2b2b2b;\n    }\n    \/* FAQ Section (fully expanded, no accordion) *\/\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-faq-list {\n      margin: 1.8rem 0 1rem;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-faq-item {\n      margin-bottom: 1.8rem;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-faq-question {\n      font-size: 1.2rem;\n      font-weight: 600;\n      margin-bottom: 0.4rem;\n      color: #1e3a1e;\n      display: flex;\n      align-items: center;\n      gap: 8px;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-faq-question .ogb-emoji-bullet {\n      font-size: 1.5rem;\n    }\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-faq-answer {\n      font-size: 1rem;\n      color: #333;\n      padding-left: 2.2rem;\n      margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n    }\n    \/* Utility spacing *\/\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-divider {\n      margin: 1.5rem 0;\n      height: 1px;\n      background: linear-gradient(to right, transparent, #b6cfaa, transparent);\n    }\n    \/* Small adjustments *\/\n    .ogb-product-description .ogb-note {\n      font-size: 0.9rem;\n      color: #5f6e5a;\n      margin-top: 0.25rem;\n    }\n  \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== PRODUCT OVERVIEW ========== --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-overview\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eBack‑friendly gardening starts here.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Outsunny 48\" Elevated Wooden Raised Garden Bed brings your herbs, veggies, and blooms up to a comfortable 30‑inch height — no more kneeling or bending. Whether you're cultivating a patio salad bar, a balcony flower display, or a dedicated herb station, this self‑draining planter box keeps soil fresh and roots happy. Designed with a natural wood finish, it blends seamlessly into any outdoor (or indoor) space while giving you full control over soil quality. Perfect for seniors, urban gardeners, and anyone who wants less strain and more harvest.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== PRODUCT FEATURES (Vertical list for SEO) ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🌱 Elevated Wooden Raised Garden Bed — Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-features-grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-icon\"\u003e⭐ \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevated Comfort Height\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003e30\" tall legs bring the planting area to waist level, reducing back and knee strain. Also helps deter curious pets and weeds.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf‑Draining Slats\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003eBuilt‑in drainage slats prevent waterlogging and mineral buildup. Soil stays oxygenated — perfect for root vegetables and herbs.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-icon\"\u003e🧵\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable Fabric Liner\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003eNon‑woven filter bag keeps soil neatly contained while allowing air flow. Stops soil erosion after watering — no mess on your patio.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Planting Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003eHolds approx. 2 cubic feet of soil. Ideal for multiple vegetables, cascading flowers, or a lush herb collection.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-icon\"\u003e🌲\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural Solid Wood Build\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003eCrafted from real wood with a natural finish. Sturdy construction supports up to 176 lbs. Easy to stain or seal if desired.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Assembly.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003eAll hardware and instructions included. Most gardeners have it ready for planting in 20–30 minutes.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== SPECIFICATIONS TABLE ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Specifications: 48\" Elevated Planter Box with Legs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-specs-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ogb-specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.25\" x 22.25\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInterior Planter Bed Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45\" L x 19.25\" W x 7.25\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈ 2 cubic feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e176 lbs (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Wood (Fir) + Non‑woven Fabric Liner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.0 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor \/ Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural Wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (easy, tools included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47\" L x 2.5\" W x 21.5\" H, 25.3 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ========== FAQ (Fully expanded, no accordion) ========== --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Elevated Garden Bed FAQ — Your Questions Answered\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-list\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e Is assembly difficult? Do I need extra tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003eNot at all! The raised bed comes with a clear manual and all necessary hardware. Most customers assemble it in under 30 minutes using just a Phillips screwdriver (included). Pre‑drilled holes make alignment straightforward.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Will the wood rot if left outside? Should I treat it?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003eThe planter is made from natural fir wood. While it holds up well outdoors, we recommend applying a wood sealant or outdoor stain once a year to extend its life and maintain the natural look. The included fabric liner also protects the wood from constant moisture.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🥕\u003c\/span\u003e Can I grow root vegetables like carrots or potatoes?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely! With a 7.25\" soil depth, it’s excellent for carrots, radishes, beets, and shallow‑rooted potato varieties. Many gardeners also use it for leafy greens, strawberries, and cascading flowers. The self‑draining bottom ensures roots never sit in water.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🧼\u003c\/span\u003e How do I clean or replace the fabric liner?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003eThe non‑woven liner is designed to last several seasons. At the end of the growing cycle, simply empty the soil and rinse the liner with a hose. If you ever need a replacement, they are available separately (search Outsunny replacement liner). No tools required to swap it out.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🏡\u003c\/span\u003e Is this planter suitable for a balcony or deck?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003eYes — it’s a top choice for balcony and patio gardeners. The compact footprint (48\" x 22\") fits neatly against a wall or railing, and the elevated legs keep the deck surface clean. Just ensure your balcony can support the weight (approx. 22 lbs empty, plus soil\/plants).\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- subtle divider \u0026 closing note --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52202063102226,"sku":"W2225P174407","price":134.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/6e47387f215d31ebe68a93110c5fa109.jpg?v=1776392329"},{"product_id":"wooden-raised-garden-bed-with-trellis-2tier-legs","title":"Outsunny Raised Garden Bed with Trellis, 2 Tier Wooden Elevated Planter Box with Legs and Metal Corners, for Vegetables, Flowers, Herbs, Gray","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* ===== 封装样式 — 避免污染商店主题 ===== *\/\n        \/* 所有样式限定在 .ogb-product-description 容器内 *\/\n        .ogb-product-description,\n        .ogb-product-description * {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            width: 100%;\n            display: block;\n            font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            color: #1e2f2d;\n            background-color: transparent; \/* 完全透明，适应任何主题背景 *\/\n            font-size: 16px;\n            word-wrap: break-word;\n        }\n\n        \/* 所有区块间距自然，不依赖外部margin *\/\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-section {\n            margin-bottom: 2rem;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-section:last-child {\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n\n        \/* 标题 — 融入关键词，自然清晰 *\/\n        .ogb-product-description h2,\n        .ogb-product-description h3 {\n            font-weight: 600;\n            line-height: 1.3;\n            color: #1a3b32;\n            margin-bottom: 1rem;\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e3eae7;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description h2 {\n            font-size: 1.8rem;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description h3 {\n            font-size: 1.4rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #d0dbd7;\n        }\n\n        \/* 概述段落 — 舒适阅读 *\/\n        .ogb-product-description p {\n            margin-bottom: 1rem;\n            color: #2c3e38;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* 特点列表 — 竖向排列，适合SEO *\/\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            margin: 0.5rem 0 1rem 0;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-feature-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\n            display: block;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-feature-title {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.2rem;\n            display: block;\n            margin-bottom: 0.4rem;\n            color: #1f4a3d;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-feature-title i,\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-feature-title em {\n            font-style: normal;\n            margin-right: 8px;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-feature-desc {\n            margin-left: 0;\n            color: #3d534b;\n        }\n\n        \/* 表格 — 规格清晰，移动端滚动 *\/\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-spec-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.5rem;\n            background: transparent;\n            border-radius: 8px;\n            overflow: hidden;\n            box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.03);\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-spec-table th,\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-spec-table td {\n            padding: 0.9rem 1rem;\n            text-align: left;\n            vertical-align: top;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #dde5e2;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-spec-table tr:last-child td {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-spec-table th {\n            width: 40%;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            color: #1e3b31;\n            background-color: #f6f9f8;\n            border-right: 1px solid #dde5e2;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-spec-table td {\n            color: #2b443b;\n        }\n\n        \/* 移动端表格允许横向滑动 (备用) *\/\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            -webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;\n            margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* FAQ — 全部展开，无折叠 *\/\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-faq-list {\n            margin: 0.8rem 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.8rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px dashed #cbd6d2;\n            padding-bottom: 1.2rem;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.15rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            color: #1d4438;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: baseline;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-faq-question .ogb-q-icon {\n            margin-right: 10px;\n            font-size: 1.4rem;\n            color: #3a725b;\n            min-width: 24px;\n        }\n\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-faq-answer {\n            margin-left: 34px;\n            color: #365249;\n        }\n\n        \/* 强调文字 *\/\n        .ogb-product-description strong {\n            color: #1e4638;\n            font-weight: 600;\n        }\n\n        \/* 小标签\/修饰 *\/\n        .ogb-product-description .ogb-badge {\n            display: inline-block;\n            background: #eef4f1;\n            padding: 0.2rem 0.8rem;\n            border-radius: 30px;\n            font-size: 0.85rem;\n            color: #1f4d3d;\n            margin-right: 8px;\n        }\n\n        \/* 手机优化 *\/\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .ogb-product-description {\n                font-size: 15px;\n            }\n            .ogb-product-description h2 {\n                font-size: 1.6rem;\n            }\n            .ogb-product-description h3 {\n                font-size: 1.3rem;\n            }\n            .ogb-product-description .ogb-spec-table th,\n            .ogb-product-description .ogb-spec-table td {\n                padding: 0.75rem 0.8rem;\n            }\n            .ogb-product-description .ogb-faq-question {\n                font-size: 1.05rem;\n            }\n        }\n\n        \/* 去除所有装饰性动画\/外部字体 *\/\n        .ogb-product-description a {\n            text-decoration: none;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品描述容器 — 可直接复制到Shopify产品描述区 (HTML模式) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述：自然销售语气，突出场景与痛点解决 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🌻 Elevated 2-Tier Raised Garden Bed with Trellis – Grow More, Bend Less\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutsunny’s two-tier wooden planter\u003c\/strong\u003e brings the garden up to you. Whether you’re cultivating juicy tomatoes, fragrant herbs, or cascading flowers, this elevated raised bed with a built-in trellis eliminates the need for kneeling and stooping. Perfect for patios, decks, balconies, or small urban spaces, it keeps your plants safely away from weeds and curious critters while adding a charming, rustic look to your outdoor oasis. Designed with home gardeners and back-pain sufferers in mind, the dual troughs offer ample room for companion planting or organizing veggies and ornamentals separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🪴 \u003cstrong\u003eGray fir wood finish with metal corner reinforcements\u003c\/strong\u003e — sturdy enough for seasons of blooms, and the lattice trellis provides essential support for climbing beans, peas, or morning glories. Stop bending over backwards; start growing upwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点：竖向排列，SEO友好，emoji辅助阅读 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e✨ Key Features of the 2-Tier Wooden Elevated Planter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"ogb-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 特点1 --\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ogb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-feature-title\"\u003e🌿 Two-Level Trough Planter – Double the Growing Space\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-desc\"\u003eOur raised garden bed kit offers two separate troughs so you can organize vegetables, herbs, and flowers with ease. The elevated design (over 4.5 ft tall at the trellis) keeps plants up and away from weeds, pests, and ground moisture, while significantly reducing back strain — no more bending or stooping.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!-- 特点2 --\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ogb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-feature-title\"\u003e🌱 Lattice Trellis – Decorative \u0026amp; Functional\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-desc\"\u003eThe back wall features a sturdy lattice trellis that adds visual appeal and serves a real purpose. It supports climbing plants like cucumbers, pole beans, and flowering vines. You can even hang small pots from the trellis for extra vertical gardening.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!-- 特点3 --\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ogb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-feature-title\"\u003e🔩 Reinforced Metal Corners – Built to Last\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-desc\"\u003eEach corner of the planter boxes is reinforced with durable metal brackets. Combined with the solid wood frame, these brackets help the bed hold more soil and resist warping or weather-related wear. Expect seasons of reliable use.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!-- 特点4 --\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ogb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-feature-title\"\u003e💧 Self-Draining Design – Healthy Roots Guaranteed\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-feature-desc\"\u003eThe bottom of each planting trough includes a water drainage hole lined with nonwoven fabric. This smart combination prevents waterlogging and root rot by allowing excess water to escape, while keeping soil safely in place — no messy erosion.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数：表格形式，清晰展示产品尺寸与容量 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Specifications: 2-Tier Wooden Planter Box with Trellis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ogb-spec-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid Fir Wood with protective gray finish, Metal corner brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray (weathered wood look)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.5\" W x 25.5\" D x 55\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSingle Planter Inner Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41.25\" W x 12.25\" D x 10.25\" H (each of the two troughs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Soil Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 gallons (approx. 22.5 gal per trough)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Capacity (per planter box)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88 lbs (soil + plants)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41.8 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrainage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-drilled holes with nonwoven fabric (self-draining)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTrellis Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed lattice back panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (hardware \u0026amp; instructions included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 FAQ — 全部展开，消除疑虑，无折叠 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Raised Garden Bed with Trellis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-list\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-q-icon\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eIs the wood treated to withstand outdoor weather?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003eThe planter is crafted from solid fir wood with a gray water-based finish that provides initial protection. To extend its life, we recommend applying a wood sealant or outdoor wood protector annually, especially if exposed to heavy rain or intense sun. With minimal care, it will hold up beautifully season after season.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-q-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eHow difficult is assembly, and what tools are needed?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003eAssembly is straightforward and typically takes about 45-60 minutes with two people. All necessary hardware and an illustrated manual are included. You'll only need a Phillips-head screwdriver (a power drill with an appropriate bit can speed up the process). No advanced DIY skills required.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-q-icon\"\u003e⭐ \u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eWhat kind of plants grow best in this two-tier planter?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003eThe 10.25\" depth is ideal for a wide variety: leafy greens, herbs (basil, mint, cilantro), strawberries, radishes, and flowers like petunias or marigolds. Root vegetables like carrots can thrive if you choose shorter varieties. The trellis is perfect for climbing beans, peas, nasturtiums, and small melons. Because of the two separate troughs, you can tailor soil mixes to each plant type.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-q-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eDoes water drain onto my patio? Will it stain?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003eEach trough has a drain hole with nonwoven fabric. Excess water will drip through, so we suggest placing a shallow drip tray or saucer underneath if the planter is on a wooden deck or sensitive surface. The flow is gentle, and the fabric prevents soil from washing out. Many users simply place the planter over gravel or use pot feet for airflow.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-q-icon\"\u003e🧰\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eCan I move the planter after it's filled with soil?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003eDue to the weight of soil (approx. 45 gallons total), we recommend assembling the bed in its final location. If you need to reposition it, it's best to empty the soil first. The structure is sturdy, but moving it while fully loaded could stress the legs or cause spills.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-q-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003eIs there a warranty or replacement parts available?\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003eOutsunny stands behind this raised garden bed with a 90-day manufacturer's warranty for defects. If you're missing hardware or have a damaged part upon delivery, please contact the seller for prompt replacement. We're committed to getting you growing without delay.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52202134995218,"sku":"W2225P174415","price":223.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/1814468b9d99cceaa59707add62d7cf3.jpg?v=1776392677"},{"product_id":"outsunny-raised-garden-bed-with-8-grow-grids-wooden-outdoor-plant-box-stand-with-folding-side-table-and-wheels-49-x-21-x-34-for-vegetables-flowers-herbs-brown","title":"Outsunny Raised Garden Bed with 8 Grow Grids, Wooden Outdoor Plant Box Stand with Folding Side Table and Wheels, 49\" x 21\" x 34\", for Vegetables, Flowers, Herbs, Brown","description":"\u003cbody\u003e\n\n\n    \u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e\n    \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e\n    \u003ctitle\u003eOutsunny Raised Garden Bed Product Description\u003c\/title\u003e\n    \u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* ---------------------------------------------\n           𝗢𝗨𝗧𝗦𝗨𝗡𝗡𝗬 𝗥𝗔𝗜𝗦𝗘𝗗 𝗚𝗔𝗥𝗗𝗘𝗡 𝗕𝗘𝗗 𝗗𝗘𝗦𝗖𝗥𝗜𝗣𝗧𝗜𝗢𝗡\n           Namespaced styles — won't conflict with your theme.\n           Mobile-first, clean, SEO-friendly.\n        --------------------------------------------- *\/\n        .ogb-product-wrapper {\n            all: initial; \/* gentle reset for predictable layout *\/\n            display: block;\n            font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            color: #1e1e1e;\n            max-width: 100%;\n            background-color: transparent;\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .ogb-product-wrapper *,\n        .ogb-product-wrapper *::before,\n        .ogb-product-wrapper *::after {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n        }\n        .ogb-container {\n            display: block;\n            width: 100%;\n            padding: 1.5rem 1rem;\n            background-color: #ffffff;\n            border-radius: 0;\n            box-shadow: none;\n        }\n        \/* Headings *\/\n        .ogb-section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            line-height: 1.3;\n            margin-top: 2rem;\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            color: #2c3e2f;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e2e8de;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n        }\n        .ogb-section-title:first-of-type {\n            margin-top: 0;\n        }\n        \/* Overview paragraph *\/\n        .ogb-overview {\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            margin-bottom: 1.8rem;\n            color: #2d2d2d;\n            background: #f9fbf8;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 12px;\n            border-left: 4px solid #7c9a6e;\n        }\n        \/* Features list — vertical, emoji friendly *\/\n        .ogb-features-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            margin: 0 0 1.5rem 0;\n            padding: 0;\n            display: block;\n        }\n        .ogb-features-list li {\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.9rem;\n            padding-left: 2rem;\n            position: relative;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n        }\n        .ogb-features-list li::before {\n            content: \"✅\";\n            position: absolute;\n            left: 0;\n            top: 0;\n            font-size: 1.2rem;\n        }\n        \/* Specification Table — clean, readable *\/\n        .ogb-specs-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 2rem;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            background-color: #ffffff;\n            border-radius: 12px;\n            overflow: hidden;\n            box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0,0,0,0.03);\n        }\n        .ogb-specs-table tr {\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e0e6da;\n        }\n        .ogb-specs-table tr:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .ogb-specs-table td {\n            padding: 0.9rem 0.5rem;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .ogb-specs-table td:first-child {\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 40%;\n            color: #2a3b2a;\n            background-color: #fdfdfb;\n        }\n        .ogb-specs-table td:last-child {\n            color: #1f2e1f;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ — fully expanded, no accordion *\/\n        .ogb-faq-grid {\n            display: block;\n            margin: 1.2rem 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .ogb-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.6rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px dashed #cdd9c7;\n            padding-bottom: 1.2rem;\n        }\n        .ogb-faq-item:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n            margin-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        .ogb-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.15rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            color: #1f3a1f;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: baseline;\n        }\n        .ogb-question::before {\n            content: \"🌱\";\n            margin-right: 0.6rem;\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .ogb-answer {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            color: #2c3a2c;\n            padding-left: 2rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.3rem;\n        }\n        \/* Mobile fine-tuning *\/\n        @media (max-width: 600px) {\n            .ogb-container {\n                padding: 1.2rem 0.8rem;\n            }\n            .ogb-section-title {\n                font-size: 1.45rem;\n            }\n            .ogb-overview {\n                font-size: 1rem;\n                padding: 1rem;\n            }\n            .ogb-specs-table td {\n                padding: 0.75rem 0.3rem;\n                font-size: 0.95rem;\n            }\n            .ogb-features-list li {\n                font-size: 1rem;\n            }\n            .ogb-question {\n                font-size: 1.05rem;\n            }\n        }\n        \/* small emoji touches *\/\n        .ogb-inline-emoji {\n            font-size: 1.2em;\n            margin-right: 4px;\n        }\n        \/* ensure no width constraints, full bleed within description container *\/\n        .ogb-container img {\n            max-width: 100%;\n            height: auto;\n        }\n        \/* Utility spacing *\/\n        .ogb-mt-2 {\n            margin-top: 1rem;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\n \n\u003c!-- 𝗧𝗛𝗜𝗦 𝗕𝗟𝗢𝗖𝗞 𝗜𝗦 𝗧𝗛𝗘 𝗖𝗢𝗠𝗣𝗟𝗘𝗧𝗘 𝗗𝗘𝗦𝗖𝗥𝗜𝗣𝗧𝗜𝗢𝗡 𝗙𝗢𝗥 𝗦𝗛𝗢𝗣𝗜𝗙𝗬.\n     Simply copy everything inside the .ogb-product-wrapper (including the wrapper div) into your product description field (HTML mode). --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-product-wrapper\"\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-container\"\u003e\n        \n        \u003c!-- 𝗣𝗥𝗢𝗗𝗨𝗖𝗧 𝗢𝗩𝗘𝗥𝗩𝗜𝗘𝗪 — natural, benefit-driven --\u003e\n        \u003cp class=\"ogb-overview\"\u003e\n            \u003cspan style=\"font-size:1.3rem; margin-right:6px;\"\u003e🪴\u003c\/span\u003e \n            \u003cstrong\u003eBring the garden to your patio, deck, or balcony — without the backache.\u003c\/strong\u003e \n            The Outsunny raised garden bed elevates planting to a comfortable 34-inch height, so you can tend to herbs, greens, and flowers while standing or seated. With eight divided grow grids, you’ll keep roots organized and prevent overcrowding. Whether you're a condo dweller, an apartment gardener, or someone who loves fresh produce at arm's reach, this mobile wooden planter makes growing easy. The built-in folding side table gives you a spot to set down your trowel or a cup of coffee, and the lockable wheels let you chase the sun or roll it into the garage when weather turns.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003c!-- 𝗞𝗘𝗬 𝗙𝗘𝗔𝗧𝗨𝗥𝗘𝗦 — vertical list with emojis (SEO friendly) --\u003e\n        \u003ch2 class=\"ogb-section-title\"\u003e🌿 Why Gardeners Love This Elevated Wooden Planter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n        \u003cul class=\"ogb-features-list\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 divided grow grids with liner:\u003c\/strong\u003e Separate sections for basil, mint, lettuce, or marigolds — no root competition. Non-woven fabric keeps soil in while letting water drain freely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-down side table:\u003c\/strong\u003e A clever clapboard design gives you an instant workspace for potting, pruning, or holding your phone. Folds flat when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoll it anywhere with 4 wheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two locking casters keep the bed steady on slopes or patios. Move it for optimal sunlight or to protect plants from harsh wind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in drainage \u0026amp; bed liner:\u003c\/strong\u003e Prevents waterlogging and root rot. The liner also protects the wood from direct soil contact, extending the life of your planter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower storage shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds up to 88 lbs of potting mix, tools, or extra pots — everything within easy reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy solid wood construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made from natural fir wood with a warm brown finish. The elevated design reduces bending and keeps pests at bay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous planting depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each grid provides about 8 inches of soil depth — ideal for leafy greens, shallow root vegetables, and annual flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to assemble:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear instructions and all hardware included. Most people put it together in under 45 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n        \u003c!-- 𝗦𝗣𝗘𝗖𝗜𝗙𝗜𝗖𝗔𝗧𝗜𝗢𝗡𝗦 — table format, scannable --\u003e\n        \u003ch2 class=\"ogb-section-title\"\u003e📋 Detailed Specifications \u0026amp; Dimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n        \u003ctable class=\"ogb-specs-table\"\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.5\" x 21.25\" x 34.25\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid fir wood with protective brown finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Planting Grids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 separate sections\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlanter Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 lbs (planting table)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBottom Shelf Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 universal wheels (2 with brakes)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFold-down clapboard design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiner Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, non-woven fabric (allows drainage)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItem Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (tools \u0026amp; manual included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.25\" L x 8.25\" W x 12.5\" H (37.4 lbs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n        \u003c!-- 𝗙𝗔𝗤 — fully expanded, addresses real buyer concerns --\u003e\n        \u003ch2 class=\"ogb-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions About This Raised Planter Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-grid\"\u003e\n            \u003c!-- FAQ 1 --\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-question\"\u003eIs the wood treated for outdoor use? Will it rot?\u003c\/div\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-answer\"\u003e\n                    The planter is crafted from fir wood with a protective brown stain that resists moisture. For long-term durability, especially in rainy climates, we recommend applying a wood sealant or outdoor furniture wax once a year. The included fabric liner also helps keep damp soil away from the wood interior.\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c!-- FAQ 2 --\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-question\"\u003eHow deep are the planting compartments?\u003c\/div\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-answer\"\u003e\n                    Each of the 8 grids provides approximately 8 inches of soil depth. This is perfect for herbs (basil, cilantro, thyme), lettuce, spinach, strawberries, and most annual flowers. For deep-root vegetables like carrots or tomatoes, you may want a deeper bed, but leafy greens thrive here.\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c!-- FAQ 3 --\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-question\"\u003eCan I lock the wheels to keep it from moving?\u003c\/div\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-answer\"\u003e\n                    Yes! Two of the four wheels have easy-to-engage brakes. Simply step on the lever to lock them in place — great for sloped patios or windy balconies.\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c!-- FAQ 4 --\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-question\"\u003eDoes the folding side table support weight? Can I put pots on it?\u003c\/div\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-answer\"\u003e\n                    The side table is designed to hold gardening tools, a small watering can, or a couple of small pots (up to about 15 lbs). It's a convenient helper, but not intended for heavy loads. When folded down, it sits flush against the planter.\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c!-- FAQ 5 (bonus) --\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-question\"\u003eHow do I assemble it? Is it difficult?\u003c\/div\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-answer\"\u003e\n                    Assembly is straightforward — all hardware and an illustrated manual are included. Most customers complete it within 30–45 minutes with a Phillips screwdriver (not included). Having a second person helps when aligning the side panels, but it's manageable solo.\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c!-- FAQ 6 (additional value) --\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-question\"\u003eCan I remove the grids or liner if I want one large bed?\u003c\/div\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"ogb-answer\"\u003e\n                    The grid dividers are removable if you prefer an open planting area. The fabric liner can also be taken out for cleaning or replacement. However, the grids help keep plants organized and prevent soil from shifting.\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \n        \u003c!-- subtle note for authenticity, no heavy sales pitch --\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin-top: 2rem; font-size: 0.9rem; color: #5e6e5a; border-top: 1px solid #dee6d8; padding-top: 1.2rem; text-align: left;\"\u003e\n            🌻 Outsunny raised garden bed — fresh flavors and flowers, right outside your door.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/body\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52202262429970,"sku":"W2225P174418","price":182.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/2095a38ec89774fbb0ea20298675e97c.jpg?v=1776393381"},{"product_id":"galvanized-raised-garden-bed-2x2ft-2pack","title":"Outsunny 2 Piece Galvanized Raised Garden Bed, 2' x 2' x 1' Metal Planter Box, for Growing Vegetables, Flowers, Herbs, Succulents, Gray","description":"\u003c!-- ================================================\n     TDK FOR SHOPIFY (COPY \u0026 PASTE INTO ADMIN)\n     ================================================ --\u003e\u003c!-- \n  PRODUCT TITLE (Displayed to customers):\n  Outsunny 2 Piece Galvanized Raised Garden Bed, 2' x 2' x 1' Metal Planter Box - Gray (Set of 2)\n\n  SEO TITLE (Meta Title, max 60 chars):\n  Outsunny 2x2 Galvanized Raised Garden Bed Set | HomeDIYer\n\n  META DESCRIPTION (max 160 chars):\n  Set of two 2x2 ft galvanized raised garden beds. Open bottom for drainage. Easy assembly. Grow veggies, flowers \u0026 herbs. Durable metal.\n--\u003e\u003c!-- ================================================\n     PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HTML (READY FOR SHOPIFY)\n     ================================================ --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述 · 自然销售语气 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ous-gb-overview-text\"\u003e🌱 \u003cstrong\u003eMaximize your growing space without sacrificing style.\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you're a city dweller with a sunny balcony, a suburban gardener looking to define your beds, or a beginner eager to harvest homegrown salads — this Outsunny 2‑piece galvanized raised garden bed set delivers. The open‑bottom design encourages deep root growth and prevents waterlogging, while the sleek gray steel construction resists warping season after season. Plant vegetables, cascading flowers, fragrant herbs, or a modern succulent display: each 2' x 2' box offers a compact footprint with serious growing potential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 · 竖向列表 (SEO友好，关键词自然) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-features\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"ous-gb-section-title\"\u003e🌿 Key Features of Your Galvanized Raised Garden Bed Set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"ous-gb-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ous-gb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ous-gb-emoji\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSet of Two 2' x 2' Planters\u003c\/strong\u003e — With two identical 23.5\" square boxes, you can separate crops, rotate plantings, or create a symmetrical garden layout on your patio, deck, or lawn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ous-gb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ous-gb-emoji\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOpen Bottom for Superior Drainage\u003c\/strong\u003e — No more soggy roots. The open base allows excess water to flow directly into the ground, preventing buildup while letting roots extend deep for healthier, more vigorous plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ous-gb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ous-gb-emoji\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWeather‑Resistant Galvanized Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — Crafted from galvanized metal with a water‑resistant gray coating. Unlike wood, this planter won't warp, rot, or splinter. It's built to withstand sun, rain, and changing seasons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ous-gb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ous-gb-emoji\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEffortless Assembly, No Expertise Needed\u003c\/strong\u003e — The intuitive bolt‑together design means you'll spend less time with tools and more time planting. All necessary hardware is included.\u003cspan class=\"ous-gb-emoji\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数 · 表格形式 (数据清晰) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-specs\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"ous-gb-section-title\"\u003e📋 2' x 2' Metal Planter Box Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-table-responsive\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ous-gb-spec-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel with water‑resistant coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet Includes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 identical raised garden beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions (per bed)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.5\" L x 23.5\" W x 12\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSide Panel Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.75\" L x 11.75\" W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight (total)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.76 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.5\" L x 13.5\" W x 2.25\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.62 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottom Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen (direct ground contact recommended)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 · 全部展开 (无折叠，兼容性强) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"ous-gb-section-title\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions — Galvanized Raised Bed Set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-q\"\u003e🔹 Do I need any special tools to assemble this raised garden bed?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-a\"\u003eNot at all. The panels come with pre‑drilled holes and all the necessary screws and nuts. A simple screwdriver (or a drill with a bit) will speed things up, but you can have both beds assembled in about 15–20 minutes without any heavy‑duty tools.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-q\"\u003e🔹 The bottom is open — can I place this directly on grass, or do I need a liner?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-a\"\u003eYes, you can place it directly on grass, soil, or even over landscape fabric. The open bottom is designed for drainage and root penetration. If you're setting it on a deck or patio and want to keep the area clean, you might add a layer of weed barrier fabric inside at the base, but it's not required for the bed to function.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-q\"\u003e🔹 Will the galvanized steel rust over time? How do I maintain it?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-a\"\u003eGalvanized steel is naturally corrosion‑resistant, and the additional water‑resistant coating helps extend its life. Some surface oxidation may occur over several seasons, which is purely cosmetic and does not affect structural integrity. To keep it looking fresh, simply wipe it down with a damp cloth occasionally.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-q\"\u003e🔹 How much soil do I need for one planter box?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-a\"\u003eEach 23.5\" x 23.5\" x 12\" bed holds approximately 3.8 cubic feet of potting mix. For the two‑piece set, you'll need about 7.6 cubic feet total. We recommend a high‑quality raised bed mix (a blend of topsoil and compost) for optimal vegetable and flower growth.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-q\"\u003e🔹 Can I leave these planters outside during winter?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ous-gb-faq-a\"\u003eAbsolutely. The galvanized steel construction is designed for year‑round outdoor use. If you live in an area with heavy freeze‑thaw cycles, the metal will not crack like ceramic or plastic. Empty the soil or cover the bed to protect perennials, but the structure itself is winter‑ready.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 细小的信任标识\/语气点缀 (无额外功能) --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 样式封装 · 前缀 ous-gb-  避免主题冲突            --\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- ================================================ --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  \/* 所有样式严格限定在 .ous-gb-wrapper 容器内 *\/\n  .ous-gb-wrapper {\n    all: initial; \/* 轻度重置继承样式，防止干扰 *\/\n    display: block;\n    box-sizing: border-box;\n    max-width: 100%;\n    width: 100%;\n    font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n    line-height: 1.5;\n    color: #1e2f2d;\n    background-color: transparent;\n    margin: 0;\n    padding: 0;\n  }\n  \n  .ous-gb-wrapper *,\n  .ous-gb-wrapper *::before,\n  .ous-gb-wrapper *::after {\n    box-sizing: border-box;\n    margin: 0;\n    padding: 0;\n  }\n\n  \/* 段落与标题 *\/\n  .ous-gb-wrapper p {\n    margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n    font-size: 1rem;\n    color: #2c3e3b;\n  }\n\n  .ous-gb-section-title {\n    font-size: 1.5rem;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    line-height: 1.3;\n    margin-top: 2rem;\n    margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n    padding-bottom: 0.4rem;\n    border-bottom: 2px solid #b8cdc7;\n    color: #1a3a32;\n    letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n  }\n\n  \/* 概述区域 *\/\n  .ous-gb-overview {\n    margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n  }\n  \n  .ous-gb-overview-text {\n    font-size: 1.1rem;\n    background-color: #f6faf9;\n    padding: 1.25rem 1.5rem;\n    border-radius: 16px;\n    border-left: 5px solid #7aa899;\n    color: #1e3d35;\n    margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n  }\n\n  \/* 特点列表 *\/\n  .ous-gb-feature-list {\n    list-style: none;\n    margin: 0 0 1rem 0;\n    display: flex;\n    flex-direction: column;\n    gap: 1rem;\n  }\n\n  .ous-gb-feature-item {\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: flex-start;\n    gap: 0.75rem;\n    font-size: 1rem;\n    background: #ffffff;\n    padding: 0.5rem 0;\n    border-bottom: 1px dashed #d0dfda;\n  }\n  \n  .ous-gb-feature-item:last-child {\n    border-bottom: none;\n  }\n\n  .ous-gb-emoji {\n    font-size: 1.4rem;\n    min-width: 1.8rem;\n    text-align: center;\n  }\n\n  .ous-gb-feature-item strong {\n    color: #1e4a3d;\n    font-weight: 600;\n  }\n\n  \/* 规格表格 *\/\n  .ous-gb-table-responsive {\n    overflow-x: auto;\n    margin: 1.2rem 0 0.5rem;\n    -webkit-overflow-scrolling: touch;\n    border-radius: 12px;\n    border: 1px solid #d4e2dd;\n    background: #fdfdfd;\n  }\n\n  .ous-gb-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    font-size: 0.95rem;\n    min-width: 300px;\n  }\n\n  .ous-gb-spec-table th,\n  .ous-gb-spec-table td {\n    padding: 0.9rem 1.2rem;\n    text-align: left;\n    vertical-align: top;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #e2eee9;\n  }\n\n  .ous-gb-spec-table tr:last-child th,\n  .ous-gb-spec-table tr:last-child td {\n    border-bottom: none;\n  }\n\n  .ous-gb-spec-table th {\n    background-color: #eaf3ef;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    color: #1a443a;\n    width: 35%;\n    white-space: nowrap;\n  }\n\n  .ous-gb-spec-table td {\n    color: #2a403a;\n  }\n\n  \/* FAQ 区域 · 全部展开 *\/\n  .ous-gb-faq {\n    margin: 2.5rem 0 1.5rem;\n  }\n\n  .ous-gb-faq-item {\n    margin-bottom: 1.6rem;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #cbdad4;\n    padding-bottom: 1.2rem;\n  }\n  \n  .ous-gb-faq-item:last-of-type {\n    border-bottom: none;\n    margin-bottom: 0;\n  }\n\n  .ous-gb-faq-q {\n    font-weight: 700;\n    font-size: 1.1rem;\n    color: #0f3128;\n    margin-bottom: 0.6rem;\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: baseline;\n    gap: 6px;\n  }\n\n  .ous-gb-faq-a {\n    font-size: 1rem;\n    color: #2d4a40;\n    padding-left: 0.4rem;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n  }\n\n  \/* 底部脚注 *\/\n  .ous-gb-footer-note {\n    margin-top: 2rem;\n    font-size: 0.95rem;\n    color: #547a6f;\n    font-style: italic;\n    text-align: left;\n    border-top: 1px solid #d3e4de;\n    padding-top: 1.2rem;\n  }\n\n  \/* 移动端微调 *\/\n  @media screen and (max-width: 640px) {\n    .ous-gb-section-title {\n      font-size: 1.35rem;\n      margin-top: 1.8rem;\n    }\n    \n    .ous-gb-overview-text {\n      padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n      font-size: 1rem;\n    }\n    \n    .ous-gb-feature-item {\n      font-size: 0.98rem;\n    }\n    \n    .ous-gb-spec-table th,\n    .ous-gb-spec-table td {\n      padding: 0.7rem 0.9rem;\n      font-size: 0.9rem;\n    }\n    \n    .ous-gb-faq-q {\n      font-size: 1rem;\n    }\n  }\n\n  \/* 保证任何情况下宽度自适应，无横向溢出 *\/\n  .ous-gb-wrapper img {\n    max-width: 100%;\n    height: auto;\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52202264461586,"sku":"W2225P174439","price":102.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/055772acf53f59b20de97df62dd4b39d.jpg?v=1776394274"},{"product_id":"wooden-garden-arbor-trellis-85in-carbonized","title":"Outsunny 85\" Wooden Garden Arbor for Wedding and Ceremony, Outdoor Garden Arch Trellis for Climbing Vines - Carbonized","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- ================= 产品描述区块（可直接复制到Shopify描述区） ================= --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__section\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"pd-arbor-85__overview\"\u003e🌿 \u003cstrong\u003eCreate an enchanting garden focal point\u003c\/strong\u003e with the Outsunny 85\" Wooden Garden Arbor. Whether you're planning a romantic wedding ceremony, designing a lush garden pathway, or simply adding vertical interest for climbing vines, this carbonized brown arch delivers timeless rustic charm. The solid fir wood frame with water‑resistant finish stands up to the elements, while the pergola‑style top provides dappled shade and architectural structure. Ideal for gardeners, DIY wedding planners, and anyone looking to elevate their outdoor living space with a piece that’s both functional and effortlessly beautiful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点（竖向排列，SEO友好） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__section\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pd-arbor-85__heading\"\u003e✨ Why You’ll Love This Wooden Arbor Trellis Arch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-emoji\"\u003e🌸\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeautify Your Garden \u0026amp; Event Space\u003c\/strong\u003e – This quality wooden garden arch creates a romantic entryway that instantly upgrades backyards, patios, and garden paths. Perfect for wedding ceremonies, vow renewals, and outdoor parties.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-emoji\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal Trellis for Climbing Vines\u003c\/strong\u003e – The open lattice sides and top provide the perfect support for roses, clematis, ivy, morning glories, or even string lights and floral arrangements. Use it as a living archway or a decorative backdrop.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-emoji\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Fir Wood with Weather‑Resistant Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Crafted from durable fir and treated with a water‑resistant carbonized brown coating, this arch is built for long‑term outdoor use. The wood grain adds natural warmth while resisting warping and rot.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-emoji\"\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffortless Assembly – Pre‑Cut \u0026amp; Pre‑Drilled\u003c\/strong\u003e – All parts come pre‑cut and pre‑drilled, with hardware included. You won’t need special tools—just follow the simple instructions and enjoy your new arch in no time.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-emoji\"\u003e🌳\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__feature-text\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePergola‑Style Canopy for Light Shade\u003c\/strong\u003e – The slatted top design not only looks elegant but also filters sunlight, creating a comfortable spot for photos, seating, or a quiet garden retreat.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数（表格形式） --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__section\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pd-arbor-85__heading\"\u003e📏 Specifications: 85\" Garden Arbor Arch Dimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-arbor-85__table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55.00 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.50 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e84.50 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.94 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid Fir Wood (Water‑Resistant Finish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbonized Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (LxWxH)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61.00\" x 19.00\" x 7.50\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32.78 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (pre‑cut, pre‑drilled, hardware included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBox Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题（FAQ）– 全部展开，无折叠 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__section\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"pd-arbor-85__heading\"\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions About the Wooden Arbor Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-question\"\u003e🌹 \u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this arbor sturdy enough for heavy climbing plants like wisteria or climbing roses?\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the solid fir wood frame provides reliable support for most climbing plants. For very heavy, mature vines (like thick wisteria), we recommend periodic pruning and, if desired, anchoring the arch to the ground for extra stability. The lattice design is ideal for training tendrils and stems.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-question\"\u003e🔩 \u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the garden arch come with ground stakes or anchors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The arbor includes pre‑drilled holes at the base, but ground stakes\/anchors are not included in the box. For permanent installation or windy areas, we strongly suggest using 12‑inch landscape anchors or concrete footings (available at most hardware stores). This ensures your arch stays upright and secure for years.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-question\"\u003e⏱️ \u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long does assembly take, and do I need two people?\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assembly is straightforward thanks to pre‑cut and pre‑drilled pieces. Most customers complete it in \u003cstrong\u003e30–60 minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e. While one person can manage, having a second pair of hands makes aligning the arch top much easier. All necessary hardware and an illustrated manual are included.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-question\"\u003e☔ \u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this wooden arbor be left outside all year? Does it need maintenance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely. The fir wood is treated with a water‑resistant carbonized finish that withstands rain, sun, and snow. To extend its life and preserve the rich brown tone, we recommend applying a clear wood sealant or outdoor stain once a year. This is common practice for any wooden outdoor structure.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-question\"\u003e📏 \u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the interior walk‑through dimensions? Will it fit a standard garden path?\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pd-arbor-85__faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The assembled width (side‑to‑side opening) is \u003cstrong\u003e55 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the depth (front‑to‑back) is 23.5 inches. That’s wide enough for two people to walk through comfortably side by side—perfect for wedding ceremonies or a grand garden entrance. The height clearance is approx. 84.5 inches.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 使用小贴士 \/ 情感收尾 --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ================= 封装样式（避免主题冲突，移动端适配） ================= --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n    \/* 所有样式限定在 .pd-arbor-85 命名空间下，不影响店铺其他元素 *\/\n    .pd-arbor-85,\n    .pd-arbor-85 * {\n        box-sizing: border-box;\n        margin: 0;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85 {\n        max-width: 100%;\n        margin: 0 auto;\n        padding: 0 0 20px 0;  \/* 底部留一点空间，内部section自带间距 *\/\n        font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n        line-height: 1.5;\n        color: #1e1e1e;\n        background-color: transparent;  \/* 透明背景，融入商店主题 *\/\n        font-size: 16px;\n    }\n\n    \/* 各区块间距 *\/\n    .pd-arbor-85__section {\n        margin-bottom: 32px;\n    }\n\n    \/* 标题样式 – 嵌入关键词 *\/\n    .pd-arbor-85__heading {\n        font-size: 1.6rem;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        line-height: 1.3;\n        margin: 0 0 18px 0;\n        padding-bottom: 8px;\n        border-bottom: 2px solid #e6d5c3;  \/* 暖木色系边框，与产品呼应 *\/\n        color: #2c3e2f;\n        letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n        word-break: break-word;\n    }\n\n    \/* 概述段落 *\/\n    .pd-arbor-85__overview {\n        font-size: 1.05rem;\n        margin: 0 0 10px 0;\n        color: #2e3b2e;\n        background: #f9f7f4;  \/* 极浅米白，增加可读性但不抢眼 *\/\n        padding: 20px 22px;\n        border-radius: 18px;\n        border-left: 6px solid #a77b55;\n        box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0,0,0,0.02);\n        line-height: 1.6;\n    }\n\n    \/* 特点列表 – 竖向排列 *\/\n    .pd-arbor-85__feature-list {\n        list-style: none;\n        padding: 0;\n        margin: 0;\n        display: flex;\n        flex-direction: column;\n        gap: 16px;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__feature-item {\n        display: flex;\n        align-items: flex-start;\n        gap: 14px;\n        background: #ffffff;\n        padding: 12px 16px;\n        border-radius: 16px;\n        box-shadow: 0 4px 10px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.02);\n        border: 1px solid #efe6dd;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__feature-emoji {\n        font-size: 1.9rem;\n        line-height: 1;\n        min-width: 40px;\n        text-align: center;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__feature-text {\n        flex: 1;\n        font-size: 1rem;\n        color: #1f2a1f;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__feature-text strong {\n        color: #3f5c3f;\n        display: block;\n        margin-bottom: 4px;\n        font-size: 1.05rem;\n    }\n\n    \/* 规格表格 *\/\n    .pd-arbor-85__table-wrapper {\n        overflow-x: auto;\n        margin: 0 0 12px 0;\n        border-radius: 14px;\n        border: 1px solid #ddd2c4;\n        background: #fffcf9;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__table {\n        width: 100%;\n        border-collapse: collapse;\n        font-size: 0.98rem;\n        min-width: 300px;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__table th,\n    .pd-arbor-85__table td {\n        padding: 14px 16px;\n        text-align: left;\n        vertical-align: top;\n        border-bottom: 1px solid #e9dfd4;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__table tr:last-child th,\n    .pd-arbor-85__table tr:last-child td {\n        border-bottom: none;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__table th {\n        width: 40%;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        color: #2e4a2e;\n        background-color: #f6f0ea;\n        border-right: 1px solid #e9dfd4;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__table td {\n        color: #1f2f1f;\n        background-color: #ffffff;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__note {\n        font-size: 0.9rem;\n        color: #5e6e5e;\n        margin-top: 8px;\n        font-style: italic;\n    }\n\n    \/* FAQ – 全部展开，清晰可见 *\/\n    .pd-arbor-85__faq {\n        display: flex;\n        flex-direction: column;\n        gap: 20px;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__faq-item {\n        background: #faf8f5;\n        border-radius: 20px;\n        padding: 18px 20px;\n        border: 1px solid #e3d7cb;\n        transition: 0.1s ease;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__faq-question {\n        font-size: 1.08rem;\n        margin-bottom: 10px;\n        color: #1e3a1e;\n        display: flex;\n        align-items: baseline;\n        gap: 6px;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__faq-question strong {\n        font-weight: 700;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__faq-answer {\n        padding-left: 8px;\n        color: #2a382a;\n        font-size: 1rem;\n        line-height: 1.6;\n        border-left: 3px solid #bc9a7a;\n        padding-left: 18px;\n        margin-left: 4px;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85__faq-answer strong {\n        color: #4f6b4f;\n    }\n\n    \/* Pro Tip 区域 *\/\n    .pd-arbor-85__tip {\n        background: #eef3e8;\n        padding: 18px 22px;\n        border-radius: 30px 10px 30px 10px;\n        font-size: 1.02rem;\n        border: 1px dashed #7f9a7f;\n        color: #1f3a1f;\n        margin-top: 10px;\n    }\n\n    \/* 移动端微调 *\/\n    @media screen and (max-width: 600px) {\n        .pd-arbor-85 {\n            font-size: 15px;\n        }\n        .pd-arbor-85__heading {\n            font-size: 1.5rem;\n            margin-bottom: 16px;\n        }\n        .pd-arbor-85__overview {\n            padding: 18px 16px;\n        }\n        .pd-arbor-85__feature-item {\n            padding: 12px 12px;\n        }\n        .pd-arbor-85__feature-emoji {\n            font-size: 1.8rem;\n            min-width: 36px;\n        }\n        .pd-arbor-85__table th,\n        .pd-arbor-85__table td {\n            padding: 12px 10px;\n        }\n        .pd-arbor-85__faq-item {\n            padding: 16px 14px;\n        }\n    }\n\n    \/* 对于极小屏进一步优化 *\/\n    @media screen and (max-width: 400px) {\n        .pd-arbor-85__feature-item {\n            flex-wrap: wrap;\n            gap: 8px;\n        }\n        .pd-arbor-85__feature-emoji {\n            min-width: 100%;\n            text-align: left;\n        }\n    }\n\n    \/* 去掉所有可能的默认边距，保证干净 *\/\n    .pd-arbor-85 p, \n    .pd-arbor-85 ul, \n    .pd-arbor-85 li,\n    .pd-arbor-85 h2 {\n        margin: 0;\n        padding: 0;\n    }\n\n    .pd-arbor-85 ul {\n        list-style: none;\n    }\n\n    \/* 链接样式（本描述中无链接，但预留干净继承） *\/\n    .pd-arbor-85 a {\n        text-decoration: none;\n    }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- 额外说明：此区块自包含，无外部依赖，可直接粘贴至Shopify产品描述（HTML模式） --\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52202268983570,"sku":"W2225P174431","price":204.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/78288cab9abad3ec1d3372a89ba70338.jpg?v=1776394808"},{"product_id":"wooden-wagon-raised-garden-bed-2tier-25x21in","title":"Outsunny 2-Tier Raised Garden Bed, Wooden Wagon Planter Boxes with Drainage Holes, for Vegetables Flowers Herbs, 25\" x 21\" x 24\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\" name=\"viewport\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* =============================================\n           OUTSUNNY PRODUCT DESCRIPTION MODULE\n           Class prefix: \"osg2-\" to avoid theme conflicts\n           No external fonts, fully responsive, SEO-friendly\n           ============================================= *\/\n        .osg2-planter-wrapper {\n            all: initial; \/* reset inheritance cautiously *\/\n            display: block;\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n            font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            color: #2e2e2e;\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n            background-color: transparent;\n        }\n        .osg2-planter-wrapper *,\n        .osg2-planter-wrapper *::before,\n        .osg2-planter-wrapper *::after {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n        }\n        .osg2-planter-wrapper a,\n        .osg2-planter-wrapper a:hover {\n            text-decoration: none;\n            color: inherit;\n        }\n\n        \/* Typography *\/\n        .osg2-planter-wrapper h2,\n        .osg2-planter-wrapper h3,\n        .osg2-planter-wrapper h4 {\n            font-weight: 600;\n            line-height: 1.3;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 1rem 0;\n            color: #1e3a2f; \/* deep garden green *\/\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n        }\n        .osg2-planter-wrapper h2 {\n            font-size: 1.8rem;\n            margin-top: 0.25rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e9d8c2;\n            padding-bottom: 0.6rem;\n        }\n        .osg2-planter-wrapper h3 {\n            font-size: 1.5rem;\n            margin-top: 2rem;\n            margin-bottom: 1rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 8px;\n        }\n        .osg2-planter-wrapper h4 {\n            font-size: 1.2rem;\n            margin: 0 0 0.5rem 0;\n            color: #3a5e4c;\n        }\n\n        .osg2-planter-wrapper p {\n            margin-bottom: 1.2rem;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            color: #3a3a3a;\n        }\n\n        \/* Overview text *\/\n        .osg2-overview {\n            background: #f9f7f4;\n            padding: 1.4rem 1.6rem;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            border-left: 6px solid #9bb87f;\n            margin: 1rem 0 1.5rem 0;\n            font-size: 1.08rem;\n            box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0,0,0,0.02);\n        }\n\n        \/* Feature list — vertical, emoji bullet *\/\n        .osg2-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            margin: 0.5rem 0 1.8rem 0;\n            padding: 0;\n            display: grid;\n            grid-template-columns: 1fr;\n            gap: 12px;\n        }\n        .osg2-feature-list li {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 12px;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            padding: 0.3rem 0;\n            border-bottom: 1px dashed #ddd6cc;\n        }\n        .osg2-feature-list li:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .osg2-feature-emoji {\n            font-size: 1.5rem;\n            min-width: 28px;\n            text-align: center;\n            line-height: 1.4;\n        }\n\n        \/* Table styles *\/\n        .osg2-spec-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            margin: 1.2rem 0 1.8rem;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            background: white;\n            border-radius: 14px;\n            overflow: hidden;\n            box-shadow: 0 4px 10px rgba(0,0,0,0.03);\n        }\n        .osg2-spec-table tr {\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e7dfd7;\n        }\n        .osg2-spec-table tr:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .osg2-spec-table td {\n            padding: 14px 16px;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n        .osg2-spec-table td:first-child {\n            font-weight: 600;\n            width: 42%;\n            background-color: #fdfbf9;\n            color: #2c463a;\n            border-right: 1px solid #e7dfd7;\n        }\n        .osg2-spec-table td:last-child {\n            background-color: #ffffff;\n            color: #2e3b34;\n        }\n\n        \/* FAQ — fully expanded, no accordion *\/\n        .osg2-faq-block {\n            margin: 2rem 0 1rem;\n        }\n        .osg2-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.8rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e7dfd7;\n            padding-bottom: 1.5rem;\n        }\n        .osg2-faq-item:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .osg2-faq-question {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: baseline;\n            gap: 10px;\n            margin-bottom: 10px;\n        }\n        .osg2-faq-q-emoji {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n            color: #6f8c72;\n        }\n        .osg2-faq-question h4 {\n            margin: 0;\n            font-size: 1.25rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            color: #1f4033;\n        }\n        .osg2-faq-answer {\n            padding-left: 32px;\n            font-size: 1.02rem;\n            color: #3e4e45;\n        }\n        .osg2-faq-answer p {\n            margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* utility *\/\n        .osg2-text-accent {\n            color: #6d8c63;\n            font-weight: 500;\n        }\n        .osg2-divider {\n            height: 2px;\n            background: linear-gradient(to right, #e0d6cb, transparent);\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 1rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* mobile fine-tuning *\/\n        @media (max-width: 600px) {\n            .osg2-planter-wrapper h2 {\n                font-size: 1.6rem;\n            }\n            .osg2-planter-wrapper h3 {\n                font-size: 1.35rem;\n            }\n            .osg2-overview {\n                padding: 1.2rem 1.2rem;\n            }\n            .osg2-spec-table td {\n                padding: 12px 10px;\n                font-size: 0.95rem;\n            }\n            .osg2-feature-list li {\n                font-size: 1rem;\n            }\n            .osg2-faq-question h4 {\n                font-size: 1.15rem;\n            }\n        }\n\n        \/* subtle extra *\/\n        .osg2-badge-line {\n            display: flex;\n            flex-wrap: wrap;\n            gap: 12px 18px;\n            margin: 0.5rem 0 1.2rem;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            color: #5a6e5a;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- OUTSUNNY 2-TIER WAGON PLANTER – FULL DESCRIPTION MODULE --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-planter-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- MAIN HEADING (with long-tail keyword) --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🌱 Outsunny 2-Tier Wooden Wagon Raised Garden Bed – 3 Planter Boxes for Vegetables, Flowers \u0026amp; Herbs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!-- Product Overview: friendly, problem-solving tone --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🌻 Compact charm meets serious gardening.\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you're working with a petite patio, balcony, or a sunny corner of the yard, this Outsunny 2-tier raised planter brings farmhouse style and practical planting space together. The wagon-inspired design isn’t just for looks — it offers three separate deep boxes with drainage, so you can grow edibles, ornamentals, or herbs side by side without overcrowding. Perfect for renters, beginner gardeners, or anyone who wants to keep their back happy while tending veggies at waist height. Made from carbonized fir with a protective finish, it’s ready for all-season use, indoors or out.\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Quick trust badges \/ highlights (optional but adds scan-friendly info) --\u003e\u003c!-- KEY FEATURES section with emoji bullets (vertical list for SEO) --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e✨ Why Gardeners Love This 2-Tier Wagon Planter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"osg2-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg2-feature-emoji\"\u003e⭐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree individual planter boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e — Organize by plant type (veggies in one, herbs in another, flowers on top) or customize soil blends. Each box is 22\" W x 7.75\" D x 6\" H, giving roots room to stretch.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg2-feature-emoji\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFarmhouse wagon wheel accents\u003c\/strong\u003e — Decorative wooden wheels on both sides add rustic character. It looks like it’s ready to roll through a country garden, but it stays put as a sturdy centerpiece.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg2-feature-emoji\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-draining design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Pre-drilled drainage holes in every box prevent waterlogging, mineral buildup, and root rot. Healthy soil = happy plants, even if you tend to overwater.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg2-feature-emoji\"\u003e🌲\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-resistant carbonized fir wood\u003c\/strong\u003e — Treated with a water-proofing finish that deepens the rich brown tone. It’s built to withstand sun, rain, and light frost, so you can leave it outside year-round (or bring it in as a stylish indoor herb station).\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg2-feature-emoji\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-savvy footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — Overall 25.25\" L x 21.25\" W x 23.5\" H. The two-tier design maximizes vertical growing area without hogging floor space — ideal for small decks, patios, or urban gardens.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- SPECIFICATION TABLE — clean and scannable --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Detailed Specifications – Outsunny 2-Tier Wooden Planter Wagon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"osg2-spec-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbonized fir wood with water-resistant paint (Brown finish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.25\" x 21.25\" x 23.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual Planter Box Interior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22\" W x 7.75\" D x 6\" H (each of the 3 boxes)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity (per box)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 lbs (soil + plants)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.4 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, includes hardware \u0026amp; clear instructions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrainage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-drilled holes in each box bottom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Dimensions \/ Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.25\" L x 5.5\" W x 24.75\" H \/ 19.8 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!-- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS — fully expanded, no accordion --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e❓ Common Questions About This Wooden Wagon Raised Bed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-block\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg2-faq-q-emoji\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow difficult is assembly, and what tools do I need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward — most folks finish in 25–35 minutes. The package includes all necessary hardware and an illustrated manual. You’ll just need a Phillips head screwdriver. The wagon wheels are decorative and pre-attached to the side panels for convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg2-faq-q-emoji\"\u003e☔\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I leave this planter outside during winter or heavy rain?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the carbonized fir wood is treated with a water-proofing paint that helps it endure rain, snow, and sun. To extend its life, we recommend applying a fresh coat of outdoor wood sealant once a year (any clear deck sealant works). The drainage holes prevent standing water, so it handles wet seasons well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg2-faq-q-emoji\"\u003e🧑\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much potting soil do I need for all three boxes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach planter box holds roughly 0.6 cubic feet of soil (about 4.5 gallons). For all three boxes, you’ll need approximately 1.8 cubic feet total. A standard 2 cubic foot bag of potting mix will fill them with a bit left over. Perfect for deep-rooted veggies like carrots or compact tomatoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg2-faq-q-emoji\"\u003e🌾\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to line the boxes before planting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s optional. The wood is naturally rot-resistant, but some gardeners add a landscape fabric liner to keep soil from seeping through drainage holes. If you’re using it indoors, we suggest a plastic tray underneath (not included) to catch excess water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osg2-faq-q-emoji\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat plants grow best in this 2-tier raised bed?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osg2-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s super versatile. The 6\" depth is ideal for herbs (basil, cilantro, thyme), leafy greens (lettuce, spinach, arugula), strawberries, bush beans, and many annual flowers. For larger vegetables like tomatoes or peppers, stick to compact\/determinate varieties and one plant per box to avoid crowding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- subtle closing with emoji \u0026 reassurance --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52202818896146,"sku":"W2225P174413","price":143.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/6878ce0858b2ee4efbc5ed987d20ba29.jpg?v=1776404339"},{"product_id":"galvanized-steel-raised-garden-bed-3tier-62x43in","title":"Outsunny 3-Tier Galvanized Steel Raised Garden Bed Kit, 62.25\" x 43\" x 32.25\", 3 Combining Planter Boxes with Rubber Strip Edging, Open Bottom for Backyard, Garden, Patio, Cream White","description":"\u003c!-- \n  ===========================================\n  📋 TDK (Title, Description, Keywords) \n  ===========================================\n  ➤ Product Display Title (shown on page):\n     Outsunny 3-Tier Galvanized Steel Raised Garden Bed Kit – Cream White, 62.25\" x 43\" x 32.25\"\n  \n  ➤ SEO Title (max 60 chars, ends with \" | HomeDIYer\"):\n     Outsunny 3-Tier Galvanized Raised Garden Bed | HomeDIYer\n     (Character count: 57)\n  \n  ➤ Meta Description (max 160 chars):\n     Three-tier galvanized steel raised bed with open bottom \u0026 rubber edging. Ideal for backyard, patio \u0026 deep-root veggies. Durable 0.6mm zinc steel.\n     (Character count: 147)\n  ===========================================\n  ✅ Copy the lines above into your Shopify SEO fields.\n  ===========================================\n--\u003e\u003c!-- *********************************************\n     COMPLETE HTML PRODUCT DESCRIPTION SECTION\n     Safe to paste into Shopify product description\n     Prefixed styles – no theme conflicts\n     Mobile‑friendly, SEO‑rich, no external fonts\n********************************************** --\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n  \/* ========== OUTSUNNY GARDEN BED PREFIXED STYLES ========== *\/\n  .osgb-wrapper {\n    all: initial; \/* gentle reset inside container *\/\n    display: block;\n    font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n    line-height: 1.5;\n    color: #1e2f2d;\n    max-width: 100%;\n    margin: 0;\n    padding: 0;\n    box-sizing: border-box;\n    word-wrap: break-word;\n  }\n  .osgb-wrapper *,\n  .osgb-wrapper *::before,\n  .osgb-wrapper *::after {\n    box-sizing: border-box;\n    margin: 0;\n    padding: 0;\n  }\n  .osgb-wrapper a {\n    text-decoration: none;\n    color: inherit;\n  }\n\n  \/* Product display title *\/\n  .osgb-product-title {\n    font-size: 1.8rem;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    line-height: 1.2;\n    margin-bottom: 1rem;\n    color: #1a3b32;\n    letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n    border-left: 6px solid #9cb8a8;\n    padding-left: 1.2rem;\n  }\n  @media (max-width: 640px) {\n    .osgb-product-title {\n      font-size: 1.5rem;\n      padding-left: 0.9rem;\n    }\n  }\n\n  \/* Overview description *\/\n  .osgb-overview {\n    background-color: #f6faf8;\n    padding: 1.5rem 1.8rem;\n    border-radius: 20px;\n    margin-bottom: 2rem;\n    font-size: 1.1rem;\n    color: #1e3a2f;\n    border: 1px solid #ddebe4;\n  }\n  @media (max-width: 640px) {\n    .osgb-overview {\n      padding: 1.2rem 1.2rem;\n      font-size: 1rem;\n    }\n  }\n\n  \/* Section headings *\/\n  .osgb-section-heading {\n    font-size: 1.6rem;\n    font-weight: 600;\n    margin: 2rem 0 1.2rem 0;\n    color: #1e4a3d;\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: center;\n    gap: 8px;\n    border-bottom: 2px solid #cbdcd2;\n    padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n  }\n  .osgb-section-heading i {\n    font-size: 1.8rem;\n  }\n  @media (max-width: 640px) {\n    .osgb-section-heading {\n      font-size: 1.4rem;\n      margin: 1.8rem 0 1rem 0;\n    }\n  }\n\n  \/* Features list - vertical, SEO friendly *\/\n  .osgb-features-list {\n    list-style: none;\n    display: flex;\n    flex-direction: column;\n    gap: 1.2rem;\n  }\n  .osgb-features-list li {\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: flex-start;\n    gap: 0.9rem;\n    font-size: 1.05rem;\n    padding: 0.5rem 0 0.5rem 0.25rem;\n    border-bottom: 1px dashed #bcd0c5;\n  }\n  .osgb-features-list li:last-child {\n    border-bottom: none;\n  }\n  .osgb-emoji-bullet {\n    font-size: 1.7rem;\n    min-width: 2rem;\n    text-align: center;\n  }\n\n  \/* Table styles (specs) *\/\n  .osgb-spec-table {\n    width: 100%;\n    border-collapse: collapse;\n    margin: 1.2rem 0 0.5rem;\n    background: white;\n    border-radius: 16px;\n    overflow: hidden;\n    box-shadow: 0 4px 10px rgba(0, 20, 10, 0.04);\n  }\n  .osgb-spec-table tr {\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #e2efe7;\n  }\n  .osgb-spec-table tr:last-child {\n    border-bottom: none;\n  }\n  .osgb-spec-table td {\n    padding: 0.9rem 1.2rem;\n    vertical-align: top;\n  }\n  .osgb-spec-table td:first-child {\n    font-weight: 600;\n    background-color: #f1f8f4;\n    width: 40%;\n    color: #174231;\n  }\n  .osgb-spec-table td:last-child {\n    background-color: #ffffff;\n  }\n  @media (max-width: 480px) {\n    .osgb-spec-table td {\n      padding: 0.8rem 0.8rem;\n      font-size: 0.9rem;\n    }\n  }\n\n  \/* FAQ (expanded always) *\/\n  .osgb-faq-list {\n    display: flex;\n    flex-direction: column;\n    gap: 1.5rem;\n    margin: 1rem 0 0.5rem;\n  }\n  .osgb-faq-item {\n    background: #ffffff;\n    border-left: 5px solid #7fa392;\n    padding: 0.2rem 0 0.2rem 1.5rem;\n    border-radius: 0 14px 14px 0;\n    box-shadow: 0 2px 8px rgba(50, 70, 60, 0.05);\n  }\n  .osgb-faq-question {\n    font-weight: 700;\n    font-size: 1.15rem;\n    margin: 1rem 0 0.5rem 0;\n    color: #1a3a2b;\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: center;\n    gap: 10px;\n  }\n  .osgb-faq-question .osgb-q-icon {\n    font-size: 1.5rem;\n  }\n  .osgb-faq-answer {\n    padding: 0 0 1.2rem 0.2rem;\n    margin-left: 0.2rem;\n    color: #2f463c;\n    font-size: 1rem;\n    line-height: 1.6;\n  }\n  @media (max-width: 640px) {\n    .osgb-faq-item {\n      padding-left: 1rem;\n    }\n    .osgb-faq-question {\n      font-size: 1.05rem;\n    }\n  }\n\n  \/* Subdued text for package info *\/\n  .osgb-note {\n    background: #eef4f0;\n    border-radius: 12px;\n    padding: 0.8rem 1.5rem;\n    margin-top: 1rem;\n    font-size: 0.95rem;\n    color: #2e5544;\n  }\n\n  \/* No external fonts, clean *\/\n  .osgb-soft-break {\n    margin-top: 0.5rem;\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- MAIN CONTENT CONTAINER with unique prefix --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- Display Title (visible on page) --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"osgb-product-title\"\u003e🌱 Outsunny 3-Tier Galvanized Steel Raised Garden Bed Kit – Cream White, 62.25\" x 43\" x 32.25\"\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT OVERVIEW (natural sales copy) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🏡 Backyard to table, simplified.\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you're growing crisp greens, deep-rooted tomatoes, or pollinator-friendly blooms, this \u003cstrong\u003ethree-tier galvanized steel raised bed\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you the freedom to plant more in less space. The stair‑step design offers three distinct soil depths — perfect for shallow herbs, mid‑depth peppers, and deep carrots — all in one neat footprint. The open bottom promotes healthy drainage and unrestricted root growth, while the cream white finish adds a clean, modern look to any patio, deck, or garden corner. Rubber edging along the top keeps hands safe during planting and weeding. Made from 0.6mm galvanized steel, it's built to shrug off seasons of sun and rain. Assembly is straightforward, and you can even separate the tiers for three standalone planters. \u003cstrong\u003eReady to grow your dream garden?\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FEATURES section with emoji + long-tail keywords --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"osgb-section-heading\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e✨ Key Features of This 3-Tier Galvanized Steel Raised Garden Bed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"osgb-features-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-emoji-bullet\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree‑Tier, Stair‑Step Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Three distinct planting depths (11.75\" each tier) accommodate everything from shallow‑root herbs to deep‑root vegetables. Use stacked as shown or separate into three individual planter boxes for flexible garden layout.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen Bottom for Healthy Roots\u003c\/strong\u003e – The bottomless construction lets roots reach native soil, improves drainage, and prevents waterlogging. Ideal for backyard, patio, and raised bed gardening.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRubber Strip Edging for Safety\u003c\/strong\u003e – A protective rubber seal runs along the top edge of each tier, eliminating sharp metal contact. Safer for kids, pets, and your own hands while tending plants.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-emoji-bullet\"\u003e⛈️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeather‑Resistant Galvanized Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – Crafted from 0.6mm thick galvanized steel with a cream white powder‑coated finish. Resists rust and corrosion far longer than untreated wood or thin metal beds.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🧩\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModular \u0026amp; Easy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e – All hardware included. Boxes can be arranged in the three‑tier configuration or used separately. Great for small spaces, urban gardening, and raised bed kits.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-emoji-bullet\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Planting Area\u003c\/strong\u003e – Overall footprint 62.25\" W x 43\" D; three-tier sizes provide ample room for flowers, veggies, and herbs. Cream white color complements any outdoor decor.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- SPECIFICATIONS (table) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"osgb-section-heading\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e📋 Detailed Specifications – Outsunny Raised Garden Bed Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"osgb-spec-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized steel (0.6mm thick) with cream white finish + rubber safety edging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Assembled Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62.25\" L x 43\" W x 32.25\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop Tier (Inner planting area)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41.25\" W x 24.5\" D x 11.75\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMiddle Tier (Inner)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.25\" W x 42.25\" D x 11.75\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBottom Tier (Inner)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43\" W x 62.25\" D x 11.75\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41.8 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.25\" L x 13.75\" W x 7.5\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.2 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBottom Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen bottom (direct soil contact \/ drainage)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes – includes hardware and instructions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCream White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 combining planter boxes (can be used stacked or separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!-- Friendly note about packaging --\u003e\u003c!-- FAQ SECTION – fully expanded, no accordion --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"osgb-section-heading\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – 3-Tier Raised Bed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-list\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-q-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e Is assembly difficult? How long does it take?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-answer\"\u003eNot at all! Most DIYers assemble this galvanized raised garden bed in \u003cstrong\u003e30–45 minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e with basic tools (a screwdriver is helpful). The panels are pre‑drilled, and all nuts, bolts, and rubber edging are included. We recommend two people for aligning the larger bottom tier, but it’s definitely doable solo.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-q-icon\"\u003e🧑🌾\u003c\/span\u003e Can I separate the three tiers and use them as individual planters?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes!\u003c\/strong\u003e That's one of the best parts of this modular design. Each tier is an independent box with its own rubber edging. You can arrange them side‑by‑side, in an L‑shape, or on different parts of your patio. The open bottom works perfectly in any configuration.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-q-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e Will the galvanized steel rust over time? How do I care for it?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-answer\"\u003eGalvanized steel is inherently rust‑resistant. The creamy white powder coating adds an extra layer of protection. With normal outdoor exposure, it can last \u003cstrong\u003emany seasons\u003c\/strong\u003e without issue. To maximize longevity, avoid standing water inside the bed for extended periods (the open bottom helps). Occasional wiping with a damp cloth keeps it looking fresh.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-q-icon\"\u003e🥕\u003c\/span\u003e What type of plants work best in each tier depth?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-answer\"\u003eAll tiers are 11.75\" deep — ideal for \u003cstrong\u003emost vegetables, herbs, and flowers\u003c\/strong\u003e. Because the bottom is open, roots can grow deeper into the soil below. Shallow‑root plants like lettuce, spinach, and herbs thrive anywhere. For root vegetables (carrots, radishes, beets) the bottom tier offers the largest surface area. Tomatoes and peppers love the middle and top tiers with plenty of sun.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-q-icon\"\u003e🧤\u003c\/span\u003e Does the rubber edging stay on securely? Is it really safe?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-answer\"\u003eAbsolutely. The rubber strip is designed to \u003cstrong\u003egrip the top rim tightly\u003c\/strong\u003e and doesn’t shift during normal gardening. It effectively covers the metal edge, so you can lean in to plant or weed without worrying about scratches. If it ever loosens (rare), simply press it back into place.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"osgb-q-icon\"\u003e🌎\u003c\/span\u003e Can I place this raised bed on concrete or a deck?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"osgb-faq-answer\"\u003eYes — it’s suitable for patios and decks. Since the bottom is open, you may want to put a layer of landscape fabric inside before adding soil to prevent soil from washing out onto hard surfaces. Many customers use it on wooden decks with a protective mat underneath. The cream white color looks great on any surface.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Small closing line (SEO friendly) --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- END OUSUNNY PREFIXED DESCRIPTION --\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52202823024914,"sku":"W2225P174395","price":189.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/3e74b2383b0475d53d33de80f462e6ed.jpg?v=1776404741"},{"product_id":"metal-garden-arbor-double-door-locking-gate-81in","title":"Outsunny 81\" Metal Garden Arbor with Double Doors, Locking Gate, Climbing Vine Frame with Heart Motifs, Arch for Wedding, Bridal Party Decoration, Grey","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* ===== Outsunny Arbor Description – Encapsulated Styles ===== *\/\n        \/* Prefix: .os-arbor-desc – prevents conflicts with any Shopify theme *\/\n        .os-arbor-desc {\n            all: initial; \/* gentle reset inside container *\/\n            display: block;\n            font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            color: #1e1e1e;\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n            word-wrap: break-word;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc *,\n        .os-arbor-desc *::before,\n        .os-arbor-desc *::after {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc .arbor-container {\n            width: 100%;\n            background: transparent;\n            padding: 0;\n        }\n        \/* Typography *\/\n        .os-arbor-desc h2 {\n            font-size: 1.8rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            line-height: 1.3;\n            margin-top: 1.25rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\n            color: #2c3e4f;\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #eaeef2;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc h3 {\n            font-size: 1.4rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin-top: 1.5rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\n            color: #2c3e4f;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 8px;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc p {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            margin-bottom: 1rem;\n            color: #3a3f44;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc .lead-text {\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n            background: #f9fbfc;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            border-left: 6px solid #7f8c8d;\n            margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\n            color: #1f2a33;\n        }\n        \/* Feature list (SEO friendly vertical) *\/\n        .os-arbor-desc .feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            margin: 0.5rem 0 1.5rem 0;\n            padding: 0;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc .feature-list li {\n            padding: 0.7rem 0 0.7rem 2rem;\n            position: relative;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #edf2f5;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc .feature-list li::before {\n            content: \"✅\";\n            position: absolute;\n            left: 0;\n            top: 0.7rem;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n        }\n        \/* Emoji in headings already added via markup, but we can style *\/\n        \/* Table styles *\/\n        .os-arbor-desc .spec-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 1rem;\n            border-radius: 14px;\n            border: 1px solid #dde3e8;\n            background: white;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc .spec-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 0.98rem;\n            min-width: 500px;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc .spec-table th,\n        .os-arbor-desc .spec-table td {\n            padding: 0.9rem 1.2rem;\n            text-align: left;\n            vertical-align: top;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e8ed;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc .spec-table tr:last-child td {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc .spec-table th {\n            background-color: #f4f7f9;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            color: #1e3b4f;\n            width: 38%;\n            border-right: 1px solid #d0d9e0;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc .spec-table td {\n            background-color: #ffffff;\n            color: #2c3e4f;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ section (always expanded, no accordion) *\/\n        .os-arbor-desc .faq-block {\n            margin: 2rem 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc .faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px dashed #cbd6e0;\n            padding-bottom: 1.2rem;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc .faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.15rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.4rem;\n            color: #1e3b4f;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: baseline;\n            gap: 8px;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc .faq-question .q-icon {\n            font-size: 1.4rem;\n            margin-right: 6px;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc .faq-answer {\n            margin-left: 2rem;\n            color: #3e4e5e;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            padding-right: 0.5rem;\n        }\n        .os-arbor-desc .faq-answer p {\n            margin-bottom: 0.3rem;\n        }\n        \/* product title *\/\n        .os-arbor-desc .product-main-title {\n            font-size: 2.1rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            line-height: 1.25;\n            margin-top: 0;\n            margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            color: #1a2b36;\n            letter-spacing: -0.02em;\n        }\n        \/* small meta *\/\n        .os-arbor-desc .inline-emoji {\n            font-size: 1.2em;\n            vertical-align: middle;\n        }\n        \/* mobile fine-tune *\/\n        @media (max-width: 600px) {\n            .os-arbor-desc .product-main-title {\n                font-size: 1.8rem;\n            }\n            .os-arbor-desc h2 {\n                font-size: 1.6rem;\n            }\n            .os-arbor-desc .lead-text {\n                padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n                font-size: 1rem;\n            }\n            .os-arbor-desc .feature-list li {\n                font-size: 1rem;\n                padding: 0.6rem 0 0.6rem 2rem;\n            }\n            .os-arbor-desc .spec-table th,\n            .os-arbor-desc .spec-table td {\n                padding: 0.75rem 0.8rem;\n            }\n            .os-arbor-desc .faq-question {\n                font-size: 1.05rem;\n            }\n        }\n        \/* heart motifs \/ wedding accent *\/\n        .os-arbor-desc .highlight {\n            background: #fff5f0;\n            border-radius: 8px;\n        }\n        \/* no external fonts, clean *\/\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- \n        ==============================================\n        TDK (Title, Meta Description) for Shopify \n        Copy the lines below into your Shopify admin:\n        ==============================================\n    --\u003e\u003c!-- \n        PRODUCT DISPLAY TITLE (for page heading \/ H1 style):\n        Outsunny 81\" Metal Garden Arbor with Double Doors \u0026 Locking Gate – Heart Motif Arch for Weddings \u0026 Vines, Grey\n        \n        SEO TITLE (max 60 chars):\n        Outsunny 81in Metal Arbor w\/ Gate \u0026 Heart Motif | HomeDIYer\n        \n        META DESCRIPTION (max 160 chars):\n        81-inch metal garden arbor with locking double doors \u0026 heart scrollwork. Weather-treated steel; ideal for weddings, climbing vines, and backyard entryways. \n    --\u003e\u003c!-- ===== MAIN PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (encapsulated) ===== --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"os-arbor-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"arbor-container\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- Display Title (as seen on page) --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"product-main-title\"\u003e🌿 Outsunny 81\" Metal Garden Arbor with Double Doors \u0026amp; Locking Gate\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- Product Overview \/ Sales description --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"lead-text\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 1.3rem; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e💒✨\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCreate a storybook entrance.\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you're planning a romantic garden wedding, framing a bridal photo moment, or simply adding charm to your backyard, the Outsunny 81\" metal arbor delivers elegance and function. The locking double gate offers privacy and pet control, while the intricate heart scrollwork provides a beautiful trellis for clematis, roses, or ivy. Built with epoxy-treated steel, it stands up to seasons of weather – a permanent backdrop for your celebrations and everyday garden serenity.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Features section with keyword-rich H2 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✨ Key Features – Garden Arbor with Gate \u0026amp; Trellis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLockable double doors \u0026amp; heart motifs\u003c\/strong\u003e – Adds security and a romantic focal point. The gate latch keeps the entry closed when desired, ideal for defining spaces or keeping pets in\/out. ❤️🔒\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e81\" tall climbing vine frame\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect vertical support for flowering vines like jasmine, wisteria, cucumbers, or morning glories. Transform it into a lush green archway. 🌱🌸\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWedding \u0026amp; party ready arch\u003c\/strong\u003e – The open scrollwork and heart cutouts are ready to hang string lights, floral swags, or balloons. An effortless ceremony backdrop or photo station. 💍🎈\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll-weather steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – Made from strong steel tubes with an epoxy coating that resists rust and water damage. The base is designed for stability against wind and weather. ☔💪\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile garden entry\u003c\/strong\u003e – Use as a standalone arbor, a garden gate, or a decorative passage between zones. Fits standard garden paths. Comes in a single box with clear instructions. 📦🛠️\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrey powder-coated finish\u003c\/strong\u003e – Neutral grey blends beautifully with any landscape, from cottage gardens to modern backyards. (Color: Grey) 🎨🏡\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- Specifications Table (SEO friendly data) --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Detailed Specifications – 81\" Metal Arbor Arch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"spec-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"spec-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product \/ Garden Arbor with Gate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey (Epoxy-coated steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel (weather-resistant epoxy finish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembled Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.00\" x 19.75\" x 81.00\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDouble Door Size (each side)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.3\" L x 31.5\" H (total opening width approx. 43.3\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.90 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59.00\" x 22.50\" x 5.75\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38.50 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign Highlights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking gate, heart scrollwork, trellis side panels, anchor-ready base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"font-size: 0.9rem; margin-top: 0.3rem; color: #5a6f7c;\"\u003e📐 Assembly required – all hardware and manual included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ Section (fully expanded, 4+ items) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-block\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Metal Arbor with Gate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"q-icon\"\u003e🔐\u003c\/span\u003e Does the gate actually lock, and is it secure for pets?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the double doors include a sliding barrel bolt latch that can be locked with a small padlock (not included). It's designed to keep the gate closed, making it useful for containing small to medium pets or defining a private garden area. The sturdy steel frame adds extra security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"q-icon\"\u003e🌬️\u003c\/span\u003e How does this arbor hold up in wind? Do I need to anchor it?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base of the arch has pre-drilled holes and a wide footprint to enhance stability. For long-term placement, we strongly recommend anchoring it into the ground using stakes (or into concrete with appropriate anchors). When properly secured, it withstands moderate winds and typical weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"q-icon\"\u003e💐\u003c\/span\u003e Can I use this arch for a wedding ceremony and then move it later?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! It's a favorite for ceremonies and receptions. The arbor is not permanently fixed unless you anchor it; you can assemble it on a patio, deck, or lawn for the event. Many customers decorate it with fabric, flowers, and lights, then relocate it as a garden feature afterward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"q-icon\"\u003e🧰\u003c\/span\u003e Is assembly difficult? How many people are needed?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is straightforward with the included manual and hardware. We recommend two people for easier alignment and lifting, especially when attaching the top arch. Most users complete it within 60-90 minutes. All necessary bolts and tools (a wrench) are in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"q-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e What kind of climbing plants work best with this trellis arbor?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe side trellis panels and arch are perfect for lightweight to medium climbers: clematis, morning glory, sweet peas, ivy, climbing roses, or even edible plants like beans and cucumbers. The steel structure can support mature vines without sagging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"q-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e Will the grey finish fade or rust over time?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe steel is treated with a multi-layer epoxy coating that provides excellent resistance to rust and UV fading. Occasional cleaning and touch-ups on scratches will keep it looking fresh for years. It’s built for outdoor exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- Small call-out \/ closing note (natural) --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- end arbor-container --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- end os-arbor-desc --\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52202825974034,"sku":"W2225P174401","price":225.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/6f9ea5eb85fa70f27e7763563658acbf.jpg?v=1776405197"},{"product_id":"galvanized-raised-garden-bed-with-trellis-24x24","title":"Outsunny Galvanized Raised Garden Bed, 24\" x 24\" x 11.75\" Outdoor Planter Box with Trellis Tomato Cage and Open Bottom for Climbing Vines, Vegetables, Flowers in Backyard, Garden, Patio, Brown","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* =============================================\n           Outsunny Raised Garden Bed - Encapsulated Styles\n           Prefix: .ogb-planter-wrap  \n           No external fonts, no theme conflicts, mobile ready\n           ============================================= *\/\n        .ogb-planter-wrap {\n            all: initial; \/* reset inheritance to avoid theme pollution *\/\n            display: block;\n            font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            color: #1e1e1e;\n            background-color: transparent;\n            max-width: 100%;\n            width: 100%;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap *,\n        .ogb-planter-wrap *::before,\n        .ogb-planter-wrap *::after {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-container {\n            width: 100%;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            padding: 1.5rem 1.5rem 2rem 1.5rem;\n            box-shadow: 0 2px 8px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.03), 0 4px 12px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.02);\n            border: 1px solid #f0f0f0;\n        }\n        \/* Typography *\/\n        .ogb-planter-wrap h2 {\n            font-size: 1.8rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            letter-spacing: -0.02em;\n            margin-top: 1.8rem;\n            margin-bottom: 1rem;\n            color: #2c3e2c;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e6d5b8;\n            padding-bottom: 0.6rem;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap h2:first-of-type {\n            margin-top: 0.25rem;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap h3 {\n            font-size: 1.4rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin-top: 1.8rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\n            color: #3a4f3a;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 8px;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap p {\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            margin-bottom: 1.25rem;\n            color: #2b2b2b;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-lead {\n            font-size: 1.15rem;\n            background: #f9f7f2;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-radius: 20px;\n            border-left: 5px solid #8b5a2b;\n            margin-bottom: 1.8rem;\n        }\n        \/* Feature list – vertical with emoji *\/\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            margin: 1.5rem 0 1rem 0;\n            padding: 0;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-feature-item {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 14px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.6rem;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px dashed #e2e2d2;\n            padding-bottom: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-feature-item:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n            padding-bottom: 0;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-emoji-icon {\n            font-size: 2rem;\n            min-width: 40px;\n            text-align: center;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-feature-title {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            display: block;\n            margin-bottom: 6px;\n            color: #1e3a1e;\n            font-size: 1.15rem;\n        }\n        \/* Specs Table *\/\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-specs-table-wrapper {\n            overflow-x: auto;\n            margin: 1.8rem 0 1rem 0;\n            border-radius: 14px;\n            border: 1px solid #e7e3da;\n            background: #fefcf8;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-specs-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            min-width: 500px;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-specs-table td,\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-specs-table th {\n            padding: 14px 18px;\n            text-align: left;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e7e3da;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-specs-table tr:last-child td {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-specs-table th {\n            background-color: #f1ede5;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            color: #2d3e2d;\n            width: 40%;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-specs-table td {\n            background-color: #ffffff;\n        }\n        \/* FAQ section – fully expanded *\/\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.6rem;\n            padding-bottom: 0.25rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #efebe6;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.15rem;\n            color: #1e3a1e;\n            margin-bottom: 8px;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: baseline;\n            gap: 8px;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-faq-question .ogb-q-icon {\n            color: #8b5a2b;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-faq-answer {\n            padding-left: 1.9rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.8rem;\n            color: #3e3e3e;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n        }\n        \/* Mobile fine-tuning *\/\n        @media (max-width: 640px) {\n            .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-container {\n                padding: 1.2rem 1rem 1.5rem 1rem;\n            }\n            .ogb-planter-wrap h2 {\n                font-size: 1.6rem;\n            }\n            .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-lead {\n                padding: 1rem 1.2rem;\n                font-size: 1rem;\n            }\n            .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-feature-item {\n                gap: 10px;\n            }\n            .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-emoji-icon {\n                font-size: 1.8rem;\n                min-width: 32px;\n            }\n        }\n        \/* Inline small helpers *\/\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-text-muted {\n            color: #5a5a5a;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n        }\n        .ogb-planter-wrap .ogb-highlight {\n            background: #f3efe8;\n            padding: 2px 6px;\n            border-radius: 20px;\n            font-weight: 500;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- 整个描述区块使用唯一前缀，完全封装，不影响主题 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-planter-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-container\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT OVERVIEW (friendly, scenario-driven) --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e🌿 Galvanized Raised Garden Bed with Trellis – Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-lead\"\u003e🌱 Whether you're cultivating heirloom tomatoes on the patio, starting a cutting garden in the backyard, or keeping herbs close to the kitchen, the Outsunny 24\" x 24\" raised planter delivers. The integrated tomato cage trellis gives climbing vines the support they need to thrive, while the open-bottom design encourages deep root growth and natural drainage. Built from weather-resistant galvanized steel with a rich brown powder coat, this bed blends durability with a clean, modern look. Say goodbye to bending over too far and fighting weeds — elevate your gardening game in a compact footprint.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- PRODUCT FEATURES (vertical list with emoji, SEO friendly) --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e✨ Key Features of the Outsunny Raised Planter Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"ogb-feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ogb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-emoji-icon\"\u003e🍅\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"ogb-feature-text\"\u003e \u003cspan class=\"ogb-feature-title\"\u003eRaised Planter with Tomato Cage\u003c\/span\u003e Elevate plants off the ground — away from weeds, pests, and curious critters. Fill with your preferred soil blend and give seedlings a head start. The raised design also means less back strain when tending to your garden. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ogb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-emoji-icon\"\u003e🌿\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"ogb-feature-text\"\u003e \u003cspan class=\"ogb-feature-title\"\u003eCustomizable Trellis Support:\u003c\/span\u003e The sturdy tomato trellis cage prevents heavy vines from snapping and increases airflow, boosting yields. Plus, the modular design lets you adjust the height to match your plants' growth — perfect for indeterminate tomatoes, cucumbers, pole beans, or flowering vines. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ogb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-emoji-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"ogb-feature-text\"\u003e \u003cspan class=\"ogb-feature-title\"\u003eOpen Bottom for Healthy Roots\u003c\/span\u003e An open-base construction connects directly with the earth, allowing roots to expand freely and excess water to drain. This mitigates soggy soil issues and encourages vigorous, deep-rooted plants. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"ogb-feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-emoji-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"ogb-feature-text\"\u003e \u003cspan class=\"ogb-feature-title\"\u003eSolid Galvanized Steel Build\u003c\/span\u003e Unlike wood that warps or rots, this planter is crafted from galvanized steel with a powder-coated finish. It’s engineered to withstand sun, rain, and temperature swings — season after season — without losing its structural integrity. \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- SPECIFICATIONS TABLE (clean, scannable) --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e📋 Specifications: 24\" x 24\" Outdoor Raised Bed with Trellis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-specs-table-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"ogb-specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel (powder-coated finish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions (with Trellis)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" W x 24\" D x 73.5\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlanter Box Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" W x 24\" D x 11.75\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTrellis Cage Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.25\" W x 19.25\" D x 73.5\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.0 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.2 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBottom Design\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen (bottomless) for drainage and root penetration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy assembly; hardware and instructions included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ SECTION (fully expanded, 4+ Q\u0026A) --\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions – Raised Garden Bed \u0026amp; Trellis\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-q-icon\"\u003eQ:\u003c\/span\u003e Is this planter difficult to assemble? How long does it take?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not at all. The Outsunny raised bed comes with pre-cut panels, a complete hardware pack, and an illustrated manual. Most home gardeners can put it together in 20–30 minutes using a standard screwdriver or wrench. No special skills required.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-q-icon\"\u003eQ:\u003c\/span\u003e Will the galvanized steel rust over time, and is it safe for vegetables?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanized steel is coated with zinc to resist rust, and the additional powder coating provides extra weather protection. It’s widely used in gardening and considered safe for growing edibles. The materials do not leach harmful chemicals into the soil.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-q-icon\"\u003eQ:\u003c\/span\u003e Can I place this raised bed directly on a wooden deck or concrete patio?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, you can. Since the bottom is open, we recommend placing a layer of landscape fabric or a thin garden mat underneath to contain soil and protect the surface from moisture. This also makes it easy to move or clean up at the end of the season.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-q-icon\"\u003eQ:\u003c\/span\u003e What plants are best suited for this size and trellis height?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 24\" x 24\" footprint is ideal for one large tomato plant, several pepper plants, or a mix of herbs and flowers. The 73.5\" trellis excels with climbing vines: indeterminate tomatoes, cucumbers, pole beans, sweet peas, and even small melons. Adjustable height lets you customize support as they grow.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"ogb-q-icon\"\u003eQ:\u003c\/span\u003e Does the open bottom mean soil will wash away when I water?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ogb-faq-answer\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e The open bottom provides excellent drainage, but with proper soil and a base layer (like cardboard or weed fabric), you'll minimize washout. The design helps prevent waterlogging, which is far more common in closed-bottom containers. Just fill with quality raised bed mix, and you're set.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- subtle trust footer (no extra fluff) --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52202831905042,"sku":"W2225P174400","price":92.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/99374dadb925a706f2efa484bd65018a.jpg?v=1776406158"},{"product_id":"4-packs-metal-garden-trellis-for-climbing-plant-support-87x20-in-rustproof","title":"4 Pack Metal Garden Trellis for Climbing Plants – 87\" x 20\" Rustproof Iron Support","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* ---------- 封装样式前缀：pdp-trellis-4pack ---------- *\/\n        \/* 所有样式均限制在此容器内，避免污染商店全局 *\/\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack {\n            all: initial; \/* 谨慎重置，但后续会具体定义 *\/\n            display: block;\n            font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, \"Segoe UI\", Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            color: #1e1e1e;\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack *,\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack *::before,\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack *::after {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n        }\n\n        \/* 内容容器 — 铺满宽度，无额外左右留白 *\/\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .trellis-container {\n            display: block;\n            width: 100%;\n            background-color: #ffffff;\n            border-radius: 0;\n            overflow: hidden;\n        }\n\n        \/* 内边距适配移动\/桌面 *\/\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .trellis-content {\n            padding: 1.5rem 1rem;\n        }\n\n        @media (min-width: 768px) {\n            .pdp-trellis-4pack .trellis-content {\n                padding: 2rem 1.5rem;\n            }\n        }\n\n        \/* 标题样式 — 自然嵌入长尾词 *\/\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .section-title {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            line-height: 1.3;\n            margin-bottom: 0.75rem;\n            color: #1a2e1f;\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n            border-left: 5px solid #4a7c59;\n            padding-left: 1rem;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .section-subtitle {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n            font-weight: 600;\n            margin: 1.8rem 0 1rem 0;\n            color: #2c4b36;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            gap: 8px;\n        }\n\n        \/* 产品概述段落 *\/\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .overview-text {\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            color: #2d2d2d;\n            background: #f9fbf8;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            margin-bottom: 1.8rem;\n            border: 1px solid #e5ecdf;\n            box-shadow: 0 2px 6px rgba(0,0,0,0.02);\n        }\n\n        \/* 特点列表 — 竖向排列，SEO友好 *\/\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .feature-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            margin: 0.5rem 0 1.5rem 0;\n            display: flex;\n            flex-direction: column;\n            gap: 1rem;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .feature-item {\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 12px;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            padding: 0.25rem 0;\n            border-bottom: 1px dashed #d9e2d1;\n            padding-bottom: 0.75rem;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .feature-item:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n            padding-bottom: 0;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .feature-emoji {\n            font-size: 1.5rem;\n            min-width: 28px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .feature-text {\n            flex: 1;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .feature-text strong {\n            color: #1f3a2b;\n            font-weight: 600;\n        }\n\n        \/* 规格表格 — 干净专业 *\/\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .specs-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            margin: 1.2rem 0 1.8rem;\n            font-size: 0.95rem;\n            background: white;\n            border-radius: 14px;\n            overflow: hidden;\n            box-shadow: 0 1px 4px rgba(0,0,0,0.05);\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .specs-table tr {\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #eaeaea;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .specs-table tr:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .specs-table td {\n            padding: 12px 16px;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .specs-table td:first-child {\n            font-weight: 600;\n            color: #2a4b34;\n            width: 42%;\n            background-color: #fbfdfa;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .specs-table td:last-child {\n            color: #2e3d33;\n        }\n\n        \/* FAQ 全部展开 — 无折叠\/手风琴 *\/\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .faq-section {\n            margin-top: 2rem;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e8dd;\n            padding-bottom: 1.2rem;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.1rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            color: #1b3b23;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: baseline;\n            gap: 8px;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .faq-question .q-emoji {\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .faq-answer {\n            color: #3a3f3c;\n            padding-left: 2rem;\n            font-size: 0.98rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* 小点缀 *\/\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .badge-note {\n            display: inline-block;\n            background: #eef3ea;\n            padding: 0.25rem 0.9rem;\n            border-radius: 30px;\n            font-size: 0.8rem;\n            color: #3d6b4c;\n            margin-left: 8px;\n        }\n\n        \/* 移动端调整 *\/\n        @media (max-width: 480px) {\n            .pdp-trellis-4pack .section-title {\n                font-size: 1.4rem;\n            }\n            .pdp-trellis-4pack .specs-table td {\n                padding: 10px 8px;\n                font-size: 0.9rem;\n            }\n            .pdp-trellis-4pack .faq-question {\n                font-size: 1rem;\n            }\n        }\n\n        \/* 辅助布局 *\/\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .spacer-8 {\n            height: 8px;\n        }\n        .pdp-trellis-4pack .text-muted-emoji {\n            opacity: 0.8;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003c!-- 完整产品描述区块 — 可直接复制到 Shopify 商品描述区 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pdp-trellis-4pack\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"trellis-container\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"trellis-content\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品主标题 (用户可见标题, 包含关键词) --\u003e\n\u003ch1 class=\"section-title\"\u003e🌿 4 Pack Metal Garden Trellis for Climbing Plants – 87\" x 20\" Rustproof Iron Support\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述 — 自然销售语气，强调场景与目标人群 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"overview-text\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 1.2rem; margin-right: 6px;\"\u003e✨\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTransform your garden into a lush vertical paradise.\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you're nurturing delicate clematis, vigorous ivy, or heirloom roses, this set of four heavy‑duty metal trellises provides the unwavering support your climbers need. Designed for both seasoned gardeners and beginners, the sleek black finish blends effortlessly with any outdoor aesthetic — from cottage courtyards to modern patios. Say goodbye to flimsy stakes and hello to a rust‑resistant, all‑weather structure that lets your plants thrive season after season.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 — 竖向列表 (利于SEO) --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"section-subtitle\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e🌟\u003c\/span\u003e Why Gardeners Love This 4‑Pack Trellis Set:\u003cspan class=\"badge-note\"\u003esturdy \u0026amp; stylish\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"feature-list\"\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Q195 Metal Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crafted from premium Q195 iron, each panel is engineered to bear the weight of heavy blooms and dense foliage without bending. Your roses and ivy get the backbone they deserve.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChic Powder‑Coated Black Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e More than just good looks — the rustproof coating protects against rain, UV rays, and humidity. This garden trellis stays elegant and corrosion‑free for years.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHassle‑Free Setup (No Special Tools):\u003c\/strong\u003e Assembly is intuitive and quick. All necessary hardware is included, making it perfect for first‑time gardeners or anyone who wants an instant garden upgrade.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Climbing Area – 4 Panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e With four individual trellises, you can create a continuous screen, frame an entryway, or support multiple plants simultaneously. Ideal for clematis, cucumbers, morning glories, and more.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"feature-item\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"feature-emoji\"\u003e☔\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"feature-text\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll‑Weather Durability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to withstand the elements — from summer storms to winter frost. The iron core and advanced coating ensure this support remains a garden staple.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数 — 表格形式，清晰展示 --\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"section-subtitle\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e📋\u003c\/span\u003e Specifications \u0026amp; Dimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Box Product (4 Trellises Included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor \/ Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack (Powder‑Coated)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQ195 Iron (Rustproof Coating)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembled Dimensions (per panel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.28\" L x 5.91\" W x 22.64\" H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight (Total 4 Panels)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.84 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.28\" x 5.91\" x 22.64\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.94 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRust \u0026amp; Corrosion Resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 FAQ — 全部展开，无折叠，消除疑虑 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-section\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"section-subtitle\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e❓\u003c\/span\u003e Frequently Asked Questions – Metal Garden Trellis 4 Pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"q-emoji\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e How difficult is the assembly? Do I need any special tools?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eAssembly is extremely straightforward — most customers set up all four panels in under 20 minutes. The package includes all necessary screws and connectors. You’ll only need a standard Phillips screwdriver (or a drill with a bit). No special skills required; it’s beginner‑friendly! 🛠️\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"q-emoji\"\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is this trellis truly rustproof? Can I leave it outside year‑round?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eYes! The trellis features a high‑quality powder‑coated finish over Q195 iron, which provides excellent resistance to rust and corrosion. It’s designed for permanent outdoor installation. While it’s highly durable, occasional cleaning with a damp cloth will keep it looking pristine. 🌦️\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"q-emoji\"\u003e🌹\u003c\/span\u003e What climbing plants work best with this 87\" trellis?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eThis set is incredibly versatile. Gardeners love it for: roses (climbing\/rambling), clematis, jasmine, ivy, honeysuckle, sweet peas, and even lightweight vegetables like cucumbers or beans. The 45‑inch width per panel gives vines plenty of room to spread. 🍃\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"q-emoji\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e The product name says \"87x20 in\" — what does that refer to?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eGreat question! The \"87x20 inches\" represents the approximate overall coverage when you place the four panels side‑by‑side or in a configuration. Each panel measures 45.28\" L x 22.64\" H (as shown in the specs). This gives you flexible layout options — line them up for a wide garden screen or separate them for multiple plants. 🏡\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-question\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"q-emoji\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e What’s included in the box? Are there stakes for ground installation?\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-answer\"\u003eThe box contains 4 metal trellis panels, all required screws\/connectors, and a set of sturdy ground stakes. You can either secure the trellis directly into the soil or attach it to a wall\/fence using the included brackets. Everything you need for a solid setup arrives in one package. ✅\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 微鼓励语，增加可读性 --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- end trellis-content --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- end trellis-container --\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- end pdp-trellis-4pack --\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52202835378450,"sku":"T3342P488409","price":127.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/40eb6ab5e98933ac1d8aa2c3334ea05a.jpg?v=1776406460"},{"product_id":"outdoor-arch-trellis-garden-arch","title":"Outdoor Arch Trellis,Garden Arch","description":"\u003cbody\u003e\n\n\n    \u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e\n    \u003cmeta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes\"\u003e\n    \u003ctitle\u003eGarden Arch Trellis | Outdoor Arbor\u003c\/title\u003e\n    \u003cstyle\u003e\n        \/* ---------- 样式封装：前缀 oat- (Outdoor Arch Trellis) 避免与主题冲突 ---------- *\/\n        .oat-product-container {\n            all: initial; \/* 重置继承，但保留块级行为 *\/\n            display: block;\n            font-family: -apple-system, BlinkMacSystemFont, 'Segoe UI', Roboto, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;\n            line-height: 1.5;\n            color: #1e1e1e;\n            max-width: 100%;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n        }\n\n        .oat-product-container *,\n        .oat-product-container *::before,\n        .oat-product-container *::after {\n            box-sizing: border-box;\n            margin: 0;\n            padding: 0;\n        }\n\n        \/* 主容器 — 铺满宽度，无额外左右留白（内部保留舒适内边距） *\/\n        .oat-arch-wrapper {\n            display: block;\n            width: 100%;\n            background-color: #ffffff;\n            padding: 1.5rem 1.2rem 2rem;\n            border-radius: 0;\n        }\n\n        \/* 标题层级 *\/\n        .oat-product-title {\n            font-size: 1.9rem;\n            font-weight: 700;\n            line-height: 1.2;\n            margin-bottom: 1rem;\n            color: #1a3e2f;\n            letter-spacing: -0.01em;\n            border-left: 6px solid #6b8c5c;\n            padding-left: 1.2rem;\n        }\n\n        .oat-section-heading {\n            font-size: 1.6rem;\n            font-weight: 650;\n            margin: 1.8rem 0 1rem;\n            color: #1e3a2e;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: center;\n            border-bottom: 2px solid #e1e8e0;\n            padding-bottom: 0.5rem;\n        }\n\n        .oat-section-heading span {\n            margin-right: 0.6rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* 概述段落 *\/\n        .oat-overview {\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.8rem;\n            color: #2c3e2e;\n            background: #f8fbf8;\n            padding: 1.2rem 1.5rem;\n            border-radius: 20px 8px 20px 8px;\n            border-left: 4px solid #7fa07b;\n        }\n\n        \/* 特点列表 (竖向，SEO友好) *\/\n        .oat-features-list {\n            list-style: none;\n            margin: 1.2rem 0 1.8rem;\n        }\n\n        .oat-features-list li {\n            margin-bottom: 0.85rem;\n            font-size: 1.05rem;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: flex-start;\n            gap: 12px;\n            padding: 0.2rem 0;\n            border-bottom: 1px dashed #d0d9ce;\n            padding-bottom: 0.75rem;\n        }\n\n        .oat-features-list li:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n\n        .oat-emoji-bullet {\n            font-size: 1.4rem;\n            min-width: 28px;\n            text-align: center;\n        }\n\n        \/* 规格表格 *\/\n        .oat-spec-table {\n            width: 100%;\n            border-collapse: collapse;\n            margin: 1.2rem 0 2rem;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            background: #ffffff;\n            border-radius: 16px;\n            overflow: hidden;\n            box-shadow: 0 2px 8px rgba(0, 20, 0, 0.04);\n        }\n\n        .oat-spec-table tr {\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e8e0;\n        }\n\n        .oat-spec-table tr:last-child {\n            border-bottom: none;\n        }\n\n        .oat-spec-table td {\n            padding: 0.9rem 1rem;\n            vertical-align: top;\n        }\n\n        .oat-spec-table td:first-child {\n            font-weight: 600;\n            background-color: #f4f7f3;\n            width: 42%;\n            color: #1e3a2e;\n        }\n\n        .oat-spec-table td:last-child {\n            background-color: #ffffff;\n            color: #1f2e1f;\n        }\n\n        \/* FAQ 区域 (全部展开) *\/\n        .oat-faq-block {\n            margin: 2rem 0 0.5rem;\n        }\n\n        .oat-faq-item {\n            margin-bottom: 1.5rem;\n            border-bottom: 1px solid #dde5da;\n            padding-bottom: 1.2rem;\n        }\n\n        .oat-faq-question {\n            font-weight: 700;\n            font-size: 1.2rem;\n            margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n            color: #1a3e2f;\n            display: flex;\n            align-items: baseline;\n        }\n\n        .oat-faq-question .oat-q-icon {\n            margin-right: 10px;\n            font-size: 1.3rem;\n        }\n\n        .oat-faq-answer {\n            margin-left: 2rem;\n            color: #2d3f2d;\n            font-size: 1rem;\n            line-height: 1.6;\n            padding-right: 0.5rem;\n        }\n\n        .oat-faq-answer p {\n            margin-bottom: 0.5rem;\n        }\n\n        \/* 小提示\/强调 *\/\n        .oat-note {\n            background: #ecf3ec;\n            padding: 0.8rem 1.2rem;\n            border-radius: 30px 8px 30px 8px;\n            margin: 1.8rem 0 0.5rem;\n            color: #1a3a2a;\n            font-size: 0.98rem;\n            border: 1px solid #c2d6be;\n        }\n\n        \/* 移动端微调 *\/\n        @media (max-width: 600px) {\n            .oat-arch-wrapper {\n                padding: 1rem 0.8rem 1.5rem;\n            }\n            .oat-product-title {\n                font-size: 1.7rem;\n                padding-left: 0.8rem;\n            }\n            .oat-section-heading {\n                font-size: 1.45rem;\n            }\n            .oat-spec-table td {\n                padding: 0.75rem 0.6rem;\n                font-size: 0.95rem;\n            }\n            .oat-features-list li {\n                font-size: 1rem;\n            }\n            .oat-faq-question {\n                font-size: 1.1rem;\n            }\n            .oat-faq-answer {\n                margin-left: 1.2rem;\n            }\n        }\n\n        \/* 内联关键词样式 (SEO自然嵌入) *\/\n        .oat-keyword-soft {\n            font-weight: 500;\n            color: #2a5230;\n        }\n    \u003c\/style\u003e\n\n \n\u003c!-- 整个区块可直接复制到 Shopify 产品描述 (HTML模式) --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"oat-product-container\"\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"oat-arch-wrapper\"\u003e\n        \n        \u003c!-- 产品展示标题 (视觉主标题) 符合用户阅读习惯 --\u003e\n        \u003ch1 class=\"oat-product-title\"\u003e\n            🌿 Outdoor Arch Trellis \u0026amp; Garden Arbor \u003cbr style=\"display: none;\"\u003e — PE-Coated Steel, Tool‑Free Setup\n        \u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n        \u003c!-- 产品概述：自然流畅，突出场景与价值 --\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"oat-overview\"\u003e\n            \u003cspan style=\"font-size:1.3rem; margin-right:6px;\"\u003e✨\u003c\/span\u003e \n            \u003cstrong\u003eTransform your garden pathway, patio, or wedding venue\u003c\/strong\u003e with this elegant \n            \u003cspan class=\"oat-keyword-soft\"\u003eOutdoor Arch Trellis\u003c\/span\u003e. Whether you're training climbing roses, sweet peas, or simply adding a sophisticated focal point, this \n            \u003cspan class=\"oat-keyword-soft\"\u003egarden arch\u003c\/span\u003e combines a sturdy steel core with a rust‑resistant PE coating. The arched roof and open trellis sides give vining plants the perfect support, while the extended upturned top adds extra height for hanging décor. Designed for hassle‑free assembly (no tools needed!), it’s an easy weekend upgrade for any homeowner, gardener, or event stylist.\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003c!-- 产品特点：竖向列表 (便于SEO和谷歌收录) --\u003e\n        \u003ch2 class=\"oat-section-heading\"\u003e\n            \u003cspan\u003e🌱\u003c\/span\u003e Why Choose This Garden Arch Trellis?\n        \u003c\/h2\u003e\n        \u003cul class=\"oat-features-list\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"oat-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🌺\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cstrong\u003eFunctional Supporting Arch:\u003c\/strong\u003e Arched roof and trellis panels provide ideal support for flowering vines, climbing plants, and small hanging accents — perfect for roses, clematis, ivy, or fairy lights.\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"oat-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cstrong\u003ePE‑Coated Steel Tubes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid steel frame wrapped in waterproof, rust‑resistant polyethylene (PE). Built to withstand daily sun, rain, and humidity while maintaining a sleek black finish with minimal upkeep.\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"oat-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cstrong\u003eEasy, Tool‑Free Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap‑on buckles and connectors click together in minutes. No screwdrivers or wrenches required — simply follow the illustrated manual.\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"oat-emoji-bullet\"\u003e✨\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cstrong\u003eStylish Upturned Top Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The extended roof detail adds a touch of sophistication and provides extra clearance for taller plants or decorative elements like tulle, balloons, or hanging lanterns.\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"oat-emoji-bullet\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Walk‑Through Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inner width of 51.2\" and inner height of 89.4\" accommodate most garden paths and standard door clearances, creating an inviting entrance.\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n                \u003cspan class=\"oat-emoji-bullet\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e\n                \u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Outdoor Decor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equally at home in a cottage garden, backyard wedding, or as a standalone statement piece. The black finish complements any landscape style.\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n        \u003c!-- 规格参数表格 --\u003e\n        \u003ch2 class=\"oat-section-heading\"\u003e\n            \u003cspan\u003e📋\u003c\/span\u003e Detailed Specifications – Outdoor Arch Trellis\n        \u003c\/h2\u003e\n        \u003ctable class=\"oat-spec-table\"\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack (matte powder‑coated look)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel frame, PE (polyethylene) coating, PP connectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66.9\" x 15.7\" x 90.6\" \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInner Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51.2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInner Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89.4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.46 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.61\" x 16.14\" x 7.28\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.33 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool‑free, snap‑on buckles (manual included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × Garden Arch, 1 × Instruction Manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n        \u003c!-- 常见问题 FAQ (全部展开，无折叠) --\u003e\n        \u003ch2 class=\"oat-section-heading\"\u003e\n            \u003cspan\u003e❓\u003c\/span\u003e Garden Arch Trellis – Frequently Asked Questions\n        \u003c\/h2\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-block\"\u003e\n            \u003c!-- FAQ 1 --\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-item\"\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-question\"\u003e\n                    \u003cspan class=\"oat-q-icon\"\u003e🔍\u003c\/span\u003e What are the exact inner and outer dimensions of this outdoor arch trellis?\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                    \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOuter dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66.9\" L x 15.7\" W x 90.6\" H. The inner walk‑through space measures 51.2\" wide by 89.4\" high — comfortable for most adults and garden paths. The side trellis panels provide ample climbing area while maintaining a slim 15.7\" depth, perfect for tight spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c!-- FAQ 2 --\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-item\"\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-question\"\u003e\n                    \u003cspan class=\"oat-q-icon\"\u003e🌧️\u003c\/span\u003e Is the steel frame truly rust‑resistant for year‑round outdoor use?\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                    \u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The steel tubes are fully coated with a thick layer of PE (polyethylene), which creates a waterproof barrier against rain, sprinklers, and humidity. While no outdoor metal is 100% immune to wear, this \u003cspan class=\"oat-keyword-soft\"\u003ePE‑coated garden arch\u003c\/span\u003e is designed for long‑lasting performance with minimal maintenance. We recommend an occasional wipe‑down to keep it looking fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c!-- FAQ 3 --\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-item\"\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-question\"\u003e\n                    \u003cspan class=\"oat-q-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e Does assembly require any tools or special skills?\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                    \u003cp\u003eNo tools needed! The arch uses a smart snap‑on buckle system with sturdy PP connectors. Simply align the poles and press until they click. One person can assemble it in about 15–20 minutes. The included manual provides clear step‑by‑step diagrams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c!-- FAQ 4 --\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-item\"\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-question\"\u003e\n                    \u003cspan class=\"oat-q-icon\"\u003e🌬️\u003c\/span\u003e How should I secure the arch to the ground? Are stakes included?\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                    \u003cp\u003eThe arch is freestanding and stable on level ground, but for extra security against wind or active pets, we suggest using ground stakes (not included, but any standard U‑shaped landscape stake works great). You can also place it against a fence or use weighted pots at the base. Many customers simply push the legs slightly into soft soil for a firm hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c!-- FAQ 5 (额外，提供更多价值) --\u003e\n            \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-item\"\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-question\"\u003e\n                    \u003cspan class=\"oat-q-icon\"\u003e💒\u003c\/span\u003e Can I use this arch for wedding ceremonies or party decorations?\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n                \u003cdiv class=\"oat-faq-answer\"\u003e\n                    \u003cp\u003eYes — and it’s a favorite for exactly that! The sleek black frame and extended upturned top provide a beautiful backdrop for tulle draping, floral arrangements, balloons, or string lights. It’s lightweight yet durable, making it easy to move and decorate. Whether it’s a backyard wedding, baby shower, or garden party, this \u003cspan class=\"oat-keyword-soft\"\u003egarden arch trellis\u003c\/span\u003e adds instant elegance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n                \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003c!-- 额外提示块：强化信任 --\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"oat-note\"\u003e\n            \u003cspan style=\"font-size:1.2rem; margin-right:8px;\"\u003e✅\u003c\/span\u003e \n            \u003cstrong\u003ePro tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair with climbing plants like clematis, morning glory, or jasmine. The trellis design encourages vertical growth and creates a lush, natural tunnel in just one season.\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \n        \u003c!-- 微文案：符合美国习惯，无中文 --\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin-top: 1.5rem; font-size: 0.9rem; color: #556b55; text-align: left; opacity: 0.8;\"\u003e\n            * Product design and specifications are subject to slight variations. Always refer to the included manual for assembly guidance.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/body\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52202842325266,"sku":"T3971P455885","price":124.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/1_8149ce81-010d-449a-b759-c552ebd95df2.webp?v=1776406799"}],"url":"https:\/\/homediyer.com\/collections\/garden-arches-arbors.oembed?page=2","provider":"HomeDIYer","version":"1.0","type":"link"}